Files Schnaider 1

PrismaSeT P
Active
Catalog 2023
Cubicles up to 4000 A
Version 14
se.com
Table of Contents
Index Index Of Commercial References
p. A-2 > p. A-2
Promotional EcoStruxure™ Facility PowerLogic™

Overview Pages Expert HeatTag
> p. B-2 > p. B-4 > p. B-11
p. B-1
Standards and tested switchboards Enclosure characteristics

Standards and > p. C-2 > p. C-7
certifications
p. C-1
Select a cubicle
Selection guide configuration
> p. D-2
p. D-1
Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors Source-changeover

Functional units > p. E-2 > p. E-39 > p. E-41
DD383764.eps
DD383737.eps
DD383738.eps
p. E-1
Enclosures Dimensions Enclosures

Cubicles > p. F-2 > p. F-7 > p. F-14
DD119392.ai
Dd383794.eps
DD119391.ai
p. F-1
Power busbars Distribution blocks Device feeders

Linergy distribution > p. G-2 > p. G-14 > p. G-16
systems
DD119439.eps
DD119393.ai
DD384603.eps
p. G-1
Main distribution
Functionnal > p. H-4
partitioning
Dd384532.eps
p. H-1
Spare parts Electrical characteristics
Additional > p. I-4 > p. I-11
information
p. I-1
Practical information Maintenance
> p. J-2 > p. J-18
After sales tools
p. J-1
II Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E0500
PrismaSeT P Active
Index
p. A-2 A
PrismaSeT G enclousers
> p. B-14 Overview
p. B-1 B
Thermal characteristics Specific application
of switchboards > p. C-9 > p. C-17 Standards and
certifications
p. C-1 C
Selection guide
p. D-1 D
TransferPacT Fusegear Fusegear/Switch-disconnector Others
> p. E-54 > p. E-58 > p. E-59 > p. E-61
Functional units
DD439632_TR.eps
DD385570.eps
Dd383777.eps
DD119396.ai
SI
50Hz
60Hz 230
400
240
415
SII
250
U
t
6 3
10
84
4 2 (
2
3
5
12 14
6 7 16
) 10
5 10
8
9 18
20
20
30
TA25D4S250
Ie: 250A
AC-33B
Icw:
GB/T14048.11
4TPE
Ue: AC380-440V
IEC/EN
No. 220403010002
50/60Hz
10kA/0.5s,15kA/
60947-6-1
0.1s
Autom
atic
p. E-1 E
440 1 60
f 5s 220 (N
A）
0 (s)
5 10
0s 380 3 20
G
t Off Ue(V) 2 30
t
N）1 60
Mode SII (A 0 (min)
SI
N Non
Prio.
Auto Return
Return
Others
> p. F-23
Cubicles
DD119392.ai
p. F-1 F
Secondary distribution Terminal blocks and lines
> p. G-20 > p. G-35 Linergy distribution
systems
DD119394.ai
DD119395.ai
p. G-1 G
Functional partitioning
p. H-1 H
Additional information
p. I-1 I
After sales tools

p. J-1 J
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E0500
III
PrismaSeT P Active - Index www.se.com
Index Of Commercial References With Description
Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

10••• 29•••
10387 Comb busbar domae 1P 63 al = G-33 29350 Remote controlled source E-51
12 x 18 mm changeover
10388 Comb busbar 1x10mm² 57 mod. G-33 29351 Base plate with mechanical and E-51
electrical interlocking
10389 Comb busbar domae 2P 63 a l = G-33
12 x 18 m. 29504 3 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
150mm2 A
10390 Comb busbar 2x10mm² 56 mod. G-33
29505 4 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
10391 Comb busbar 3x10mm² 12 mod. G-33 150mm2 A
10392 Comb busbar 3x10mm² 57 mod. G-33 29506 3 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
10393 Comb busbar domae 4P 63 a l = G-33 185mm2 A
12 x 18 m. 29507 4 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
10394 Comb busbar 4x10mm² 56 mod. G-33 185mm2 A
10395 Comb busbar 4x16mm² 54 mod. G-33 31•••

10396 10 Tooth cover G-33 31073 Mechanical interlock (INS250) E-52
10397 Insulated connector for comb G-33 31074 Mechanical interlock E-52
busbar 35 mm² (INS320/630)
10398 Comb busbar side covers G-33 31140 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
INS250 3P 100 a
10399 Comb busbar side covers G-33
31141 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
10405 10 Endcover for busbars 4 G-31, G-33
INS250 4P 100 a
phases
10545 Comb busbar 12 modules C60 G-31
INS250 3P 200 a
clario
INS250 4P 200 a
clario left
INS250 3P 160 a
clario right
13••• INS250 4P 160 a
13735 Lot of 10 standard symbols F-22 31146 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
labels INS250 3P 250 a
13736 Lot of 10 special symbols labels F-22 31147 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
INS250 4P 250 a
14••• 31148 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
14811 1P comb busbar 27mm spacing G-28 INS320 3P 320 a
14812 2P comb busbar 27mm spacing G-28 31149 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
INS320 4P 320 a
14813 3P comb busbar 27mm spacing G-28
14814 4P comb busbar 27mm spacing G-28 INS400 3P 400 a
14818 End caps and tooth caps G-28 31151 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
14885 4 Insulated connectors G-28 INS400 4P 400 a
19••• INS500 3P 500 a
19512 Comb busbar ph and n 18poles G-31 31153 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
19516 Comb busbar 3P and n 18poles G-31 INS500 4P 500 a
21••• INS630 3P 630 a
21089 Comb busbar 1P and n 48poles G-31 31155 Manual sourcechangeover E-53
INS630 4P 630 a
21093 Comb busbar 3P and n 48poles G-31
31301 Additional cable lug adapters 3P E-39
21094 40 End covers/comb busbar 1P G-31
INS/INV
and n
31302 Additional cable lug adapters 4P E-39
21095 40 End covers/comb busbar 3P G-31
INS/INV
and n
21096 12 Tooth-caps 3Poles G-31 32•••
21098 4 Connectors 25mm2 G-31 32504 3 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
240mm²
21501 Comb busbar ph and n 12Poles G-31
32505 4 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
21503 Comb busbar ph and n 24Poles G-31 185mm²
21505 Comb busbar 3P and n 12Poles G-31 32506 3 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46
21507 Comb busbar 3P and n 24Poles G-31 300mm²
A-2 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

32507 4 Bimetallic lugs for alu cable I-46 A9N21050 Set of 10 tooth caps G-32
32610
300mm²
Compact NSX 400 to 630, 48 to E-51
A9XAH157 Acti 9 comb busbar AUX1P 100A
57 modules
G-29 A
415VAC 50/60Hz
A9XAH257 Acti 9 comb busbar aux2P 100A G-29
32611 Base plate with mechanical and E-51 57 modules
electrical interlocking
A9XAH357 Acti 9 comb busbar aux3P 100A G-29
33••• 57 modules
A9XAH457 Comb busbar aux4P 100A G-29
33596 3P arc chute insulating screen E-15, E-17,
57mod.
E-19
A9XAH557 Comb busbar aux5P 100A G-29
33597 4P arc chute insulating screen E-15, E-17,
57mod.
E-19
A9XAH657 Comb busbar aux3P repart. 100A G-29
33628 Terminal shield 3P E-49
57mod.
33629 Kit 3P vertical connection E-49
A9XPCD04 Acti 9 set of 4 connectors G-29, G-30
adapters
A9XPCM04 Acti 9 set of 4 connectors G-29, G-30
33642 3P cable lug adapter kit E-10, E-13,
E-15, E-19, A9XPE110 Acti 9 set of 10 end caps 1P G-29
I-47, I-48
A9XPE210 Acti 9 set of 10 end caps 2P G-29
33644 Interlocking kit for 2 breakers I-47, I-48
with rot A9XPE310 Acti 9 set of 10 end caps 3P G-29
33643 4P cable lug adapter kit E-10, E-15, A9XPE410 Acti 9 set of 10 end caps 4P G-29
E-19, I-47,
A9XPH106 Acti 9 comb busbar 1P 100A 6 G-29
I-48
modules
33645 Connection 3P for NS1600/3200A I-47, I-48
33644 Interlocking kit for 2 breakers E-10, E-13, modules
with rot E-15, E-19,
E-39
modules
33645 Connection 3P for NS1600/3200A E-10, E-15,
E-19, E-39
modules
33890 Connection 4P for NS1600/3200A E-49
33975 ComPacT NS1600/NS2500, 3 E-14, E-39 modules
poles, fixed, 1600A/2500A
33976 ComPacT NS1600/NS2500, 4 E-14, E-39 modules
poles, fixed, 1600A/2500A
modules
47•••
47335 Arc chute insulating screen for E-10, E-11, modules
3P fixed E-13
47336 Arc chute insulating screen for E-10, E-11 modules
4P fixed
A9XPH357 Acti9 - comb busbar - 3L - 18 mm G-29
49860 Distribution connectors, FuPacT E-59
ISFT100, 3x16mm² A9XPH412 Acti9 comb busbar 4P 100a 12 G-29
modules
49861 ISFT 100 3P feeding busbar for 2 E-59
switche A9XPH424 Acti9 comb busbar 4P 100a 24 G-29
modules
switche A9XPH457 Acti9 comb busbar 4P 100a 57 G-29
modules
switche A9XPH512 Acti9 comb busbar 4P repart. G-29
100a 12 m
49865 ISFT 100 3P feeding clamp for E-59
feeding bu A9XPH518 Acti9 comb busbar 4P repart. G-29
100a 18 m
A••• A9XPH524 Acti9 comb busbar 4P repart. G-29
A9N21035 Comb busbar 1P-n 63a 56mod. G-32 100a 24 m
A9N21036 Comb busbar 3P-n repart. 63a G-32 A9XPH557 Acti9 comb busbar 4P repart. G-29
56mod. 100a 57 m
A9N21037 Comb busbar 1P-n Vigi 63a G-32 A9XPM212 Comb busbar 2P 100A 12mod. G-30
56mod.
A9XPM412 #N/A G-30
A9N21038 Comb busbar 3P-n Vigi repart. G-32
A9XPM512 Comb busbar 4P repart. 100A G-30
63a 56mod.
12mod.
A9N21039 Set of 20 end caps 1P-n G-32
A9XPT920 Set of 20 tooth caps G-29, G-30
A9N21040 Set of 20 end caps 3P-n G-32
A9N21041 Set of 10 phase connectors G-32
A9N21042 Set of 10 neutral connectors G-32
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-3

D••• LGY4231 Plate with 8p auxiliary
connectors
G-35
DZ5CA005 Cable end 0,5 G-41

LGY112510 Screw distribution block 1P 125a G-26
DZ5CA007 Cable end insulated markable, G-41 10holes
0,75mm²
LGY116013 Screw distribution block 1P 160A G-26
DZ5CA010 Cable end insulated markable, G-41 13holes
1mm²
LGY125014 Screw distribution block 1P 250A G-26
DZ5CA015 Cable ends G-41 14holes
DZ5CA025 Cable end insulated markable, G-41 LGY410028 Screw distribution block 4P 100A G-26
2,5mm² 28holes
DZ5CA042 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 LGY412548 Screw distribution block 4P 125a G-26
marker 48holes
DZ5CA062 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 LGY412560 Screw distribution block 4P 125a G-26
marker 60holes
DZ5CA102 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 LGY416048 Screw distribution block 4P 160A G-26
marker 48holes
DZ5CA162 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 LGYN1007 Additional neutral bar for sbl n G-26
marker 100A 7h
DZ5CA253 Cable end, Linergy TR cable ends G-41 LGYN12512 Additional neutral bar for sbl n G-26
125a 12
DZ5CA352 Cable end 35mm² G-41
LGYN12515 Additional neutral bar for sbl n G-26
DZ5CA502 Cable end 50mm² G-41 125a 15
DZ5CE005 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41
ends, 0.5mm² LV4•••
DZ5CE007 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 LV426912 Long terminal shield 3P iec/ul dis E-35, E-36
ends, 0.75mm² LV426913 Long terminal shield 4P iec/ul dis E-35, E-36
DZ5CE010 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 and v
ends, 1mm² LV429218 Aluminium bare cable E-56
DZ5CE015 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 connectors, ComPacT NSX
ends, 1.5mm² LV429219 Aluminium bare cable E-56
DZ5CE025 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 connectors, ComPacT NSX
ends, 2.5mm² LV429235 2 Short rear connections E-20, E-21,
DZ5CE042 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 E-22, E-23,
ends, 6mm² E-24, E-29,
E-31, E-32,
DZ5CE062 Cable ends, Linergy TR cable G-41 E-30, E-33,
ends, 6mm² E-34, E-40
DZ5CE102 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 LV429236 Escutcheon collar for toggle E-20, E-21,
marker, 10mm² E-22, E-23,
E-24, E-29,
DZ5CE162 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41
E-30, E-31,
marker, 16mm²
E-32, E-33,
DZ5CE252 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 E-34, E-40
marker, 25mm²
LV429244 Aluminium bare cable E-56
DZ5CE352 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 connectors
marker, 35mm²
DZ5CE502 Cable end insulated for clip-in G-41 connectors
marker, 50mm²
connectors
G•••
GS1AP33 Terminal protection shrouds, E-60 connectors
TeSys GS, for 3-pole switches
100-160 A LV429252 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
GS1AP34 Terminal protection shrouds, E-60 LV429253 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
TeSys GS, for 4-pole switches
100-160 A LV429254 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
GS1AP43 Terminal protection shrouds, E-60 LV429256 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
TeSys GS, for 3-pole switches LV429257 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
160-400 A
LV429258 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-56
GS1AP44 Terminal protection shrouds, E-60
TeSys GS, for 4-pole switches LV429284 Escutcheon collar for Vigi E-24, E-29
160-400 A chassis ns
LV429285 Escutcheon with collar for Vigi E-22, E-23,
LGY••• module E-24, E-27,
LGY4193 Busbar support, Linergy BS, G-9 E-28, E-29,
630A E-33, E-34
LGY4230 Plate with rj45 female connector G-35
A-4 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LV429286 Chassis locking kit, ComPact E-24 LV432500 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-57
LV429306
NSX
1 Connections adapter 3P for E-21, E-23,
LV432501 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-57 A
plug in bas E-24, E-29, LV432502 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-57
E-30, E-32, LV432503 Crimp lugs for copper cable E-57
E-34
LV432504 Crimp lugs for aluminium cable E-57
LV429307 1 Connections adapter 4P for E-21, E-23,
plug in bas E-24, E-29, LV432505 4 Crimp lugs - for aluminium E-57
E-30, E-32, cable
E-34
LV429316 IP40 escutcheon for Vigi module E-27, E-28,
E-33, E-34
LV432516 3P plug-in base E-40
LV429358 Accessory for sourcechangeover E-50, E-51
switch do LV432534 Escutcheon collar for toggle E-24, E-29,
E-30
LV429359 Accessory for sourcechangeover E-50, E-51,
switch do E-52, E-53 LV432584 1 Connections adapter 3P for E-21, E-23,
plug in bas E-24, E-26,
LV429369 Mechanical interlocking for 2 rot E-50
E-28, E-29,
handle
E-30
LV429504 3 Crimp lugs for aluminium cable E-56
LV432585 1 Connections adapter 4P for E-21, E-23,
150 mm²
plug in bas E-24, E-26,
LV429505 Crimp lugs for aluminium cable E-56 E-28, E-29,
E-30
LV429506 Connection accessories, E-56
Compact NSX LV432591 1 3P short terminal shield E-20, E-21,
E-22, E-23,
LV429507 4 Al 185mm² crimp lugs ph E-56 E-24, E-25,
barriers inv/ E-26, E-27,
LV429515 1 3P short terminal shield E-20, E-21, E-28, E-29,
E-22, E-23, E-30, E-50,
E-24, E-29, E-51
E-30, E-31, LV432592 1 4P short terminal shield E-20, E-21,
E-32, E-33, E-22, E-23,
E-34, E-50, E-24, E-25,
E-51 E-26, E-27,
LV429516 1 4P short terminal shield E-20, E-21, E-28, E-29,
E-22, E-23, E-30, E-40,
E-24, E-29, E-50, E-51
E-30, E-31, LV432593 1 3P long terminal shield E-20, E-21,
E-32, E-33, E-22, E-23,
E-34, E-50, E-24, E-25,
E-51 E-26, E-27,
LV429517 1 3P long terminal shield E-20, E-21, E-28, E-29,
E-22, E-23, E-30, E-50,
E-24, E-29, E-51
E-30, E-31, LV432594 1 4P long terminal shield E-20, E-21,
E-32, E-33, E-22, E-23,
E-34, E-50, E-24, E-25,
E-51 E-26, E-27,
LV429518 1 4P long terminal shield E-20, E-21, E-28, E-29,
E-22, E-23, E-30, E-40,
E-24, E-29, E-50, E-51,
E-30, E-31, E-52, E-53
E-32, E-33, LV432595 1 3P long terminal shield for E-50, E-51
E-34, E-40, spreader
E-50, E-51,
E-52, E-53, LV432596 1 4P long terminal shield for E-50, E-51
E-56 spreader
LV432475 2 Short rear connections E-20, E-21, LV432619 Accessory for sourcechangeover E-50, E-51
E-22, E-23, switch do
E-25, E-26,
LV432620 Accessory for sourcechangeover E-50, E-51,
E-24, E-27,
switch do E-52, E-53
E-28, E-29,
E-30, E-40 LV432621 Rotary handle mechanical E-50
interlocking n
LV432476 2 Long rear connections E-20, E-21,
E-22, E-23, LV434021 Energy sensor PowerTag E-56
E-24, E-25, Monoconnect 250A
E-26, E-27,
E-28, E-29, LV480756 Terminal covers x2 E-59
E-30, E-40
LV480811 ISFT160 feeding busbar for 2 E-59
LV432479 Aluminium bare cable E-57 devices
connectors
LV480812 ISFT160 feeding busbar for 3 E-59
LV432480 Aluminium bare cable E-57 devices
connectors
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-5

LV480813 ISFT160 feeding busbar for 4 E-59 LVS01219 Rotative Handle With Rod I-7
devices
LVS01224 IP30 reinforced plain door IK10 F-14
LV480814 ISFT160 distribution con 3 x E-59 W650
16mm
LVS01225 IP30 reinforced plain door IK10 F-14
LV480818 ISFT160 feeding clamp 25 - E-59 W800
95mm²
LV480819 ISFT160 terminal shields E-59
LVS03•••
LVS03030 M.PI. Nsx/Cvs/Ins 250 Hz.fixed F-25
LV480824 ISFT250 terminal shields E-59
Toggle
LV480827 ISFT400terminal shields E-59
LVS03050 M.Pl. NSX/CVS/Vigi/INS 250 v. fix. E-30
LV480831 ISFT630 terminal shields E-59 toggle
LV480854 Kit for direct mounting 185mm E-58 LVS03050 #N/A E-30
LV480855 Direct connection to 185mm E-58 LVS03051 M.Pl.NSX/CVS/INS 250 v. fixed E-30
busbars for 2 devices rot.handle
LV480869 Sidewise angle bracket for side E-58 LVS03152 M.Plate for 2 3P-meters E-65
frame
LVS03164 20 M4 clip-nuts mod.dev.rails F-24
LV480870 Lenght adaptor and ident. Label E-58
holder
LVS01••• LVS03180 20 slotted m.Pl. M4 clip-nuts F-24
LVS01005 10 black line L900 stickers F-22
LVS03181 20 slotted m.Pl. M5 clip-nuts F-24
LVS01006 10 black arrow out. Stickers F-22
LVS03182 20 slotted m.Pl. M6 clip-nuts F-24
LVS01007 10 black arrow inc. stickers F-22
LVS03185 4 hexagonal spacers M5 H9 F-24
LVS01008 10 black transfomer stickers F-22
LVS01094 1/4 T locking front plate (2 by 10) I-5
LVS01100 Side panel access.Syst.P I-6
LVS03194 20 hexa.Spacer M6 captive nuts F-24
LVS01101 IP55 back access.Syst.P I-5
LVS01102 IP55 side panel access Syst.P I-6
LVS01103 IP55 roof access. Syst.P I-6
LVS01104 Framework access.Syst.P I-4
LVS01105 IP30/55 door access.Syst.P I-7
LVS03199 4 hexagonal spacers M8 H40+10 F-24
LVS01106 Back panel access.Syst.P I-5
LVS03202 Modular front plate W600/W650 E-68
LVS01109 12 Linergy LGY busbar stops G-4, G-7 2m
LVS01110 W150 plain wicket door E-61, I-5 LVS03203 Modular front plate W600/W650 E-62, E-63,
3m E-68
LVS01112 Roof access. Syst.P I-6
LVS03204 Modular front plate W600/W650 E-63, E-64
LVS01120 Frame bot. Cross-member L650 I-7 4m
LVS01121 Frame bot. Cross-member I-7 LVS03205 Modular front plate W600/W650 E-36, E-37,
L150+650 5m E-62, E-64
LVS01123 Fr.Pl.Sup. Striker kit Syst.P I-6 LVS03206 Front Plate, Transfer Pact, 3P/4P, E-54
LVS01124 locking kit for IP31/IP55 door (Ipc I-7 63A, Vertical, W650, 6M
Arc) LVS03207 Front Plate, Transfer Pact, 3P/4P, E-55
LVS01126 Green Cover W400 P for Wireless I-8 160A, Vertical, W650, 8M
PaS LVS03210 Faceplate TransferPact E-56
LVS01127 Green Cover W650 P for Wireless I-8 PrismaSeT P
PaS LVS03211 Faceplate TransferPact E-57
LVS01128 Green Cover W800 P for Wireless I-8 PrismaSeT P
PaS LVS03213 Modular front plate W300 3m E-63
LVS01130 Linergy LGYE busbar screw plate G-13, I-5 LVS03214 Modular front plate W300 4m E-63, E-64
kit
LVS03220 Blanking strip L1000 E-36, E-37,
LVS01198 Ph/PrismaSeT Plus IP55 cub. I-6 E-63, E-64,
Assoc. E-68, F-22
LVS01199 combination kit - Prisma (before I-6 LVS03221 4 divisible blanking plates W90 E-36, E-37,
2005)-Prisma IP30 (before 2020) E-63, E-64,
LVS01201 2 IPXXB clip-on covers Linergy I-4 E-68, F-22
BW LVS03222 NSX blanking plate electronic trip E-31, E-32,
LVS01202 4 IPXXB covers Linergy FM 200 G-25, I-4 unit E-33, E-34,
F-22
LVS01210 Linergy BW accessories I-4
160-400A LVS03223 Front plate 3 modular rows W600/ E-63
W650 8m
LVS01215 Cables membrane 70 x 40 (*5) F-27
A-6 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LVS03225 Front plate NSXm vert. Rotative E-38 LVS03344 Transparent front plate W600/ E-65, F-23
LVS03226
W400 5m
Front plate NSXm -3P vert.Rot. E-36 LVS03345
W650 9m
Transparent front plate W600/ F-23
A
W650 5m W650 12m
LVS03227 Front plate NSXm -4P vert.Rot. E-36 LVS03346 FRONT PLATE HORI GS 250A 7M E-60
W650 5m W650
LVS03235 Fr.Pl.changeover INS-INV250 rot E-52 LVS03347 FRONT PLATE HORI GS 400A 8M E-60
W600 5m W650
LVS03241 Fr.Pl.3-4 Vigi NSX/CVS250 v.fix. E-31, E-32 LVS03349 FRONT PLATE VERT GS E-60
tog. 7m 250-400A 6M W650
LVS03243 Fr.Pl.3-4 NSX/CVS250 v.fixed tog/ E-29, E-31, LVS03352 Transparent front plate W300 4m F-23
rot 5m E-32, E-33,
E-34 LVS03353 Transparent front plate W300 6m F-23
LVS03244 Fr.Pl.3-4Vigi NSX/CVS250 v.rot/tl/ E-29, E-33, LVS03354 Transparent front plate W300 9m F-23
plug 7m E-34 LVS03371 Fixed L650 front plate support E-57, F-5
LVS03245 Fr.Pl. changeover NSX250 v.rot. E-50 frame
W600 5m LVS03401 W650 modular device rail E-62, E-63,
LVS03247 Front plate changeover INS250 E-53 PrismaSeT P Active E-64, E-68,
W600 5m F-26
LVS03248 Front plate INS250 vertical W600/ E-40 LVS03404 W400 adjustable mod. Dev. Rail E-63
W650 5m PrismaSeT P Active
LVS03249 Blanking plate NSX/CVS250- E-31, E-32, LVS03402 W650 adjustable mod. Dev. Rail E-37, E-62,
EZC100 v. W147 E-33, E-34, PrismaSeT E-68, F-26,
F-22 G-38
LVS03253 Fr.Pl. NSX/CVS 250 v.fix.tog/rot E-30 LVS03404 W400 adjustable mod. Dev. Rail E-63, E-64,
W300 9m PrismaSeT P Active E-68
LVS03274 Front plate INS630 vertic. W600/ E-40 LVS03405 Mount.Pl NSXm toggle/rot-3P/4P E-38
W650 10m vert.W400
LVS03275 Fr.Pl.NSX/CVS630 v.tog/rot/plug E-25, E-26, LVS03406 Mount.Pl NSXmVigi toggle-3P/4P E-36
W600 9m E-27, E-28, vert.W650
E-29 LVS03409 Mount.Pl NSXm toggle/rot-3P/4P E-35
LVS03283 Fr.Plate NSX/CVS 630 v.fix.rot. E-30 horz.W650
W300 12m LVS03410 Mount.Pl NSXm toggle/rot-3P/4P E-36
LVS03293 Front plate Vigi NSX250 v.tog. E-30 vert.W650
W300 11m LVS03411 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS.Toggle -3P E-20
LVS03297 Fr.Pl.Vigi NSX/CVS630 v.tog/rot E-25, E-26, 250A hz W650
W600 9m E-27, E-28, LVS03412 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS.Toggle -4P E-20, E-40
E-29 250A hz W650
LVS03299 Front pl.Vigi NSX630 v.fix.tog. E-30 LVS03413 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS plugin -3P E-21, E-22,
W300 10m 250A hz W650 E-23
LVS03308 FRONT PL. GS32 3P/4P W600 HZ/ E-60 LVS03414 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS plugin -4P E-21, E-22,
VT 3M 250A hz W650 E-23
LVS03309 FRONT PL. GS63-160 3P/4P E-60 LVS03415 Mount.Pl NSX withd -3/4P 250A E-24
W600 HZ/VT 5M hz W650
LVS03320 Front plate ISFT 100 vertic W600/ E-59 LVS03416 Mounting plate for Linergy FC E-36
W650 6m NSXm
LVS03321 Front plate ISFT 160 vertic W600/ E-59 LVS03417 M.Pl.Hz.NS250 c/o mot. Or ua/ba E-42, E-43,
W650 6m E-44, E-45,
LVS03322 Front plate ISFT 250 vertical E-59 E-46, E-47,
W650 9m E-48, E-51
LVS03323 Front plate ISFT 400 vertical E-59 LVS03420 M.Pl.4Vigi/NSX/CVS/ 3INS 250 v. E-31, E-40
W650 9m Fix. Toggle
LVS03324 Front plate ISFT 630 vertical E-59 LVS03421 M.Pl.3-4V.Withd.NS250 devices E-29, E-32,
W650 8m E-34
LVS03325 Front plate ISFT100N vertical E-59 LVS03422 M.Plate 4 Vigi NSX/CVS 250 v. E-33, E-34
W600/650 8m Fixed rot/tel
LVS03330 Fr. plate NSXm/Vigi/SDX hz.Tog. E-35 LVS03423 M.Pl.3-4 V.Withd.NS250 polyp. E-32
W600 3m LVS03424 Mounting Plate, Transfer Pact, E-54
LVS03331 Fr. plate NSXm hz.Rot.W600 3m E-35 3P/4P, 63A, Vertical W650
LVS03342 Transparent front plate W600/ E-62, E-68, LVS03425 Mounting Plate, Transfer Pact, E-55
W650 4m F-23 3P/4P, 160A, Vertical W650
LVS03343 Transparent front plate W600/ E-65, F-23 LVS03428 Mount.Pl changeover NSX/INS E-50, E-52,
W650 6m 250 rot.Vert E-53
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-7

LVS03429 Perforated cover TransferPacT, E-56, E-57 LVS03565 M. PL GS 250A VERT W650 E-60
32-100A
LVS03566 M. PL GS 400A HORI W650 E-60
LVS03451 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS.Toggle -3P E-20
630A hz W650 LVS03567 M. PL GS 400A VERT W650 E-60
LVS03452 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS.Toggle -4P E-20, E-40 LVS03569 W800 plain backplate 36m F-25
630A hz W650 LVS03570 Plain backplate 36m W650 F-25
LVS03453 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS plugin -3P E-21, E-22, LVS03571 Slotted mounting plate 4modules E-62, F-26
630A hz W650 E-23
LVS03572 Slotted mounting plate 6modules E-62, F-26
LVS03454 Mount.Pl NSX/CVS plugin -4P E-21, E-22,
630A hz W650 E-23 LVS03574 Slotted mounting plate 12m F-26
LVS03457 Mount.Pl changeover NSX/INS E-51 LVS03580 4 Angle brackets + screws F-24
630 mot.Horz
LVS03581 2 universal angle brackets F-24, F-26,
LVS03458 Mount.Pl changeover NSX/INS E-50, E-52, F-28, G-38
630 rot.Horz E-53
LVS03582 6 Universal inserts Syst.P F-24, F-28
LVS03460 Kit For Control Support E-22
LVS03583 6 universal angle brackets F-24, H-6
LVS03461 Mount.Pl 2 NSX/CVS/INS -3P/4P E-25, E-26,
LVS03584 2 Side.Cross-members W400 E-7, F-20,
630A vert. E-27, E-28,
D400 F-28, G-38
E-29, E-40
LVS03586 2 Side.Cross-members W200 E-7, F-20,
LVS03462 Mount.Pl NSX withd -3/4P 630A E-24
D600 F-28
hz W650
LVS03587 2 Longitudinal cross-mbers F-20, F-28
LVS03480 Mount.Pl NS fixed -3P/4P 1000A E-17
W650
hz.W650
LVS03590 Rear modular device rail W650 F-26
LVS03482 Mount.Pl NS fixed -3P/4P 1600A E-15, E-16
vert.W650 LVS03593 2 Slide rails+angle brackets F-25, F-26,
F-28
LVS03483 M.Pl NT/NS withd -3P/4P 1600A E-10, E-11,
vert.W650 E-15, E-16, LVS03595 System G adapter W500 E-65, F-25
E-46, E-47,
E-48 LVS03596 System G adapter W250 E-30, F-25
LVS03484 Mount.Pl NT fixed -3P/4P 1600A E-10, E-11, LVS03604 Fr.Pl Vigi NSX.Tog/CVS.Rot -3P E-20, E-21,
vert.W650 E-46, E-47, 250 hz 3m E-22, E-23
E-48
LVS03606 Fr.Pl Vigi NSX.Tog/CVS.Rot -4P E-20, E-21,
LVS03487 Mount.Pl NS fixed -3P/4P 1600A E-18, E-30 250 hz 4m E-22, E-23
vert.W400
LVS03616 Fr.Pl.Hz.NSX250 c/over mot. E-51
LVS03488 Mount.Pl NT/NS withd -3P 1600A E-12, E-18
LVS03617 Fr.Pl.Hz.INS250 E-40
vert.W400
LVS03618 Fr.Pl.Hz. Withd. NSX250 E-24
LVS03489 Mount.Pl NT fixed -3P 1600A vert. E-12
W400 LVS03620 Fr.Pl.3-4 V.INS250 devices E-40
LVS03491 Mount.Pl changeover NS1000 rot. E-49 LVS03643 Fr.Pl Vigi NSX.Tog/CVS.Rot -3P E-20, E-21,
Horz.W650 630 hz 3m E-22, E-23
LVS03500 Mount.Pl NW fixed/withd -3P/4P E-2, E-4, LVS03644 Fr.Pl Vigi NSX.Tog/CVS.Rot -4P E-20, E-21,
vert.W650 E-6, E-8, 630 hz 4m E-22, E-23
E-9, E-42,
E-43, E-44, LVS03656 Fr.Pl.Hz.NSX630 c/over mot. E-51
E-45 LVS03657 Fr.Pl.Hz. Withd. NSX630 E-24
LVS03501 M.Pl NS3200 INS-INV2500 fixed E-14, E-39 LVS03658 Fr.Pl.Hz.INS630 E-40
vertical
LVS03659 Fr.Pl.Hz.NSX-INS630 c/over rot E-50, E-52
LVS03508 Prisma P M.Plate 2 3PH Counters E-65
3PH 6M LVS03661 Fr.Pl.Hz.Ns-INS630 changeover E-53
LVS03545 M.Pl.100mm b/centres ISFL160 E-58 LVS03663 Fr.Pl. Vert. 2 NSX630 E-25, E-26,
E-27, E-28,
LVS03546 M.Pl.185mm b/centres ISFL630 E-58 E-29
LVS03553 M.Plate ISFT 100N E-59 LVS03666 Fr.Pl.Vertical 2 NSX630 Vigi E-25, E-26,
LVS03554 M.Pl.ISFT100 E-59 E-27, E-28,
E-29
LVS03555 M.Pl busbar ISFT 100N/160 E-59
LVS03671 Fr.Pl.Ua or ba E-42, E-43,
LVS03556 M.Pl.ISFT160 E-59 E-44, E-45,
E-46, E-47,
LVS03557 M.Pl.ISFT630 E-59
E-48, E-51
LVS03559 M. PL GS 3P/4P 32A H+V W650 E-60
LVS03687 Fr.Pl.Hz.Fix.NS1600 tog/rot.4P E-17
LVS03560 M.PL GS 3P/4P 63-100-160A E-60
LVS03690 Fr.Pl.V.Fixed NS1600 E-15
HORZ W650
LVS03701 Fr.Pl.V.Fixed mot.NS1600 sp E-16
LVS03561 Canalis support E-4, E-11,
E-16 LVS03691 Fr.Pl.Withd.NS1600-NT E-10, E-11,
E-15, E-16,
LVS03563 M. PL GS 63-160A VERT W650 E-60
E-46, E-47,
LVS03564 M. PL GS 250A HORI W650 E-60 E-48
A-8 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LVS03692 Fr.Pl.V.Fixed NT E-10, E-11, LVS03805 Plain front plate W600/W650 5m E-2, E-4,
E-46, E-47,
E-48
E-11, E-16,
E-25, E-27, A
E-42, E-43,
LVS03695 Fr.Pl.Hz.NS1600 changeover rot. E-49 E-44, E-62,
LVS03697 Fr.Pl.V.Fix.NS1600 3-4P W400 E-18 F-23, G-38
LVS03698 Fr.Pl.V.Fixed NT 3P W400 E-12 LVS03806 Plain front plate W600/W650 6m E-8, E-11,
E-14, E-16,
LVS03699 Fr.Pl.Withd.NS1600-NT 3P W400 E-12, E-18 E-42, E-43,
E-44, E-45,
LVS03701 Fr.Pl.V.Fixed mot.NS1600 sp E-16
E-62, E-65,
LVS03709 Front plate dedicated NW E-8, E-9 F-23, G-38
LVS03710 Fr.Pl.Withdrawable NW E-2, E-4, LVS03808 Plain front plate W600/W650 12m E-6, F-23
E-6, E-8,
LVS03811 Plain front plate W300 1m E-30, E-38,
E-42, E-43,
E-64, F-23
E-44, E-45
LVS03711 Fr.Pl.Fixed NW E-2, E-4,
F-23
E-6, E-42,
E-43, E-44, LVS03813 Plain front plate W300 3m F-23
E-45
LVS03713 Fr.Pl.INS1600 3P E-39 F-23
LVS03714 Fr.Pl.INS1600 4P E-39 LVS03815 Plain front plate W300 5m F-23
LVS03715 Fr.Pl.INS2500 3P/4P E-39 LVS03816 Plain front plate W300 6m E-30, F-23
LVS03716 Fr.Pl.NS3200 E-14 LVS03817 Plain front plate W300 9m F-23
LVS03722 Hinged fr.Pl.13M W400 E-12, E-18, LVS03891 IP30 ventilated front plate W600/ F-30
F-23 W650 1m
LVS03723 Hinged fr.Pl.Hsi 13m W400 E-12, E-18 LVS03895 IP30 ventilated front plate W600/ F-30
W650 3m
LVS03735 Ip20 front ISFL 185mm bc W650 E-58
LVS03900 Support 72x72 met.dev/pb for E-12, E-18,
LVS03736 Fr.Pl.ISFL 160 E-58
03904/03928 E-67
LVS03740 Blanking plate ISFL 160 E-58
LVS03901 Support 96x96 met.dev/pb for E-12, E-18,
LVS03741 Blanking plate ISFL 630 E-58 03904/03928 E-67
LVS03801 Plain front plate W600/W650 1m E-10, E-25, LVS03902 Supp.cut-out 72x72 met.dev/pb E-12, E-18,
E-26, E-27, 03904/03928 E-67
E-28, E-29,
LVS03903 Supp.cut-out 96x96met.dev/pb E-12, E-18,
E-31, E-32,
03904/03928 E-67
E-33, E-34,
E-36, E-40, LVS03904 Fr.Pl.72²/96² cut-out met.dev/pb E-66, E-67
E-47, E-60, W600 3m
E-62, F-23
LVS03907 Support 72x72 met.dev/pb for E-67
LVS03802 Plain front plate W600/W650 2m E-8, E-6, 03910/03912
E-10, E-14,
E-15, E-25, LVS03908 Support 96x96 met.dev/pb for E-67
E-26, E-27, 03911/03913
E-28, E-29, LVS03910 Fr.pl.72x72 6 Cut-Out Met.dev/Pb E-66, E-67
E-31, E-32, W600 3m
E-33, E-34,
E-36, E-40, LVS03911 Fr.pl.96x96 3 Cut-Out Met.dev/Pb E-66, E-67,
E-46, E-48, W600 3m E-68
E-50, E-52,
E-53, E-56, LVS03913 Fr.Pl.96X96 1 cut-out met.dev/pb E-66, E-67,
E-57, E-59, W600 3m E-68
F-23 LVS03914 Fr.Pl. 12 push-button/lamps E-66, E-67
LVS03803 Plain front plate W600/W650 3m E-4, E-10, W600/W650 2m
E-11, E-15, LVS03923 Fr.Pl. 1 pre cut-out 96x96 W300 E-67, E-68
E-16, E-25, 3m
E-26, E-27,
E-28, E-29, LVS03928 Visor 30°for metering dev/pb E-66, E-67
E-31, E-33, 72x72/96x96
E-39, E-46,
LVS03930 Mounting plate Vigilohm E-68
E-47, E-48,
xm200-300c
E-50, E-62,
F-23, G-38 LVS03932 Fr.Pl. Vigilohm xm200-300c E-68
W600/W650 6m
LVS03804 Plain front plate W600/W650 4m E-2, E-4,
E-6, E-8, LVS03970 Door for capacitors W650 E-61
E-9, E-10,
E-14, E-15, LVS03979 Varpluscan horizontal mounting E-61
E-25, E-27, plate
E-39, E-42,
E-44, E-46,
E-48, E-62,
E-68, F-23
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-9

LVS04••• LVS04118 Insulated busbar - 400 A 3P -
L=1400 mm (Powerclip)
D-3
LVS04004 Linergy FM 4P dist.block 80A G-25

LVS04119 Insulated busbar - 630 A 3P - D-3
LVS04008 Linergy FM 4P dist.block 63A G-25 L=1400 mm
12m 20 holes
LVS04012 Linergy FM 2P dis.Block 200A G-25 L=1000 mm (Powerclip)
24m 24holes
24m 42 holes
24m 54 holes
12m 27 holes
LVS04021 4P conn.Lin.BW insul.bb/lin.fm G-25 L=1400 mm (Powerclip)
d.blk200A
LVS04024 4P conn.Lin.Bs stage bb/lin.Fm G-25 L=1400 mm (Powerclip)
d.blk200A 04128
LVS04026 Linergy FM 4P dis.Block 200A G-25 LVS04129 Insulated busbar - 630 A 4P - D-3
36m 81 holes L=1400 mm (Powerclip)
LVS04029 4 Conn.Lin.Bs rear bb/lin.fm d.blk G-25 LVS04145 Cu connections 125A 4P W230 E-35, E-36
200A
LVS04146 Cu connections 160A 4P W250 E-35, E-36
LVS04030 4 Conn. Ng160/Linergy FM dist. E-35, G-25
LVS04194 20 Bolts 8.8 Class m6x20 /5mm G-12
blk 160A
copper bar
LVS04031 Linergy DX 1P dist.Block 160A E-37, G-22
LVS04195 40 Screws 8.8 Class m6x16/ G-12
4m 6 holes
threaded bar
LVS04033 Linergy DP 3P d.blk/ComPacT G-14
LVS04197 Barrier h1500mm/Linergy BS G-10
250A 27 holes
multistage bb
LVS04034 Linergy DP 4P d.blk/ G-14
LVS04198 Barrier h100mm /Linergy BS rear G-9
ComPacT250A 36 holes
busbar
LVS04038 Linergy DP/NSXm 3P 160A 18T G-15
LVS04200 Earth bar 35²/40 clamps L450 G-36
LVS04039 Linergy DP/NSXm 4P 160A 24T E-35, E-37 Linergy TB
LVS04039 Linergy DP/NSXm 4P 160A 24T G-15 LVS04201 12X3mm dir.Earth bar 35² L330 G-36
Linergy TB
LVS04040 Linergy DX 4P 63A top incoming G-22
LVS04202 2 Earth bar 35²/20 clamp L200 G-36
LVS04041 Linergy DX 4P 63A bottom G-22 Linergy TB
incoming
LVS04205 2 Earth bar mod.dev.rail sup. G-36
LVS04045 Linergy DX 4P dist.block 125A E-37, G-22
6m 52 holes LVS04210 2 Insulat.Spacers/neutral bar G-36
Linergy TB
LVS04046 Linergy DX 4P d.blk/ng160 160A E-37, G-22
6m 52 hole LVS04214 4 Earth blk 12x4² term.Clamp G-36
Linergy TB
LVS04047 4 Conn.Ng125/Linergy DX dist. E-37, G-22
Block 125A LVS04215 4 Earth blk 3x16² term.Clamp G-36
Linergy TB
LVS04052 Linergy BS 4P multistage bb G-11
160A 52holes LVS04224 5 practic raisers F-24
LVS04053 Linergy BS 4P multistage bb G-11 LVS04226 2 modular device rails L1600 F-26, G-38
250A 52holes
LVS04227 Modular Rail & Extensions - E-64
LVS04054 Linergy BS 4P multistage bb G-11 L600
400A 52holes
LVS04229 20 Tab conn.M10 volt.Tap-offs G-13
LVS04055 Linergy BS 4P multistage bb G-11
LVS04233 Trunking door L2000 F-27
630A 52holes
LVS04234 10 wiring through fr.grommets F-27
L=1000 mm (Powerclip) LVS04235 Wiring to door flex.trunking F-27
LVS04112 Insulated busbar - 250 A 3P - D-3 LVS04239 12 Hz.cable straps F-27
LVS04243 4 covers hz.cable straps F-27
L=1000 mm (Powerclip) LVS04255 12 Hz.trunking supports F-27
LVS04114 Insulated busbar - 630 A 3P - D-3 LVS04256 10 Hz. adjustable trunking sup F-27
LVS04257 4Hz.trunking sections L450+sup F-27
LVS04262 12 Vertical cable straps F-27
LVS04263 2 V.cable straps L1000 covers F-27
L=1400 mm (Powerclip) LVS04267 Vertical trunking L2000 F-27
A-10 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LVS04403 Linergy FC distribution block for E-31, G-16 LVS04453 Connection NSX toggle-3P 630A E-20
ComPacT NSX250 3P toggle/
fixed + connection
LVS04454
fixed horz
Connection NSX toggle-4P 630A E-20
A
LVS04404 Linergy FC distribution block for E-31, E-40, fixed horz
ComPacT NSX250 4P toggle/ G-16
fixed + connection LVS04455 Conn.Transf. NSX tog -3P 630A E-20
fixed hz
LVS04405 Linergy FC distribution block for E-32, E-33,
ComPacT NSX2503P fixed/ E-34, G-16 LVS04456 Conn.Transf. NSX tog -4P 630A E-20
plug-in + connection fixed hz
LVS04406 Linergy FC distribution block for E-32, E-33, LVS04459 Universal connection in duct E-20, E-21,
ComPacT NSX250 4P fixed/ E-34, G-16 630A 3P E-22, E-23,
plug-in + connection E-24
LVS04407 Linergy FC distribution block for E-31, E-32, LVS04460 Universal connection in duct E-20, E-21,
ComPacT NSX250 3P fixed W/O E-33, E-34, 630A 4P E-22, E-23,
connection G-16 E-24
LVS04408 Linergy FC distribution block for E-31, E-32, LVS04461 Connection NSX toggle-3P 630A E-21, E-24
ComPacT NSX250 4P fixed W/O E-33, E-34, plugin hz
connection E-40, G-16 LVS04462 Connection NSX toggle-4P 630A E-21, E-24
LVS04410 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18 plugin hz
ComPacT NSXm 160A 3P toggle/ LVS04473 Connection NS -3P 1000A fixed E-17, I-22,
fixed + connection horizontal I-37
LVS04411 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18 LVS04474 Connection NT -4P 1000A fixed E-17, I-22,
ComPacT NSXm 160A 4P toggle/ horizontal I-37
fixed + connection
LVS04475 Connection NT -3P 1250A fixed E-10, E-11,
LVS04412 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18 I-21, I-36
ComPacT NSXm 160A 3P toggle/
fixed LVS04476 Connection NT -4P 1250A fixed E-10, E-11,
I-21, I-36
LVS04413 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18
ComPacT NSXm 160A 4P toggle/ LVS04477 Connection NS/NT -3P 1250A E-10, E-11,
fixed withdrawable E-15, E-16,
I-20, I-35
ComPacT NSXm 160A 3P toggle/ LVS04478 Connection NS/NT -4P 1250A E-10, E-11,
fixed with VIGI + connection withdrawable E-15, E-16,
I-20, I-35
ComPacT NSXm 160A 4P toggle/ LVS04481 Connection INS-INV -3P 1600A E-39
fixed with VIGI + connection fixed
LVS04418 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18 LVS04482 Connection INS-INV -4P 1600A E-39
ComPacT NSXm 160A 3P toggle/ fixed
fixed with VIGI
LVS04483 Conn.Transf. NS -3P 1000A fixed E-17, I-49
LVS04419 Linergy FC distribution block for E-36, G-18 horz
LVS04484 Conn.Transf. NS -4P 1000A fixed E-17, I-49
fixed without connection
horz
LVS04485 Connection NS -3P 1250A fixed E-15, E-16,
I-20, I-35
fixed without connection
LVS04423 Connection NSX toggle-3P 250A E-20
I-20, I-35
fixed horz
LVS04424 Connection NSX toggle-4P 250A E-20
I-20, I-35
fixed horz
LVS04425 Conn.Transf. NSX tog -3P 250A E-20
I-20, I-35
fixed horz
LVS04426 Conn.Transf. NSX tog -4P 250A E-20
I-21, I-36
fixed horz
LVS04427 Conn. NSX/INS -3P 250A fixed/ E-22, E-23,
I-21, I-36
withd horz E-24, E-40
LVS04491 Connection NS/NT -3P 1600A E-10, E-11,
LVS04428 Conn. NSX/INS -4P 250A fixed/ E-22, E-23,
withdrawable E-15, E-16,
withd horz E-24, E-40
I-20, I-35
LVS04429 Universal connection in duct E-20, E-21,
LVS04492 Connection NS/NT -4P 1600A E-10, E-11,
250A 3P E-22, E-23,
withdrawable E-15, E-16,
E-24
I-20, I-35
LVS04430 Universal connection in duct E-20, E-21,
LVS04493 Connection horizontal LGYE NW E-3, E-5
250A 4P E-22, E-23,
1600A 3P
E-24
LVS04431 Connection NSX toggle-3P 250A E-21, E-24
1600A 4P
plugin hz
LVS04432 Connection NSX toggle-4P 250A E-21, E-24
2500A 3P
plugin hz
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-11

LVS04496 Connection horizontal LGYE NW E-3, E-5 LVS04567 Linergy LGYE profile 3200A G-2
2500A 4P L2000
LVS04497 Connection horizontal LGYE NW E-3, E-5 LVS04568 Linergy LGYE profile 4000A G-2
3200A 3P L2000
LVS04498 Connection horizontal LGYE NW E-3, E-5 LVS04602 Linergy LGYE vertical G-4, G-5,
3200A 4P connection 1600A G-7, G-37
LVS04502 Linergy LGY vertical profile 630A G-4, G-7, LVS04603 Linergy LGYE vert. Shifted G-5
L1670 G-37, I-13 connect.1600A
LVS04503 Linergy LGY vertical profile 800A G-4, G-7, LVS04604 Linergy LGYE vert. short G-5
L1670 G-37, I-13 connect. 2500A
LVS04504 Linergy LGY vertical profile G-4, G-7 LVS04605 Linergy LGYE vert. Long G-5
1000A L1670 connect. 2500A
LVS04505 Linergy LGY vertical profile G-4, G-7, LVS04605 Linergy LGYE vert. Long G-5
1250A L1670 G-37, I-13 connect. 2500A
LVS04506 Linergy LGY vertical profile G-4, G-7 LVS04607 Linergy LGYE vertical G-5
1600A L1670 connection 4000A
LVS04507 Linergy LGYE vert profile 2000A G-5 LVS04610 Copper Joint And Mounting F-16
L1625 Hardware For Linergy Lgye
Inside Angle Kit 630A-1600A
LVS04508 Linergy LGYE vert profile 2500A G-5
L1625 LVS04611 Copper Joint And Mounting F-16
Hardware For Linergy Lgye
LVS04509 Linergy LGYE vert profile 3200A G-5 Inside Angle Kit 2000a-2500a
L1625
LVS04613 Copper Joint And Mounting F-16
LVS04510 Linergy LGYE vert profile 4000A G-5 Hardware For Linergy Lgye
L1625 Inside Angle Kit 3200a-4000a
LVS04512 Pe v.Bar w.Holes 25x5 L1675 G-37 LVS04620 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint G-2
Linergy TB 1600A
LVS04515 Pe v.Bar w.Holes 50x5 L1675 G-37 LVS04621 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint G-2
Linergy TB 2500A
LVS04516 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 60x5 G-6, G-8 LVS04623 Linergy LGYE horizontal joint G-2
L1675 4000A
LVS04518 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 80x5 G-6, G-8 LVS04624 Linergy LGYE isolating screen G-2
L1675 neutral
LVS04525 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 50x10 G-6, G-8 LVS04634 Connection 1000A 5mm hz.Bar/ G-4
L1675 LGY profile
LVS04526 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 60x10 G-6, G-8 LVS04635 Connection 1600A 5mm hz.Bar/ G-4, G-7,
L1675 LGY profile G-8
LVS04528 Drilled flat bar Linergy BS 80x10 G-6, G-8 LVS04636 Connect.1600A 10mm hz bar/ E-13, E-19,
L1675 LGY v.Profile G-4, G-6,
LVS04536 Plain hz flat bar Linergy BS 60x5 G-3 G-7, G-8,
L2000 G-37
LVS04538 Plain hz flat bar Linergy BS 80x5 G-3 LVS04642 Mounting hardware/joint>80mm G-4, G-6,
L2000 Linergy LGY G-7, G-8
LVS04545 Plain hz flat bar Linergy BS 50x10 G-3 LVS04637 Connect.Plate 3200A 10mm hz/ E-7, G-6
L2000 v.Flat bar
LVS04546 Plain hz flat bar Linergy BS 60x10 G-3 LVS04642 Mounting hardware/joint>80mm G-6
L2000 Linergy LGY
LVS04548 Plain hz flat bar Linergy BS 80x10 G-3 LVS04638 Connect.Plate 4000A 10mm hz/ G-4, G-6
L2000 v.Flat bar
LVS04550 Plain hz flat bar Linergy G-3, G-6 LVS04638 #N/A G-4
BS100x10 L2000 LVS04640 Joint for 50/60mm bar/Linergy BS F-16, G-3
LVS04552 Plain hz flat bar Linergy G-3, G-6 hz bbar
BS120x10 L2000 LVS04641 Joint for 80/100mm bar/Linergy F-16, G-3
LVS04560 Linergy LGYE profile 630A L2000 G-2, G-5 BS hz bar
LVS04561 Linergy LGYE profile 800A L2000 G-2, G-5 LVS04642 Mounting hardware/joint>80mm E-7
Linergy LGY
LVS04562 Linergy LGYE profile 1000A G-2, G-5
L2000 LVS04643 Joint for 120mm bar/Linergy BS G-3
hz.Busbar
L2000 LVS04645 20 Screw/joint 2x10mm Linergy G-6
BS hz/v bb
L2000 LVS04651 Linergy LGY lateral busbar G-4
support
LVS04565 Linergy LGYE profile 2000A G-2
L2000 LVS04652 Linergy LGY rear busbar support G-7
LVS04566 Linergy LGYE profile 2500A G-2 LVS04653 Linergy BS rear vert.Support G-8
L2000 5/10mm bar
A-12 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LVS04662 Free busbar support Linergy LVS04693 Conn.Sup.70mm b/centres E-10, E-11,
LVS04669
LGYE/BS
Wedge, Linergy BS, for busbar G-8 LVS04694 Conn.Sup 115mm b/centres
E-15, E-16
E-2, E-4,
A
support E-6, E-14,
E-39
LVS04656 Linergy TB pen kit / LGY profile G-37
LVS04703 Canalis interface 1600A 3P E-11, E-16
LVS04657 Linergy TB 3 flat bar supp.For G-37
vert.Pe LVS04704 Canalis interface 1600A 4P E-11, E-16
LVS04658 12 Stops/1600A bott.Support G-5 LVS04711 Canalis conn.Front NS-NT 3P E-11, E-16
Linergy LGYE
LVS04712 Canalis conn.Front NS-NT 4P E-11, E-16
LVS04659 12 Stops/4000A bott.Support G-5
Linergy LGYE LVS04713 Canalis conn.Rear NS-NT 3P E-11, E-16
LVS04661 Fixed support vert. Bb Linergy G-5, G-6 LVS04714 Canalis conn.Rear NS-NT 4P E-11, E-16
LGYE/BS LVS04715 Canalis conn.1600A NW 3P E-4
LVS04646 Mounting hardware Linergy G-5 LVS04716 Canalis conn.1600A NW 4P E-4
LGYEu3200A
LVS04725 Canalis conn.2500A NW 3P E-4
LVS04671 Additionnal mounting hardware G-5, G-6
LVS04662 Free busbar support Linergy E-3, E-5,
LGYE/BS E-10, E-11, LVS04735 Canalis conn.3200A NW 3P E-4
E-13, E-14,
E-15, E-16,
E-19, E-39, LVS04742 Insulated flex.bar 20x2 L1800 G-20, G-21
F-16, G-2,
G-3, G-5, LVS04743 Insulated flex.bar 20x3 L1800 G-20, G-21
G-6
LVS04746 Insulated flex.bar 24x5 L1800 G-20, G-21
LVS04646 Mounting hardware Linergy G-2, G-5
LGYEu3200A
LVS04671 Additionnal mounting hardware G-2, G-3,
G-5, G-6 LVS04753 Insulated flex.bar 32x8 L1800 G-20, G-21
LVS04663 Bottom lat.V.5/10 Bb support lin. G-5, G-6 LVS04759 20 M8 torque nuts G-13
LGYE/BS
LVS04766 20 M8 LGY bolts for cab.Lug/flex G-13, G-37
LVS04664 Fixed support hz. Bb Linergy F-16, G-2, bar L25
LGYE/BS G-3
LVS04767 20 M8 LGY bolts for copper bar G-13
LVS04646 Mounting hardware Linergy G-2 L39
LGYEu3200A
LVS04768 Set of 12 screwplates for Linergy G-13
LVS04665 Horiz.10Mm bb support D600 G-2 evolution 2500A
Linergy BS
LVS04769 Set of 8 screwplates for Linergy G-13
LVS04666 Bot.Lat.5/10 Bb support W300 lin. G-5, G-6 evolution 4000A
LGYE/BS
LVS04773 20 M8/diam.24 Flat washers flex. G-13
LVS04661 Fixed support vert. Bb Linergy G-5, G-6 Bar/LGY
LGYE/BS
LVS04774 20 M8/diam.28 Flat washers flex. G-13
LVS04667 2 Horizontal pe supports Linergy F-24, G-37 Bar/LGY
TB
LVS04775 20 M8/diam.20 Flat washers G-13
LVS04669 Wedge, Linergy BS, for busbar G-8 lugs<25²/LGY
support
LVS04782 20 Bolts 8.8 Class M8x20 /Linergy G-6, G-13
LVS04671 Additionnal mounting hardware F-16, G-2, BS
G-3
LVS04783 20 Bolts 8.8 Class M8x25 /Linergy G-13
LVS04672 2 Connect.Plate hz/v.Pe bar G-37 BS
Linergy TB
LVS04678 Free 5/10 busbar support D600 E-2, E-4, BS
Linergy BS G-2
LVS04683 Joint Linergy vert.LGY/LGYE E-3, E-5 BS
1600A 3P
LVS04684 Joint Linergy vert.LGY/LGYE E-3, E-5 BS
1600A 4P
LVS04685 Joint Linergy vertical LGYE E-3, E-5 BS
2500A NW
LVS04687 Joint Linergy vertical LGYE E-3, E-5 BS
3200A NW
LVS04794 12 Phase marker/Linergy LGY/ G-13
LVS04690 Flange for flat bars E-7 LGYE profile
LVS04691 Flange for edgewise bars E-10, E-13, LVS04809 Linergy FC tooth-caps E-31, E-32,
E-15, E-19 E-33, E-34,
E-40, G-17
LVS04692 Flange for flat bars W400 E-13, E-19
LVS04810 Tooth-cap 1P Linergy FC D.BLK E-36, G-19
NSXm 160A
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-13

LVS04842 Conn.Cover hz.Fix.NS1600 E-17 LVS04968 Form 2 cover horz.bb.4000A H-5
W800 D600
LVS04851 Front conn.Cover v.Fix.NS1600 E-15, E-16,
H-4 LVS04973 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W300 H-5
D400
LVS04852 Front conn.Cover v.NS1600-NT E-10, E-11,
E-15, E-16, LVS04974 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W400 H-5
H-4 D400
LVS04853 Rear conn.Cov.V.Fix.NS1600 E-15, H-4 LVS04976 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W650 H-5
D400
LVS04854 Rear conn.Cover v.NS1600-NT E-10, E-11,
E-15, E-16, LVS04978 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W800 H-5
H-4 D400
LVS04855 Busbar cover v.NS1600-NT W400 E-13, E-19 LVS04983 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W300 H-5
D600
LVS04860 Busbar cover v.NW/ISFL W650 E-7, E-58
LVS04984 Form 2 cover horz.Busbar W400 H-5
LVS04861 Front connection cover NW E-2, E-4, D600
E-6, E-8,
D600
LVS04863 Rear connection cover NW E-2, E-4,
D600
LVS04871 Canalis cover H-4
LVS04901 Form 3 horizontal partition H-6 LVS07•••
LVS04911 Inter-cubicle partition D400 H-8 LVS07051 4 Cable connect.1P 160A 70mm² G-12
Linergy BS
LVS04915 Plain barrier for bottom horizon- H-5
tal busbars LVS07052 4 Cable conn.1P 250A 185mm² G-12
Linergy BS
LVS04919 Plain barrier for bottom horizon- H-5
tal busbars LVS07053 4 Cable connect1P 400A 300mm² G-12
Linergy BS
LVS04920 W300 fr.Barrier for lat.V.bb. H-5
LVS07931 Ral 7016 rotative handle F-29
LVS04921 W150 fr.Barrier for lat.V.bb. H-5 PrismaSeT P Active/ PrismaSeT
G Active
LVS04922 Form 2 side barrier for lat.Vert. H-5
bb. LVS07932 Euro rotative white handle F-29
PrismaSeT P Active/ PrismaSeT
LVS04924 Form 2 side barrier restoration kit H-5
G Active
LVS04925 Partition conn.LGYE dev>800A H-4
LVS07933 Assa rotative white handle F-29
W650 D600
PrismaSeT P Active/ PrismaSeT
LVS04926 Partition conn. Dev>800A W650 E-10, E-11, G Active
D600 E-14, E-15,
LVS07938 Handle padlocking kit for 1 locker F-29
E-16, E-39,
H-4 LVS07940 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
lock 405
LVS04927 Additional partition conn.W650 E-3, E-5,
D600 E-14, H-4 LVS07941 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
lock 455
LVS04928 Additional partition LGYE conn. E-3, H-4
W650 D600 LVS07942 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
lock 1242e
LVS04931 Inter cubicle partition, Prisma- H-8
SeT P LVS07943 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
lock 3113A
LVS04943 F3 partition rear support H-6
LVS07944 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
LVS04946 F4 backplate front conn.D600 H-7
lock 2433A
LVS04951 Form 4 cable gland plate 3/4 H-7
LVS07945 Insert bloc combinaison.din F-29
modules
double bar
LVS04952 Form 4 cable gland plate 5/6 H-7
LVS07946 Insert bloc combinaison. F-29
modules
screwdriver slot
LVS04953 Form 4b cover transf.Connection H-7
LVS07949 Insert bloc combi.8mm male F-29
3/5m
triangle
LVS04954 Form 4b cover transf.Connection H-7
LVS07951 Insert bloc combinaison.6mm F-29
4/6m
male square
LVS04955 Form 3 rear conn. -Vert.Partition H-6
LVS07953 Insert bloc combinaison.8mm F-29
3/4m
male square
LVS04956 Form 3 rear conn. -Vert.Partition H-6
LVS07956 Barrel bloc with combination F-29
5/6m
lock 2432E
LVS04963 Form 2 cover horz.bb.4000A H-5
W300 D600 LVS08•••
LVS04964 Form 2 cover horz.bb.4000A H-5 LVS08403 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-5, F-20
W400 D600 W300 D400
LVS04966 Form 2 cover horz.bb.4000A H-5 LVS08404 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-5, F-20
W650 D600 W400 D400
A-14 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

LVS08406 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-2, F-3, LVS08576 IP30 cover frame W650 F-2, F-3,
W650 D400 F-4, F-5,
F-20
LVS08578 IP30 cover frame W800
F-14
F-3, F-14
A
LVS08407 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-3, F-4,
W650+150 D400 F-5 LVS08585 Front plate hinge kit F-22
LVS08408 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-5 LVS08593 IP30 door cut-out hsi W300 F-14
W800 D400 LVS08594 IP30 door cut-out hsi W400 F-14
LVS08433 IP30 plain roof W300 D400 F-15 LVS08603 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-2, F-5,
LVS08434 IP30 plain roof W400 D400 F-15 W300 D600 F-20
LVS08436 IP30 plain roof W650 D400 F-2, F-3, LVS08604 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-5, F-20
F-4, F-15 W400 D600
LVS08438 IP30 plain roof W800 D400 F-3, F-4, LVS08606 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-2, F-4,
F-15 W650 D600 F-5, F-20
LVS08456 IP55 plain roof W650 D400 F-4 LVS08607 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-2, F-4,
W650+150 D600 F-5, F-20
LVS08458 IP55 plain roof W800 D400 F-4
LVS08608 PrismaSeT P Active framework F-5
LVS08476 IP30 ventilated roof W650 D400 F-32 W800 D600
LVS08478 IP55 ventilated roof W800 D400 E-61, F-32 LVS08633 IP30 plain roof W300 D600 F-2, F-15
LVS08483 IP55 plain gl.pl.W300 D400 F-19 LVS08634 IP30 plain roof W400 D600 F-15
LVS08484 IP55 plain gl.pl.W400 D400 F-19 LVS08636 IP30 plain roof W650 D600 F-2, F-4,
F-15
LVS08486 IP55 plain gl.pl.W650 D400 F-2, F-3,
F-4, F-19 LVS08638 IP30 plain roof W800 D600 F-2, F-4,
F-15
LVS08487 IP55 plain gl.pl.W650+150 D400 F-3, F-4,
F-19 LVS08640 PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-2, F-15
W300
LVS08488 IP55 plain gl.pl.W800 D400 F-19
LVS08641 PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-15
LVS08493 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W300 D400 F-19 W400
LVS08494 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W400 D400 F-19 LVS08642 PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-4, F-15
LVS08496 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W650 D400 F-19 W650
LVS08497 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W650+150 D400 F-19 LVS08643 PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-2, F-3,
W800 F-15
LVS08498 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W800 D400 F-19
LVS08513 IP30 plain door W300 F-2, F-14
LVS08514 IP30 plain door W400 F-14
LVS08676 IP55 ventilated roof W650 D600 F-32
LVS08516 IP30 plain door W650 F-3, F-4,
F-14 LVS08678 IP55 ventilated roof W800 D600 E-61, F-32
LVS08518 IP30 plain door W800 F-3, F-4, LVS08683 IP55 plain gl.pl.W300 D600 F-2, F-19
F-14 LVS08684 IP55 plain gl.pl.W400 D600 F-19
LVS08523 IP55 plain door W300 F-17 LVS08686 IP55 plain gl.pl.W650 D600 F-2, F-4,
LVS08524 IP55 plain door W400 F-17 F-19
LVS08526 IP55 plain door W650 F-4, F-17 LVS08687 IP55 plain gl.pl.W650+150 D600 F-2, F-4,
F-19
LVS08528 IP55 plain door W800 F-4, F-17
LVS08688 IP55 plain gl.pl.W800 D600 F-19
LVS08534 IP30 transparent door W400 F-14
LVS08693 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W300 D600 F-19
LVS08536 IP30 transparent door W650 F-2, F-4,
F-14 LVS08694 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W400 D600 F-19
LVS08538 IP30 transparent door W800 F-2, F-4, LVS08696 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W650 D600 F-19
F-14 LVS08697 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W650+150D600 F-19
LVS08544 IP55 transparent door W400 F-17 LVS08698 IP30 2-part gl.pl.W800 D600 F-19
LVS08546 IP55 transparent door W650 F-4, F-17 LVS08700 4 Lifting rings F-21
LVS08548 IP55 transparent door W800 F-4, F-17 LVS08701 Stabiliser kit F-21
LVS08560 10M hinged front.Plate sup. Kit E-8, F-5, LVS08702 Levelling kit F-21
W650 F-22
LVS08703 False floor fixing kit F-21
LVS08562 12M hinged front plate sup. E-8, E-9,
Frame W650 F-5, F-22 LVS08704 Floor/wall fixing kit F-21
LVS08564 Hinged fr.Plate sup.Frame W400 F-5, F-22 LVS08706 Handl. Plinth lh. 2000->2550 F-20, J-13
LVS08566 Hinged fr.Plate sup.Frame W650 F-2, F-3, LVS08710 Reinforcement bracket F-20
F-4, F-5, PrismaSeT P Active seismic
F-22
LVS08711 IP31 sealing kit F-15
LVS08574 IP30 cover frame W400 F-14
LVS08712 LGYE Corner Kit for 90 Deg F-16
Installed Panel
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-15

LVS08713 IP30 CORNER KIT FOR LINERGY F-16 LVS08763 PrismaSeT P Active rear access F-4, F-18
BS side Panels D400
LVS08714 2 Side parts handl.Plinth D400 F-20, J-13 LVS08765 Set of 2 side panels D600 F-20, I-8
LVS08716 2 Side parts handl.Plinth D600 F-20, J-13 LVS08765D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-18, F-20
+ Wireless Panel Server W400 +
LVS08717 Side/side combi.IP55 seal.Kit F-4, F-6, I-6 lateral panels D600
LVS08718 10 Combination screws+acc. F-6 LVS08766D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-18, F-20
LVS08719 Double depth combination kit F-3, F-4, + Wireless Panel Server W650 +
F-6 lateral panels D600
LVS08720 2 Side plates for plinth D400 F-19 LVS08767D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-4, F-18,
+ Wireless Panel Server W800 + F-20
LVS08721 2 Side plates for plinth D600 F-19 lateral panels D600
LVS08722 Combination kit for lifting F-20, J-13 LVS08773 4 Cable tie supports W300 F-20, F-28
LVS08723 Plinth h100 W300 D400 F-19 LVS08774 4 Cable tie supports W400 E-13, F-20,
F-28
LVS08724 Plinth h100 W400 D400 F-19
LVS08776 4 Cable tie supports W650 F-28
LVS08726 Plinth h100 W650 D400 F-19
LVS08778 4 Cable tie supports W800 F-28
LVS08728 Plinth h100 W800 D400 F-19
LVS08783 Form c cable tie sup. L1600 F-28
LVS08733 IP30 rear panel W300 F-2, F-14
LVS08794 4 Cable tie supports D400 E-13, E-19,
LVS08734 IP30 rear panel W400 F-14
F-26, F-28
LVS08736 IP30 rear panel W650 F-2, F-14
LVS08796 4 Cable tie supports D600 E-13, E-19
LVS08738 IP30 rear panel W800 E-61, F-2,
LVS08796 4 Cable tie supports D600 F-28
F-14
LVS08900 Switchboard identification pl. F-22
LVS08743 Rear panel F-17
LVS08903 12 adhesive label holders 24x432 F-22
LVS08744 Rear panel, PrismaSeT P, for F-17
enclosure W 400mm, IP55 LVS08904 12 adhesive label holders 36x432 F-22
LVS08746 Rear panel F-17 LVS08905 12 adhesive label holders 24x180 F-22
W300
LVS08748 IP55 rear panel W800 F-17
LVS08906 12 adhesive label holders 36x180 F-22
LVS08750 Set of 2 side panels D400 I-8
W300
LVS08750D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-15
LVS08910 Earthing braid 6mm² F-22, F-29
+ Wireless Panel Server W400
+lateral panels D400 LVS08911 Earthing wire 6mm² F-22, F-29
LVS08751D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-2, F-3, LVS08913 12 clip-on labels 18x35 F-22
+ Wireless Panel Server W650 F-15
+lateral panels D400 LVS08914 12 engraving plates 18x35 / F-22
support 08913
LVS08752D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-15
+ Wireless Panel Server W800 LVS08915 12 clip-on labels 18x72 F-22
+lateral panels D400 LVS08916 12 engraving plates 18x72 / F-22
LVS08753 PrismaSeT P Active rear access F-3, F-4, support 08915
side Panels D400 F-15 LVS08917 12 clip-on labels 25x85 F-22
LVS08755 PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-20, I-8 LVS08918 12 engraving plates 25x85 / F-22
+ Wireless Panel Server W400 support 08917
+lateral panels D400
LVS08921 20 Framework screws+wing nuts F-6
LVS08755D Set of 2 side panels D400 F-18
LVS08961 Touch-up paint brush F-22
LVS08756 PrismaSeT P Active rear access F-15, F-18
side panels for L shape D400 LVS08963 Adhesive drawing holder F-22
LVS08756D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-18 LVS08964 Switchboard lighting Syst G F-35
lateral panels D400 LVS08965 Switchboard portable lamp F-35
LVS08757D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-18, F-20 N•••

lateral panels D400 NSYCAC228RMB Top hood roof with filterfan E-61, F-32
LVS08760 Set of 2 side panels D600 I-8 NSYCAF92 Filter std G2 cut-out 92x92mm F-30
LVS08760D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-15 NSYCAF125 Filter std G2 cut-out.125X125mm F-30
+ Wireless Panel Server W400 + NSYCAF125T Fine filter G3 cut-out 125x125mm F-30
lateral panels D600
NSYCAF223 Filter std G2 cut-out.223X223mm F-30
LVS08761D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-2, F-15
+ Wireless Panel Server W650 + NSYCAF223T Fine filter G3 cut-out 223x223mm F-30
lateral panels D600
NSYCAF228R Filter for roof o.Grid 228x228mm E-61
LVS08762D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-4, F-15
+ Wireless Panel Server W800 + NSYCAF291 Filter std G2 cut-out.291X291mm F-30
lateral panels D600 NSYCAF291T Filter std G2 cut-out. 291x291mm F-30
A-16 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

NSYCAG92LPF Outlet grille plast cut out F-30 NSYTRAB620 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
NSYCAG125LPF
92x92mm
Outlet grille plast cut out F-30 NSYTRAB630
type, 6mm
Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
A
125x125mm type, 6mm
NSYCAG291LPF Outlet grille - plastic - cut out E-61 NSYTRAB640 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
291x291mm type, 6mm
NSYCAG223LPF Outlet grille plast cut out F-30 NSYTRAB690 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
223x223mm type, 6mm
NSYCAG291LPF Outlet grille - plastic - cut out E-61, F-30 NSYTRAB5100 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
291x291mm type, 5mm
NSYCAP125LE EMC cover cut-out 125x125 F-30 NSYTRAB6100 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
type, 6mm
NSYCAP223LE EMC cover cut-out 223x223 F-30
NSYTRAB51100 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
NSYCAP291LE EMC cover cut-out 291x291 F-30 type, 5mm
NSYCCASTE Climasys CC - temperature range F-34 NSYTRAB61100 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
-30 to 80°C type, 6mm
NSYCCOHY230VID Climasys CC - electronic F-34 NSYTRABF510 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
hygrostat - 200…240 V type, 5mm
NSYCCOHYT230VID Hygrotherm 230V F-34 NSYTRABF520 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
NSYCCOTH230VID Electronical thermostat 230V F-34 type, flat, 5mm
NSYCCOTHD Double thermostat(no nc) (ºc) F-34 NSYTRABF530 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
type, flat, 5mm
NSYCCOTHI Thermostat w/invers contact (ºc) F-34
NSYTRABF540 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
NSYCR10WU2 ClimaSys PTC heating resistance F-33 type, flat, 5mm
10W, 110-250V
NSYTRABF550 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40
NSYCR20WU2 ClimaSys PTC heating resistance F-33 type, flat, 5mm
55W
NSYTRAC22 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2 points, G-40
NSYCR55WU2 ClimaSys PTC heating resistance F-33 2.2mm
100W 110-250V
NSYTRAC22BL Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2 points, G-40
100W 110-250V
150W
NSYCR250W230VV ClimaSys heating resistance F-33 2.2mm
ventil.250W
NSYTRACE24 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2 level, G-40
NSYCR400W230VV ClimaSys heating resistance F-33 2.2mm
ventil. 400W 230V aluminium
NSYTRACE26 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 3 level, G-40
NSYCRP1W230VTVC ClimaSys PTC heating resistance F-33 2.2mm
350-550W
NSYTRACP43 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
NSYCVF38M230PF ClimaSys PTC heating resistance F-30
350-550W NSYTRACPE26 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
width
NSYCVF85M230PF ClimaSys forced vent. IP54, F-30
85m3/h, 230V NSYTRACR22 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
NSYCVF165M230PF ClimaSys forced vent. IP54, F-30 NSYTRACR22BL Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
85m3/h, 230V NSYTRACR23 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
NSYCVF300M230PF ClimaSys forced vent. IP54, F-30 NSYTRACR23BL Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
300m3/h, 230V
NSYTRACR24 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
NSYCVF560M230PF ClimaSys forced vent. IP54, F-30, F-31
560m3/h, 230V NSYTRACR24BL Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2.2mm G-40
NSYCVF575M230MB ClimaSys forced vent. roof, E-61, F-32 NSYTRACR42 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2 points, G-40
575m3/h, 230V 2.2mm
NSYCVF850M230PF ClimaSys forced vent. IP54, E-61, F-30, NSYTRACR43 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 3 points G-40
850m3/h, 230V F-31
NSYTRACRE24 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 2 level, G-40
NSYTRAB560 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40 2.2mm
type, 5mm
NSYTRACRE26 Cover plate, Linergy TR, 3 level, G-40
NSYTRAB570 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40 2.2mm
type, 5mm
NSYTRAL22 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 2 G-40
NSYTRAB580 Marking strip, Linergy TR, clip in G-40 points
type, 5mm
type, 5mm
type, 6mm
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-17

NSYTRAL25 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 5 G-40 NSYTRR22MBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points 2.5mm²
NSYTRAL42 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 2 G-40 NSYTRR22MF Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points 2.5mm²
NSYTRAL43 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 3 pole G-40 NSYTRR22MFBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm²
NSYTRAL44 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 4 pole G-40
NSYTRR22MFF Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRAL45 Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 5 G-40 2.5mm²
points
NSYTRR22MP Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points
NSYTRR22MPBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRAL210BL Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 10 G-40 2.5mm²
points
NSYTRR23 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRAL210GR Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 10 G-40 2.5mm²
points
NSYTRR23AR Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points
NSYTRR23BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points
NSYTRR24 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRAL410BL Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 10 G-40 2.5mm²
points
NSYTRAL410GR Plug-in bridge, Linergy TR, 10 G-40 2.5mm²
points
NSYTRR24D Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
points
NSYTRR24DBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRP22 Terminal block, Linergy TR G-40 2.5mm²
NSYTRP22AR Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR24M Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
push-in type 2.5mm²
NSYTRP22BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR24MBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
push-in type 2.5mm²
NSYTRP23 Terminal block, Linergy TR G-40 NSYTRR24MP Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
NSYTRP23AR Terminal block, Linergy TR G-40 2.5mm²
NSYTRP23BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR24MPBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 2.5mm²
NSYTRP24 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR26T Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 2.5mm²
NSYTRP24BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR26TBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 2.5mm²
NSYTRP24D Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR42 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 4mm²
NSYTRP24DBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR42AR Screw terminal, feed through G-40
2.5mm² NSYTRR42BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRP26T Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR43 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 4mm²
NSYTRP26TBL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRR43BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
2.5mm² 4mm²
NSYTRP42 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRV22 Screw terminal, feed through G-40
4mm²
NSYTRV22AR Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRP42BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
4mm² NSYTRV22BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRP43 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRV22M Screw terminal, feed through G-40
4mm²
NSYTRV22MBL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRP43BL Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40
4mm² NSYTRV23 Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRR22 Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRV23BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
2.5mm² NSYTRV24 Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRR22AR Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRV24BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
2.5mm²
NSYTRV24D Screw terminal, feed through G-40
2.5mm² NSYTRV24DBL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
NSYTRR22M Terminal block, Linergy TR, G-40 NSYTRV26T Screw terminal, 3 levels G-40
2.5mm²
NSYTRV26TBL Screw terminal, 3 levels G-40
A-18 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

160E1100

NSYTRV42 Screw terminal, feed through G-40 TPSCON49 120 to 240 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
NSYTRV42AR Screw terminal, feed through G-40
TPSCON50
3P
120 to 240 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
A
NSYTRV42BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40 4P
NSYTRV42M Screw terminal, feed through G-40 TPSCON51 50 to 120 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
NSYTRV42MBL Screw terminal, feed through G-40 3P,load
NSYTRV43 Screw terminal, feed through G-40 TPSCON52 50 to 120 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
4P,load
NSYTRV43BL Screw terminal, feed through G-40
TPSCON53 35 to 300 mm² cable kit for TA63 E-57
NSYTRV44 Screw terminal, feed through G-40 3P
R••• TPSCON54 35 to 300 mm² cable kit for TA63

4P
E-57
R9XE110 Caps G-34

TPSCON57 Lugs for copper cable, 240 mm², E-57
R9XE210 Caps G-34 TA63, 3P
R9XE310 Caps G-34 TPSCON58 Lugs for copper cable, 240 mm², E-57
TA63, 4P
R9XE410 Caps G-34
TPSCON59 Lugs for copper cable, 300 mm², E-57
R9XFC04 Connector G-34 TA63, 3P
R9XFH112 Resi9 - comb busbar - 1L - 18 mm G-34 TPSCON60 Lugs for copper cable, 300 mm², E-57
R9XFH118 Resi9 - comb busbar - 1L - 18 mm G-34 TA63, 4P
R9XFH157 Resi9 - comb busbar - 1L - 18 mm G-34 TPSCON61 Aluminium cable lug, 240 mm², E-57
TA63, 3P
R9XFH212 Resi9 - comb busbar - 1L+N - 18 G-34
mm TPSCON62 Aluminium cable lug, 240 mm², E-57
TA63, 4P
TA63, 3P
TA63, 4P
R9XFH312 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L - 18 mm G-34
TPSIS042 Long terminal shield, E-57
R9XFH318 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L - 18 mm G-34 TransferPacT
R9XFH357 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L - 18 mm G-34 TPSIS066 Insulating Shield, TransferPacT, E-56
250 Amp Frame
mm TPSIS067 Insulating E-57
screen,TransferPacT,frame 630A
mm TPSISO30 Long Terminal Shields E-54
R9XFH457 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L+N - 18 G-34 TPSISO31 Long Terminal Shields E-55
mm
TPSISO65 Interface barrier E-57
R9XFH518 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L+N G-34
balanced - 18 mm X•••
R9XFH518G Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L+N G-34 XB5PRJ45 Panel mounted RJ45 port, G-35
balanced - 18 mm Harmony XB5
R9XFH557 Resi9 - comb busbar - 3L+N G-34 XB5PUSB3 Panel mounted USB 3.0 port, G-35
balanced - 18 mm Harmony XB5
R9XT20 Caps G-34
Z•••
S••• ZBSP1 Protection cover, Harmony XB5 G-35
SMT10015 Antenna for wireless panel I-8 ZBSP2 Protection cover, Harmony XB5 G-35
server
ZBSP3 Protection cover, Harmony XB5 G-35
SMT10016 Power supply wiring harness for I-8
wireless panel server
SMT10019 Communication module I-8
T•••
TPSAUX32 Coupling auxiliary module E-54, E-55
TPSAUX33 Coupling auxiliary module E-54, E-55
TPSAUX43 Auxiliary contact, TransferPacT E-56, E-57
TPSAUX44 Auxiliary contact, TransferPacT E-56, E-57
TPSCON47 1.5 to 35 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
3P
TPSCON48 1.5 to 35 mm² cable kit for TA25 E-56
4P
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E1100
A-19
Overview
PrismaSeT P Active - Overview www.se.com
Contents
PrismaSeT P Active - Reliable, Easily connected B-2
EcoStruxure™ Facility Expert - Cloud software to improve operations efficiency B-4
Wireless Sensor for Early Detection of Overheating Cables B-11
PrismaSeT G, Pack 250 enclosures up to 630 A - IP30, IP40, IP41, IP43, IP55 B-14
PrismaSeT P Active cubicles up to 4000 A - IP30, IP31, IP55 B-15

B
The switchboard, central to the electrical installation B-16
Original Manufacturer and Assembly Manufacturer: Both involved in tested assemblies B-17
The main 10 functions of standard IEC 61439 B-18
Develop your business efficiency with our functional LV systems B-20
Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A B-22
PrismaSeT 6300 - LV Switchboards for harsh environments up to 4000 A B-24
Solutions for continuity of service in electrical installations with PrismaSeT B-25
Linergy offers you smart power network solutions for your switchboard. B-26
Secure power distribution and monitoring solution for operating theatres B-28
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2000 TOC B-1
PrismaSeT P Active - Reliable, Easily connected
The new PrismaSeT P Active switchboard is the market forerunner with
built-in cloud connectivity, allowing instant access to smart alarm
system, energy usage analysis, trends, and preventative maintenance
plans. Built-in cloud connectivity allows users to be notified of the
round-the-clock electrical distribution as well as voltage loss if any. This
maximizes efficiency and power availability, while creating the basis for
future innovations. The PrismaSeT P Active switchboard also allows easy
wireless integration of sensors.
Offer values
Simplicity • Deliver connectivity without any complexity
Easy installation • Simple-to-install connected solution
Robustness and Design • New design with new structure color, increased
frame and door robustness
Win more business • Increase the service business opportunities while
offering an affordable connected panel
Protection • Deliver greater peace of mind
Digital journey
Peace of mind on the Cloud Easy-to-install 100% wireless communication

• Electrical Fire Prevention solutions
• Power availability at no cost • User friendly installation instructions
• Energy awareness • Independent from customer IT
Built-in connectivity Easy installation and commissioning

• Voltage loss alert free of charge • Less than 30 minutes for setting up the
• Connection to cloud in less than 5 min without any IT skill communication devices
PrismaSeT P Active - Reliable, Easily connected
New design with sustainable packaging
Enhance buildings with in-built connectivity and efficient design
The new design of PrismaSeT P Active increases the robustness of the panels, helps to gain efficiency
on every level and provides peace of mind to the panel builders, electrical contractors and facility
managers.
In addition, the new 100% green packaging decreases the quantity of waste and its disposal cost by
using only cartons.
Green Packaging Reinforced Frame Reinforced Plain Door

- Progressive cancellation of - Easier transportation and - 3 hinges
plastic and polystyrene of perception during assembly.
- Sheet metal thickness 1.5 mm
packaging.
- Reinforcement on the lower
- 20 x 20 bar reinforcement
- 100% recyclable cardboards. angle levels using additional
accessories.
- Time & money saving to sort
IP 30/31 Plain Door
waste.
- New cross beam in cardboard
for a more robust packaging.
Sheet
metal
thickness
1.5 mm
3 Hinges
New Improved Handle 20 x 20 Bar

reinforcement
- More robust handle.
- Keyless entry door.
- Ergonomic and Aesthetically
handle design.
Digital Instruction Sheets
- Cancellation of systematic printed instruction in each packaging.

- 1 printed ‘Super Leaflet’ with all instructions (available to order once).
04696034AH
- 1 systematic QR code to link to the right instruction sheets.
PrismaSeT P Active - Performance Monitoring & Maintenance www.se.com
EcoStruxure™ Facility Expert

Cloud software to improve operations efficiency
Mobility to improve maintenance & operations
Register easily and overview all your assets status
QR code ready, Schneider Electric devices are already configured to
communicate with EcoStruxureTM Facility Expert in a simple way and enable
automatic download of ID, technical documentation and maintenance plan.
Located on the map, visualize all assets in real time, navigate and filter by
area or status.
Remain connected and Informed

Providing relevant information on critical assets, sending instant and
documented alarms EcoStruxureTM Facility Expert allows to diagnose
remotely in case of issue and to manage maintenance efficiently.
• Instant alarms on threshold and status change
• Real-time assets status and map localization.
• Maintenance plan, asset log history, asset doc repository.
• Task manager and task reminder.
• 1 click to edit intervention and activity reports including voice memos,
notes, photos and measurements.
• Remain connected, comment, share information and get support in the
field from colleagues or experts if needed.
Web-application to monitor & analyze energy

EcoStruxureTM Facility Expert energy features give insights into energy data
and provide visibility to reduce energy consumption.
On their web portal, Facility Managers get a clear vision on real time energy
consumption for all managed buildings from any location.
• Main energy consumptions tracking (main, usage, zone, meter)
• Multi-site comparision capacity
• Cost monitoring
• Power demand and power factor monitoring
• Building performance: benchmarking against local energy performance
scale (regulatory compliance to ISO50001, LEED, NABERS)
• Monthly score cards
• Energy kiosk: displayed on building public TV screens, this option
shows your green image to visitors and promotors occupant ecofriendly
behaviours.
Schneider Electric partners network

Schneider Electric local partners are trained and certified to sell, install and commission EcoStruxureTM Facility
Expert. They can also operate the solution if the site manager wants to delegate this task.
B-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
For Commercial and Industrial application
2 3 4
1 Built-in wireless panel server B

2 LED indicators: Phase status (on/off)
3 QR Code to activate your free alerts

EcoStructureTM Facility Expert
4 EcoStruxure™ Facility Expert
communication status indicator
Service is activated on
cloud-based software
Service is not activated
(blinking)
ALERT
Gateway Long Range power loss - New alert
detected on Canalis serveur.
PrismaSeT Active
Alert detail 24/7 notifications

on mobile devices
Note: The voltage presence indication of the Wireless Panel Server is only indicative and cannot replace all safety measures
required before any intervention into the Low Voltage Switchboard
PrismaSeT Active wireless panel server installed into its environment
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-5
PrismaSeT P Active - Selection guide www.se.com
Communication Architecture
General Principle
Connectivity Accessories Wireless Panel Server
Antenna
Schneider Electric
……..
Facility Expert
Remote Energy
Monitoring Consumption
+ Management
Alarm System by using
by using Facility Expert
Facility Expert Energy*
Operation*
15 devices max. F.E app.
Fire
Prevention
PowerLogic Acti9 3 Heat Tags max.
HeatTag Active (2022)
Power
Availability
ComPacT 1 PowerLogic
OF/SD wireless PowerTag 2DI (2022)
Energy
Management
PowerLogic PowerTag Energy 15 PowerTags max
(10 if in combination
with HeatTags).
*Facility Expert Energy:

It is a Cloud software for energy efficiency. The app generates alarms when the consumption exceeds set targets while monitoring the energy consumption
24/7 with comparison by site or usage.
*Facility Expert Operation:

It is a cloud software for operation efficiency that alerts the user to optimize the maintenance procedures.
B-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
Main Features
LoRaWAN (Long Range Wide Area Network) is a networking protocol designed to connect
wirelessly in order to assure end-to-end communication services.
The followings are the differentiating factors High

compared to other networking protocols: Wi-Fi
Cellular
Long range coverage
BLE
Video/Voice
Mission critical
Outdoor use case
B
Consumer IoT Higher Power
Low energy consumption
Bandwidth
Better penetration in buildings
No SIM needed Sensors, Actuators and Tags

Lowest Power and Lowest Cost
No additional fees to pay (included in

Facility Expert subscription). Low
Short Range Long
Simple 3-wire cable connections

for ease of connectivity to Voltage
Presence indicator.
QR code compatible for
scanning through any device.
Free real time alarming

in case of losing power.
Quick activation and
subscription for the LoRa
connection without paying
any additional fees.
EcoStruxure Power Commission

application simplifies sensor
integration and commissioning Periodic report and
(upto 15 Nos. under 30 mins). updates.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-7
www.se.com
PrismaSeT P Active - Selection guide
Name Reference Description

Easy wireless Panel and sensors
EcoStruxure Power Commission App For free Play store/ Apple store
Configuration
Applications
EcoStruxure Facility Expert App For free Play store/ Apple store Reactive maintenance and Energy
Management
Built-in Gateway Wireless Panel Server built-in Check page F 15 Built in PrismaSeT P
HeatTag cable overheating sensor SMT10020 Provide a proactive heating detection

ComPacT NSX OF/SD auxiliary contact wireless LV429454 Redeﬁne and enhance customer
experience with seamless connectivity
ComPacT NSXm OF/SD auxiliary contact wireless LV429453 Redeﬁne and enhance customer
Alarming Sensors experience with seamless connectivity
Powertag C 2DI - 2 digital inputs 230 V A9XMC2D3 Provide a precise real time data on energy,
for any default signal currents, power, voltage and power factor.
Arc Fault Detection Device with wirelelss communication refer to Acti 9 catalog Prevent arc fault reaching temperatures
which can ignite home fires
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 1P+Wire A9MEM1520
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 1P+N top A9MEM1521
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 1P+N bottom A9MEM1522
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 3P top and bottom A9MEM1540
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 3P+N top A9MEM1541
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 63A 3P+N bottom A9MEM1542
PowerTag Energy Flex 63A 1P+N top and bottom A9MEM1560
PowerTag Energy PhaseNeutral 63A 1P+N top A9MEM1561
PowerTag Energy PhaseNeutral 63A 1P+N bottom A9MEM1562
PowerTag Energy Flex 63A 3P+N top and bottom A9MEM1570

PowerTag Energy Provide precise, real-time data on energy,
Metering Sensors PowerTag Energy PhaseNeutral 63A 3P+N top A9MEM1571 currents, power, voltage, and power factor
PowerTag Energy PhaseNeutral 63A 3P+N bottom A9MEM1572
PowerTag Energy Flex 160A 3P/3P+N A9MEM1580
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 250A 3P LV434020
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 630A 3P LV434022
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 250A 3P+N LV434021
PowerTag Energy Monoconnect 630A 3P+N LV434023
PowerTag Energy Rope 200A 3P/3P+N A9MEM1590
LoRa additional length for Antenna - 5 m SMT10011 Improve the reception infront of the panel
(if needed)
Communication LoRa Tester SMT10013 Test the signal before and after installation
Accessories
In case of no reception of LoRa public
LoRa /IP Plug & Play Bridge via SIM Card SMT10024
network on your site
B-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
PowerLogicTM HeatTag sensor installed with PrismaSeT P Active

Panel server and paired with EcoStructureTM Facility Expert
PrismaSeT P Active
Wireless Panel Server
PowerLogicTM HeatTag sensor

B
Easy to install: directly on a DIN rail in

non-forced air-ventilated switchboards.
Easy to commission from your mobile with
EcoStruxureTM Power Commission.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-9
www.se.com
PrismaSeT P Active - Performance Monitoring & Maintenance
PowerLogicTM HeatTag sensor installed with PrismaSeT P Active

Panel server and paired with EcoStructureTM Facility Expert
EcoStructureTM Facility Expert
Alert detail Cause and recommendations
B-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
PrismaSeT P Active - PowerLogic™ HeatTag www.se.com
Wireless Sensor for Early Detection

of Overheating Cables
SMT10020_1.eps
Presentation
HeatTag smart sensor:
b Sends three levels of alert depending on the severity of the situation it detects.
b Helps preventpotential fire damages by analyzing gas and micro-particles emitted
by cable sheaths when overheating.
b Measures temperature and humidity.
b Communicates with all Schneider Electric EcoStruxure panel servers or gateways.
B
b Is integrated in EcoStruxure solutions.
The HeatTag sensor must be installed only in non-forced air ventilated switchboards.
It must be mounted on a DIN rail.
SMT10020 During the first 30 minutes after commissioning, HeatTag can generate an alert for
test. It then takes another 8 hours for HeatTag to define its nominal environment and
to be fully operational. Each time the HeatTag sensor is powered on, these
HeatTag is a smart sensor for early detection of 30-minute and 8-hour sequences are repeated.
overheating wire connections or overheating cables.
HeatTag helps prevent electrical switchboards from Operation
being damaged, by analyzing gas and particles
Paired with Schneider Electric panel servers or gateways, HeatTag reports:
in the air and sending alerts before any smoke or
b Alerts
insulator browning.
b Air quality index
b Temperature and humidity measurement
b Self-diagnosis information
Air Quality
HeatTag provides an air quality index, ranging from 0 to 10, and displays the air
quality evolution trend in a table.
When the air quality index is equal or above 10, HeatTag sends an alert. It has
detected abnormal cable sheath heating in the switchboard.
Detection Alert
An alert is triggered when HeatTag detects abnormal cable sheath heating in the
switchboard, which can be caused by:
b One or more loose connections (too high contact resistance)
b A poorly sized cable compared to the rated current
b Overcurrent and poorly regulated protective equipment
Alerts are triggered with three severity levels:
b Low level: a cable is slowly overheating in the installation, you must plan a
maintenance visit of the installation.
b Medium level: a cable is overheating in the installation, you must go quickly to the
installation for maintenance.
b High level: a cable overheats very quickly, you must check the installation
immediately.
The orange application led flashes when HeatTag sends an alert to the panel servers
or gateways.
Temperature
HeatTag provides a temperature value with a 30 second default transmission period.
The transmission period can be increased by the system in case of high wireless
Standards data traffic.
The HeatTag smart sensor complies
with the following standards: Humidity
b IEC 61010-1:2017 UL/CSA/EU CENELEC The HeatTag provides a humidity rate with a 30 second default transmission period.
deviations The transmission period can be increased by the system in case of high wireless
b IEC/EN 61326-1b FCC Part 15B and 15C data traffic.
b ETSI/EN 300328
b ETSI/EN 301489-1
b IEEE 802.15.4
Self-Diagnosis
HeatTag carries out two types of diagnosis:
b A minor alert is sent when the fan rpm is 80% of its nominal rpm, which means fan
clogging.
b A major alert is sent when HeatTag is faulty. In this case it cannot report measures
Note: at all, nor reports incorrect measures.
Do not use HeatTag as a safety device. HeatTag does not
replace the fire protection devices of the building.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-11

HeatTag Smart Design
b No settings
b Nominal environment auto-learning to avoid false alerts
b Concentrator auto-discovery
b Alerts generated by a powerful algorythm integrated in HeatTag
Electrical Characteristics
Supply voltage 110-277 V AC, -15 % / +15 %
Frequency 50-60 Hz
Max. consumption 0.1 A
Operating temperature -15 °C / +70 °C (5 °F to 158 °F)
Storage temperature -20 °C / +85 °C (-4 °F to 185 °F)
Relative humidity in operation 15-90 %
Altitude of use 0-2000 m (0-6500 ft)
Degree of pollution (IEC 60664-1) 3
Overvoltage category OVC III
Sensor Characteristics
Temperature Measurement range -15 °C / +70 °C (5 °F to 158 °F)
measurement Measurement accuracy -1.1 °C / +1.1 °C
Default transmission 30 seconds (higher in case of high
period wireless data traffic)
Humidity Measurement range 15–90 %
measurement Measurement accuracy ±9 RH %
Default transmission 30 seconds (higher in case of high
period wireless data traffic)
Air quality Index (0 to 10), alert generation when
index u 10
Test alert after pairing During the first 30 minutes
Environment auto-learning phase 8 hours after the first 30 minutes
Installation
DB436632.ai
List of compatible communicators:
b EcoStruxure Panel Servers
b PowerTag Link
b PrismaSeT Wireless Panel Server
Wiring Q1
110–277 Va
HeatTag must be protected by 2 A breaker. 2A
DB436538.ai
It is delivered with a separate connector. C Curve
LN
68.5 90 107
Mechanical Characteristics
Dimensions (w x h x d) 108 x 107 x 55 mm
Weight 270 g
108 55
Degree of protection (IEC 60529) IP30
B-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100

Integration in PrismaSeT P Active
DB437105.ai
HeatTag must be installed following the Instruction Sheet recommendations
(MFR5173801).
MFR5173801
B
DB437101.ai
x x
x
A B C
HeatTag must be installed on a DIN rail.

DB437107.ai
A/B A/B A/B A/B
Ref. LVS03402 Ref. LVS03401 or LVS03590 Ref. LVS03401 Ref. LVS03581

A/B C C
Ref. LVS03581 and LVS04226 Ref. LVS03404, or LVS04226 Ref. LVS03581 and LVS04226
and LVS03581
DB437102.ai
x1 x1 x2 x1
(1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (2)
(3) (3) (3) (3) (3) (3)
A B A/B A/B A C
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-13
PrismaSeT G enclosures up to 630 A IP30,

IP40, IP41, IP43, IP55
PB115624_28.eps
• Small companies
• Buildings 630 A
• Offices
• Laboratories
• Healthcare centres
• Hotels
250 A
• Supermarkets
• Malls, etc.
• Schools PrismaSeT G
• Small shops Pack 250 PrismaSeT G Active
• Hotels, etc.
B-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
PrismaSeT P Active cubicles up to 4000 A

IP30, IP31, IP55
The optimised, tested and IEC compliant solution, for low voltage electrical distribution
and control switchboards.
4000 A
• Hospitals
• Data centres
• Logistics centres
• Shopping centres PrismaSeT P Active
• Offices buildings
• Medium industrial solutions
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-15
PrismaSeT P Active - IEC 61439 standard www.se.com
The switchboard,
central to the electrical installation
Both the point of arrival of energy and a device for distribution to the site applications, the LV
switchboard is the intelligence of the system, central to the electrical installation.
It plays an essential role in the availability of electric power, while meeting the needs of personal and property safety.
Its definition, design and installation are based on precise rules; there is no place for improvisation. The IEC 61439 standard
aims to better define "low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies", ensuring that the specified performances are
reached. It specifies in particular:
• the responsibilities of each player, distinguishing those of the original equipment manufacturer; the organization
that performed the original design and associated verification of an assembly in accordance with the standard,
and of the assembly manufacturer - the organization taking responsibility for the finished assembly;
• the design and verification rules, constituting a benchmark for product certification.
All the component parts of the electrical switchboard are concerned by the IEC 61439 standard. Equipment produced
in accordance with the requirements of this switchboard standard ensures the safety and reliability of the installation.
A switchboard must comply with the PrismaSeT tested switchboards

requirements of standard IEC 61439-1 and 2
to guarantee the safety and reliability of the The conformity of the switchboard has been tested
installation. Managers of installations, fully and proven.
aware of the professional and legal liabilities A PrismaSeT switchboard is:
weighing on their company and on themselves,
• m
ade up of Schneider Electric low-voltage devices and components
demand a high level of safety for the electrical
installation. that all comply with the applicable standards;
What is more, the serious economic • based on configurations in our catalog;

consequences of prolonged halts in production • m
ade up of PrismaSeT and Linergy mechanical and electrical
mean that the electrical switchboard must components that have been subjected to the verification of original
provide excellent continuity of service, whatever equipment manufacturer;
the operating conditions. • m
ounted and wired by a panelbuilder in compliance with professional
standards;
• subjected to the individual verification.
Schneider Electric makes available to the panelbuilder everything
The Schneider Electric solution required to create tested PrismaSeT switchboards, including the
• S
pecify switchboards that comply with basic configurations in the low voltage distribution catalog, all the
standard IEC 61439-1 and 2. documentation for switchboard design and mounting, calculation and
• G
uarantee a level of safety that has been design software, etc.
100 % tested, from the day the switchboard Panelbuilders can demonstrate conformity with standard
is installed and throughout its service life. IEC 61439-1 and 2 by presenting the declarations or certificates of
conformity for type tests carried out by independent laboratories (ASEFA,
• E
nsure a lasting investment through easy
ASTA, etc.) and supplied by Schneider Electric. The panelbuilder
upgrading of the installation in compliance
is responsible for the individual routine verification and delivers the
with the standard.
corresponding declarations of conformity.
• G
uarantee that the switchboard complies
with the technical specifications.
B-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
Original Manufacturer and Assembly

Manufacturer: Both involved in
tested assemblies
Standard IEC 61439 clearly defines
the type of verifications that must be conducted
by both organisations involved in final conformity of B
the solution: the Original Manufacturer, guaranteeing
assembly system design and the Assembly
Manufacturer, responsible for the final conformity
of the switchboard.
Specifier
• Specifies the needs and
constraints for design,
installation, operation
tion*
and upgrading of the
cifica complete system.
• Checks that its
ct spe
requirements have been

fully integrated by the
Proje
Assembly Manufacturer.
Depending on the
application, the specifier
could be the end-user or
a design office.
Tes
em ted
Syst As
sem
bly Assembly bly
sem
As Manufacturer
(Panel builder)
The organisation (whether
or not the same as the
OM) responsible for the
Original completed assembly.
Manufacturer He is responsible for
The organisation that

"Routine verifications"
on each panel produced, End-User
according to the standard.
has carried out the Should ask for a certified
If he derivates from the
original design and the instructions of the original LV switchboard.
associated verification of manufacturer he has to carry
By systematically
out again design verifications.
an assembly system. requesting routine
He is responsible for the verifications, he ensures
"Design verifications" listed by that the assembly system
IEC 61439-2 including many
electrical tests.
used is compliant.
Schneider Electric has developed
a specification guide.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-17
The main 10 functions

of standard IEC 61439
For each of the following 10 functions, the standard IEC 61439 requires design verifications
from the system manufacturer - mainly through type-tests - and routine verifications on
each panel from the Panel Builder to achieve 3 basic goals: safety, continuity of service and
compliance with end-user requirements.
Safety
Voltage stresses withstand capability
To withstand long term voltages, and transient and temporary overvoltages according to the insulation
coordination principles and requirements.
Current-carrying capability
To protect against burns and to withstand temperature rise:
• when any circuit is continuously loaded, alone, to the specified current
• when the assembly is loaded to the specified current according to the specified load pattern (between circuits
and/or as a function of the time).
Short-circuit withstand capability
To withstand the stresses resulting from the prospective short-circuit current and from the associated data (High
forces between conductors, temp. rise in a very short time, air ionization, overpressure).
Protection against electric shock
• Hazardous-live-parts not to be accessible (basic protection)
• Accessible conductive parts not to become hazardous-live (fault protection).
Protection against risk of fire or explosion
• Resistance to internal glowing elements
Note: protection of persons, and optional protection of the assembly, against arcing due to internal fault can be specified through a "special test"
according to IEC 61641.
Continuity of service
Maintenance and modification capability
Capability to preserve continuity of supply without impairing safety during assembly maintenance or modification
• Electrical condition of the assembly or various circuits
• Speed of exchange of the functional units
• Test facilities…
Electro-Magnetic compatibility
To properly function (immunity) and not to generate EM disturbances (emission) in specified environmental conditions:
• Industrial networks or locations (Environment A)
• Domestic, commercial, and light industrial locations (Environment B).
Compliance with end-user requirements

Capability to operate the electrical installation
To properly function, according to:
• The electrical diagram of the overall system and related information (voltages, coordination…)
• The specified operating facilities (e.g. free or restricted access to Man Machine Interfaces, isolation of the
outgoing circuits…).
Capability to be installed on site
• To withstand handling, transport, storage… and installation constraints
• Capability to be erected and connected (type of enclosure, type, material and cross sectional areas of external
conductors).
Protection of the assembly against mechanical and atmospheric environmental conditions
• Presence of water or solid foreign bodies (IP according to IEC 60529)
• External mechanical impacts (optional IK according to IEC 62262)
• Indoor or outdoor installation (humidity, UV).
B-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.4

Protection against electric shocks and
integrity of protection circuits
Standard individual
The following should be checked visually:
• presence of protective shields against check sheet
direct and indirect contacts on live parts;
• presence of the PE conductor. in accordance with the IEC 61439-1 B
The continuity of protection circuits is
ensured by compliance with the assembly
and 2 standard from the assembly
instructions delivered with each product. manufacturer (panelbuilder)
Integration of incorporated components Job No.: .................................................................................................
The assembly manufacturer must comply Switchboard No.: ...................................................................................
with the instructions of the original
equipment manufacturer for installation Drawing No./Rev. No.: ............................................................................
and wiring of the components used.
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.6 Chapter Verified

Degrees of protection provided by enclosures 11.2
Internal electric circuits
and connections Insulation clearances and creepage distances 11.3
Schneider Electric recommends marking
Protection against electric shocks and integrity
the nut with a tinted acrylic lacquer, indelible 11.4
of protection circuits
and temperature-resistant.
This allows: Integration of incorporated components 11.5
• n
ot only self-checking to check effective Internal electric circuits and connections 11.6
tightening to torque;
Terminals for external conductors 11.7
• but also identification of any loosening.
Mechanical operation 11.8
Dielectric properties 11.9
Dielectric properties
The main circuits, and the auxiliary and Wiring, operating performance and function 11.10
control circuits connected to the main
circuit, shall be subjected to the test voltage
in accordance.
Date of verification:
IEC 61439-1 paragraph 11.10 ............ / ............ /.............
Wiring, operating performance and
function
Verifications performed by:
Verification of wiring and marking conformity
with the drawings, parts list and diagram. ..........................................................................…………………………
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-19
Develop your business efficiency
Switchboards that are safe…

With PrismaSeT P Active you can be sure to build
100% Schneider Electric switchboards
that are safe, optimised:
• A
ll components (switchgear, distribution
blocks, prefabricated connections, etc.)
are perfectly rated and coordinated
to work together.
• A
ll switchboard configurations, even the most
demanding ones, have been tested.
You can prove that your switchboard meets
the current standards, at any time.
You can be sure to build a reliable electrical
installation and give your customers full
satisfaction in terms of dependability and safety
for people and the installation.
Tested low voltage switchboard,

IEC 61439-1&2 compliant.
• Available power
• Safety of people
and property
• Controlled costs
and delivery times
• Upgradeability
B-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
with our functional LV systems
… optimised and upgradeable Straightforward organisation to

With PrismaSeT P Active you can build just the right switchboard for make your job easier
your customer, sized precisely to fit costs and needs. With this complete,
The switchboard is structured by zones
prefabricated and tested system, it’s easy to upgrade your installation
dedicated to switchgear, busbars, cables, etc.
and still maintain the original performance levels.
• The cubicles combine easily with switchboards already in service.
B
ComPacT NSX Vertical
busbars
• Devices can be replaced or added at any time. Mounting plate
Prefabricated
connections
Front plate
Connection transfer
assemblies
The functional units are naturally stacking in the switchboard.
Each configuration is tested for improved safety.
Temperature rise test in laboratory.
Readily available close by

The kit concept makes handling and
transport easier and you get to benefit
from Schneider Electric's efficient international
logistics. Your distributor, selected by
Schneider Electric, can give you
the very best advice.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-21
Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A

The PrismaSeT P Active functional system can be used for all types of low-voltage
distribution switchboards (main, subdistribution and final) up to 4000 A, in commercial and
industrial environments.
PD390150_SE_R.eps
Configuration 6 - v2.png
Switchboard design is very simple Assets of switchboards

1. A metal structure 1. A dependable electrical installation
The switchboard is made up of one or more frameworks combined The total compatibility of Schneider Electric devices with the
side-by-side or back-to-back, on which a complete selection of cover PrismaSeT P Active is a key advantage in ensuring a high level
panels and doors can be mounted. of installation dependability.
2. A distribution system 2. An upgradeable electrical installation

Horizontal busbars or vertical busbars positioned in a lateral Thanks to modular design, PrismaSeT P Active switchboards
compartment or at the rear of the cubicle are used to distribute can be modified easily to integrate new functional units
electricity throughout the switchboard. as needed. Maintenance operations, carried out with the
switchboard de-energised, are fast and straight-forward due to
3. Complete functional units easy access to devices.
• a dedicated mounting plate for device installation
3. Total safety for personnel
• a front plate to block direct access to live parts
Work in a switchboard must be carried out by authorised
• prefabricated busbar connections
persons in compliance with all applicable safety regulations.
• devices for on-site connections.
To increase the safety of personnel, devices are installed
Each functional unit contributes to a function in the switchboard.
behind protective front plates; only the operating handles are
The functional units are modular and are arranged rationally. accessible.
The system includes everything required for functional unit mounting, Additional internal protection (partitions, barriers) is available
supply and onsite connection. to create form 2, 3 or 4 separation to protect against direct
The components of the PrismaSeT P Active and those of the contacts with live parts.
functional units in particular have been designed and tested taking Terminal shields are mandatory for installation of
into account device characteristics. ComPacT NSX and INS/INV devices in PrismaSeT P Active
This design approach ensures a high degree of reliability in system enclosures.
operation and optimum safety for personnel.
4. Connected solutions
• Fire prevention
• Power availability
• Energy Management
B-22 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
Electrical switchboards up to 4000 A

System design has been validated by type tests as per standards
IEC 61439-1 and 2 and benefits from the combined experience of Schneider Electric
customers over many years.
PB115600_56.eps
B
Electrical characteristics Mechanical characteristics

Complying with standards IEC 62208 and EN • Steel sheet metal
62208: • Cataphoresis treatment + hot-polymerised polyester
• rated insulation level of main busbars: 1000 V epoxy powder, white colour RAL 9003
• InA : 4000 A • Can be dismantled
• rated peak withstand current Ipk: 220 kÂ • Can be combined side-by-side and back-to-back
• rated short-time withstand current Icw: • Degree of protection:
100 kA rms / 1 second – IP30: with IP30 cover panels including a door or a cover
• frequency: 50/60 Hz frame
• voltage Ue = 690 V under conditions – IP31: with IP30 cover panels including a door + gasket
– IP55: with IP55 cover panels
• Degree of protection against mechanical impacts:
– IIK07: with cover frame
– IK08: with IP30 door
– IK10: with IP55 door
• Framework dimensions:
See "How to assemble an electrical switchboard"
– four widths:
Guide DESW043EN
- W = 300: cable compartment
- W = 400: cable compartment or device
compartment
- W = 650: device compartment or cable
Electrical switchboards built using the PrismaSeT
compartment
P Active functional system and Schneider Electric
- W = 800: device compartment with busbar
recommendations fully comply with international
compartment or cable compartment
standards IEC 61439-1 and 2.
– two depths: 400, 600 mm
– height: 2000 mm.
• Indoor cubicles.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-23
PrismaSeT 6300 - LV switchboards

for harsh environments up to 4000 A
When demanding applications and severe conditions require the best,
assure your success with PrismaSeT 6300.
Technical characteristics Reinforced solution for low voltage

• High grade steel, durable epoxy painting switchboards up to 4000 A
techniques and ingenious design for a More than PrismaSeT, PrismaSeT 6300 contributes to
remarkable robustness. safety of persons as well as to reliability and continuity
• Steel sheet metal, thickness 1.5 mm on panels of service of the electrical installation. Thanks to its
and 1.8 mm on doors. reinforced metal structure, it combines outstanding
• Electrophoresis treatment and robustness with versatility and flexibility, by resisting to
hot-polymerised polyester epoxy powder. harsh environments and heavy loads. PrismaSeT PH is
• White color RAL 9003. ready to perform in any condition.
• Degree of protection: IP55 (IEC 60529). As PrismaSeT, PrismaSeT PH is a solution of kit
• Degree of protection against mechanical cubicles for low voltage electrical distribution
impacts: IK10 with door (IEC 62262). switchboards:
• Frame dimensions: • the components (switchgear, busbars, etc.)
– 2 widths: are designed for joint operation
- 700 mm (for functional units) • all the most demanding switchboard
- 300 mm (for vertical busbars and cables configurations have been tested and are IEC
ducts)
standard compliant.
– 2 depths:
- 500 mm (up to 1600 A)
- 800 mm (up to 4000 A)
– height: 2000 mm.
Total safety and reliability Low Voltage electrical distribution

Catalogue│2014
PrismaSeT 6300 is designed to operate up to 4000 A. PrismaSeT PH

It is fully tested to perform in extreme conditions, and fully compliant with standards
IEC 61439-1 and 2, IEC 62208.
PrismaSeT 6300 withstands seismic vibrations (Standard EDF CRT91C11200, AS1170, EAK 2000,
ENDESA 1986, RPA 99 2003, Gore GR 63, Turkish Seismic Code, GOST 17516.1-90).
Seismic tests are performed by an external laboratory, CESI Labs. All documentation required by local
authorities and customers in order to get the approval are available.
Seismic resistance for civil installations: 0.7 g APN (rms) and 3.5 g peak, without any extra accessories.
B-24 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
Solutions for continuity of service

in electrical installations with PrismaSeT
The right level of continuity of service
All organizations have some sensitivity to the continuity of service of electrical power.
For some power is a vital component to their ongoing success and viability.
The required level of continuity of service must be considered for each application so that the electrical installation
can be optimised accordingly. B
The stakes of continuity of service are high. Even a brief electrical distribution failure can have serious
consequences on many activities.
Continuity of service solutions for Operation, Maintenance, Evolution

All solutions proposed comply with standards EN 61439-1 and EN 61439-2.
The system solutions proposed include Schneider Electric products exclusively to fully ensure compatibility and
operation.
To ensure safety, solutions with switchgear mounted on plug-in bases, withdrawable chassis and disconnectable or
withdrawable mounting plates include safety trip levers that open the circuit breaker if it is removed in closed position.
For highest continuity of services

Functional units with devices
on live-disconnectable mounting plates
Disconnectable IS 223:
(correspondence with standard IEC 61439-2: WFD)
• High continuity of service
• Maximum time to restore power
after maintenance: 1 CEhour safety trip levers
• Live upgrading.
Functional units with devices on live-withdrawable

mounting plates
Disconnectable IS 233: (correspondence with standard
IEC 61439-2 : WWW)
• High continuity of service safety trip levers
• Maximum time to restore power after maintenance: 1/4 h

• Live upgrading.
See Linergy HK “Hot plug distribution”

• Quick connections
• Panel easily upgradeable
• R
eliable “hot plug” modification
or upgrade (LVYED213001EN).
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-25
Linergy offers you smart power network
B-26 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
solutions for your switchboard.
Linergy LGY / LGYE / BS

Power busbars
B
• Solutions available up to 4000 A
• Connection everywhere without drilling
(with LGY and LGYE profile)
 page G-2 to G-5
Linergy FC
Quick distribution blocks
• ComPacT NSXm (4 x 4P / 5 x 3P) solution
• ComPacT NSX (3 x 4P / 4 x 3P) solution
• Reliable connection
• Quick connection system dedicated to
ComPacT NSXm up to 160A / ComPacT NSX
up to 250 A
 pages G-16, G-18

Linergy DP
Distribution blocks
• Simplicity of use
• Quick connection system dedicated to
ComPacT NSXm up to 160A / ComPacT NSX
up to 250 A
 pages G-14, G-15
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks and bars
• Simplicity of use
• Consistency and cross-functionality
guaranteed
 page G-40
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100 TOC B-27
Secure power distribution and

monitoring solution for operating theatres
To ensure the safety of patients, the availability and quality of electric power are essential.
The electrical installations of operating theatres should enable the continuity of healthcare in
all circumstances.
A solution you can trust… Enhancing patient safety

• All the components of this solution are designed, Ensuring the satisfactory operation of operating
manufactured, and tested by Schneider Electric room is essential for a hospital.
to operate together and be implemented by
trained and approved partners. Ensuring continuity of electrical
• S
chneider Electric provides maintenance plans
service
and operating procedures linked to this solution.
Because nothing must disturb the medical team
• S
chneider Electric ensure the continuity of the during operations.
components throughout the installation’s life.
Improving the efficiency of

… thanks to secure power
hospital personnel
distribution…
A controllable environment and perfectly
• The solution Schneider Electric incorporates an functioning equipment mean more comfort.
isolation transformer and a continuous insulation
monitor in compliance with the required standards to
ensure the supply of power to medical equipment in Patients Continuity of
safety service
the event of a first insulation fault.
• T
he continuity of the electric power supply is
ensured thanks to total coordination of all the
Schneider Electric components, including and
uninterruptible power supply.
Efficiency of medical personnel
• T
he Schneider Electric solution is designed,
wired and tested to attenuate electromagnetic
disturbances in accordance with the IEC 60364-4-4-
44 standard.
… to event monitoring and

traceability
The Schneider Electric solution incorporates a
monitoring system to:
• inform maintenance and medical personnel in real
time in the event of an electrical fault in the operating
room
• m
onitor the operating room environment and record
all environmental events and data
• p
rovide data to the hospital building management
system.
To know more, see the solution guide,

ref. DESWED109024.
B-28 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E2100
Green Premium
TM
An industry leading portfolio of offers delivering sustainable value
The Green Premium program stands for our commitment to

deliver customer valued sustainable performance. It has been
upgraded with recognized environmental claims and extended
to cover all offers including Products, Services and Solutions.
CO2 and P&L impact through… Resource Performance

More than 75% of our product Green Premium brings improved resource efficiency throughout an asset’s
sales offer superior transparency lifecycle. This includes efficient use of energy and natural resources, along
on the material content, regulatory with the minimization of CO2 emissions.
information and environmental
impact of our products: Cost of ownership optimization through… Circular Performance
We’re helping our customers optimize the total cost of ownership of their
• RoHS compliance assets. To do this, we provide IoT-enabled solutions, as well as upgrade,
• REACh substance information repair, retrofit, and remanufacture services.
• Industry leading # of PEP’s*
• Circularity instructions Peace of mind through… Well-being Performance
Green Premium products are RoHS and REACh compliant. We’re going
beyond regulatory compliance with step-by-step substitution of certain
materials and substances from our products.
Improved sales through… Differentiation

Green Premium delivers strong value propositions through third-party
labels and services. By collaborating with third-party organizations we can
support our customers in meeting their sustainability goals such as green
building certifications.
Discover what we
mean by green
Check your products!
*PEP: Product Environmental Profile (i.e. Environmental Product Declaration)
Standards and
www.se.com
certifications
30 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3000
PrismaSeT P Active - Standards and certifications www.se.com
Contents
Standards and tested switchboards

Standards
Regional standardization systems C-2
Standards types C-3
Enclosure characteristics
Properties of metal enclosures C-7
Thermal characteristics of switchboards

Thermal management of switchboards
General C-9
Comparative method C-11
Example
Charts
C-12
C-14
C
Ventilation C-15
Heating C-16
Specific application
PrismaSeT P Active Seismic
Specific application C-17
Seismic kit C-18
Installation conditions C-19
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3000 TOC C-1
Standards
Regional standardization systems

IEC international standards The IEC (International Electrotechnical Commission) is a worldwide organisation for
standardisation comprising all national electrotechnical committees (IEC National
IEC member countries
Committees).
Argentina Luxemburg
Australia Malaysia
Austria Mexico The object of the IEC is to promote international cooperation on all questions
Belarus Netherlands concerning standardisation in the electrical and electronic fields.
Belgium New Zealand To that end, the IEC publishes International Standards.
Brazil Norway Their preparation is entrusted to technical committees and any IEC National
Bulgaria Pakistan Committee interested in the subject dealt with may participate in the preparatory
Canada Poland
China Portugal work.
Croatia Rumania
Czech Rep. Russia
Denmark Singapore
Egypt Slovakia
Finland Slovenia
France South Africa
Germany Spain
Greece Sweden
Hungary Switzerland
India Thailand
Indonesia Turkey
Iran Ukraine
Ireland United Kingdom
Israel United States
Italy
Japan
Korea (Rep. of)
Local standards In Europe

The IEC documents are first studied by CENELEC, which establishes:
DD383972.eps
b either a European standard (EN), often identical to the IEC standard, which then
Worldwide becomes the applicable national standard in all the member countries
b or, in the event of differences, a harmonisation document (HD).
Other IEC member countries
Each country is autonomous and can accept the IEC standard as the national
Other IEC standard, with or without modifications.
member Even though they are IEC members, countries such as Japan and the United States
countries continue to develop their own standardisation systems.
Countries without a standardisation system
It is possible to refer to an IEC standard in the framework of a project.
Countries
CEI / IEC
Commission Electrotechnique Internationale
CENELEC
Comité Européen de Normalisation ELECtrotechnique
UTE
Union Technique de l’Électricité
VDE
Verband der Elektrotechnik, Elektronik und Informationstechnik
e.v. (German electrotechnical, electronics and computer
technology standardisation organisation)
BSI
British Standards Institution
C-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3100
Standards
Standards types

The different types of standards There are different types of standards, including:
b management standards
b installation standards
b product standards.
Management standards
Dd381775.eps
Dd381776.eps
ISO 9004: Quality-management systems - guidelines for performance improvements.

Used in setting up a quality-management system.
ISO 9001: Quality management systems - requirements. Used for certification

audits.
ISO 14004: Environmental-management systems. General guidelines on the
Design and manufacture. Switchgear and controlgear principles, systems and supporting techniques.
assemblies. ISO 14001: Environmental-management systems. Specification with guidance for
use
C
Dd381777.eps
Dd381778.eps
v The majority of Schneider Electric development centres and factories are certified
ISO 9001 and ISO 14001.
Installation standards
The set of IEC 60364-X standards defines the main principles and rules on:
b determining general characteristics of installations
b protection
b selection and installation of equipment
Switchgear and controlgear. Installation.
b verification and maintenance of installations.
Product standards
They apply to devices or assemblies and are aimed at ensuring correct operation
and safety of the concerned products.
b standards on low-voltage switchgear and controlgear:
v IEC 60947-1: general rules
v IEC 60947-2: circuit breakers
v IEC 60947-3: switches and disconnectors
v IEC 60947-4: contactors
v IEC 62208: empty enclosures.
b standards on low-voltage switchgear and controlgear assemblies:
v IEC 61439-1: general rules
v IEC 61439-2: power switchgear and controlgear assemblies
v IEC 61439-3: distribution boards
v IEC 61439-4: assemblies for construction sites
v IEC 61439-5: assemblies for power distribution
v IEC 61439-6: busbar trunking systems.
Regulations in a given country may make certain standards legally binding and may
also create additional safety requirements.
In addition to providing proof of the conformity of its quality-management system, a

product manufacturer can demonstrate the quality of products by providing proof that
the design and manufacture comply with the requirements in the applicable
standard.
Proof of conformity may be a declaration by the manufacturer or a certificate
supplied by an independent organisation.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3100 TOC C-3
Standards

e marking e marking is a regulatory symbol attributed under the sole responsibility of the
manufacturer and intended for the verification authorities of the European countries
that enforce the European regulations.
It allows free circulation of a product in the European Union and certifies that it
complies with the basic requirements in all the applicable European directives.
e marking is not a quality symbol and does not indicate conformity with a standard.
The e declaration is intended exclusively for the authorities in charge of verifying

compliance with the applicable regulations and it is drafted, signed and held for
presentation to the authorities by the manufacturer.
For the PrismaSeT P Active range, the declaration is the responsibility of the
Schneider Electric
unit that has designed and developed the product.
For LV switchboards, the declaration is the responsibility of the panelbuilder.
The following products receive e marking:

b all products that are liable to endanger the safety of persons, animals and property
(LV directive)
b all products likely to emit electromagnetic disturbances above a standardised
threshold or to be disturbed during operation (EMC directive).
Consequences:
b the PrismaSeT P Active range falls under the LV directive only
b LV switchboards are covered by the LV directive and may also fall under the EMC
directive, depending on the type of devices incorporated.
e
For the PrismaSeT P Active range, e marking is applied:
b on the packing of “mechanical” components
b on the product itself for “electrical” components.
For the LV assemblies created by the panelbuilder, e marking is applied:
b on the packing
b on the rating plate (if applicable)
b on one of the documents accompanying the switchboard when it is shipped.
C-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3100
Standards

Degree of protection Standard IEC 60364-5-51 lists and codifies a large number of external influences to
which electrical installations can be subjected, including the presence of water, solid
objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.
IP code Standard IEC 60529 (IP code, February 2001) indicates the degrees of protection
provided by an enclosure for electrical devices against access to hazardous parts,
against penetration of solid foreign objects and against penetration of water.
These standards do not apply for the protection against the risks of explosion or
conditions such a humidity, corrosive vapour, fungus or vermin.
The IP code is made up of two characteristic numerals and can include an additional
letter when the actual protection for persons against access to the hazardous parts is
better than that indicated by the first numeral.
The first numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of solid
foreign objects and the protection of persons.
The second numeral characterises the protection provided against the ingress of
water with harmful effects.
C
1st numeral 2nd numeral
Protection of persons Protection against ingress of solid Protection against ingress of water
objects
1 Protected against Protection against
1 Protected against
Dd381959.eps
Dd381959.eps
Dd381966.eps
access with back of solid foreign objects vertically dripping
hand larger than 50 mm water (condensation)

2 Protected against
Dd381960.eps
Dd381963.eps
Dd381967.eps
access with a finger solid foreign objects dripping water up to
larger than 12.5 mm 15° from vertical

3 Protected against
Dd381961.eps
Dd381961.eps
Dd381968.eps
access with a tool solid foreign objects spraying water up to
larger than 2.5 mm 60° from vertical

4 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381962.eps
Dd381969.eps
access with a wire solid foreign objects splashing water from

larger than 1 mm all directions
5 Protected against Protected against dust

5 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381964.eps
Dd381970.eps
access with a wire (dust protected) water jets from all

directions
6 Protected against Dust tight

6 Protected against
Dd381962.eps
Dd381965.eps
Dd381971.eps
access with a wire powerful water jets

from all directions
7 Protected against the

Dd381972.eps
effects of temporary
immersion in water
8 Protected against the

Dd381973.eps
effects of continuous
immersion in water
9 Protected against close-range high pressure, high

temperature spray downs
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3100 TOC C-5
Standards

Degree of protection Standard IEC 60364-5-51 lists and codifies a large number of external influences to
which electrical installations can be subjected, including the presence of water, solid
objects, shocks, vibrations, corrosive substances, etc.
IP Code The additional letter is used only if the actual protection of persons is higher than that
indicated by the first characteristic numeral of the IP code.
Additional letter Protection

A Protected against access with back of hand
B Protected against access with a 12 mm diameter finger
C Protected against access with a 2.5 mm diameter tool
D Protected against access with a 1 mm diameter wire
If only the protection of persons is of interest, the two characteristic numerals are
replaced by the letter “X”, e.g. IPXXB.
Illustration of the above explanations:
Protection against solid foreign objects
larger than 2.5 mm
No protection
IP30D
Protected against access
with a 1 mm diameter wire
Remarks
b The degree of protection IP must always be read and understood numeral by
numeral and not as a whole.
For example, an IP31 wall-mount enclosure is suitable for an environment that
requires a minimum degree of protection IP21. However an IP30 wall-mount
enclosure is not suitable.
b the degrees of protection indicated in this catalog are valid for the enclosures as
presented. However, the indicated degree of protection is guaranteed only when
installation and device mounting are carried out in accordance with professional
standards that conserve the initial degree of protection.
IK code Standard IEC 62262 defines an IK code characterising the capacity of products to
resist mechanical impacts from all sides.
IK code Impact energy (joules)
01 0.14
02 0.2
03 0.35
04 0.5
05 0.7
06 1
07 2
08 5
09 10
10 20
IK codes can be selected according to the risks of impacts on a given site.

Site Recommended IK
No risk of major impact Technical premises 07
Significant risk of impact that Hallways 08 (switchboard with door)
can damage devices
Maximum risk of impact that Workshops 10

can damage the switchboard
C-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3100
Properties of metal enclosures
Anti-corrosion withstand Schneider Electric enclosures comply with standard IEC 62208, EN 50298 for empty
enclosures. The sheet metal used for Schneider Electric enclosures receives an
anti-corrosion cataphoresis primer treatment and a coating of a thermosetting,
polyester-resinmodified epoxy powder for colour and appearance.
This two-coat system provides excellent finish and corrosion protection.
The characteristics of this coating are much better than those of traditional epoxy
powders:
b improved colour stability
b wider operating temperature range.
Mechanical properties of frame

Static load on doors, wall-mounted and floor-standing enclosures and
cubicles
Cubicle
Cubicle door
400 kg
12 kg
C
Mechanical properties of powder coated surfaces
Test conditions
Test piece made of 1 mm thick steel sheet, degreased, iron phosphated, final
rinsing with 100 kW cm DI water, 15 microns of anti-corrosion
electrophoresis treatment and 35 microns of powder paint.
Adhesion (cross-hatch and pull-off) class 0 required (ISO 2409)
Impact strength(1) > 1 kg/50 cm (ISO 6272)
Mandrel bending test (2) < 10 mm (ISO 6860)
Persoz hardness 300 s (ISO 1522)
(1) No cracking of the paint film after dropping a weight of 1 kg on the test piece from a height
of 50 cm.
(2) Film cracks over a length of 10 mm maximum.
Artificial ageing test on powder coating

Test conditions:
Two tests carried out on the same 1 mm thick steel sheet test piece.
b cyclical damp-heat test:
v as per standard IEC 68-2-30
- six 24-hour cycles at temperatures higher than 40 °C
b continuous resistance to neutral salt mist:
v the tests were carried out over a period of 400 hours, far more than the 48 hours
required by the standard for indoor installations
v as per standard IEC 68-2-11 and ISO 7253
- 400 hours without blistering for normal surface on test piece
- 250 hours for a scratched surface.
Evaluation of corrosion as per ISO 4628:
b adhesion: class y 1
b blistering: degree 1 dim.1
b rusting: Ri 1
b cracking: class 1
b flaking imp. 1 dim. 1
propagation of corrosion under scratch with respect to the scratch axis: 3 mm max.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-7
Properties of metal enclosures
Chemical properties of powder Tests carried out at ambient temperature on phosphated test pieces coated
with a 150 to 200 micron film.
coating
Test duration (months) 2 4 6 8 10 12
Acids Concentration
Acetic 20 %
Sulphuric 30 %
Nitric 30 %
Phosphoric 30 %
Hydrochloric 30 %
Lactic 10 %
Citric 10 %
Bases Soda 10 %
Ammonia 10 %
Water Distilled water
Seawater
Tap water
Diluted bleach
Solvents Petrol
High alcohols
Aliphatics
Aromatics
Ketones, esters
Tri-perchlorethylene
Film intact.
Film damaged (blisters, yellowing, loss of shine).
C-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

General

A switchboard is designed for operation under normal ambient conditions.
Most devices do not operation correctly outside a temperature range of -10 and
+70 °C.
It is therefore important to maintain the switchboard internal temperature within this
temperature range by:
b correctly sizing the switchboard during design
b correcting the temperature using suitable means.
Management of the internal Cooling

There are a number of way to dissipate heat from the switchboard.
temperature The drawings below present the various means.
Convection Forced-air ventilation

C
Dd381484.eps
Dd381483.eps
Dd381482.eps
Dd381481.eps
IP > 31 IP y 31 IP y 54 IP y 31
Ensured naturally in PrismaSeT P Active Using fans, it significantly increases the

enclosures. thermal capacity of an enclosure.
Forced-air Forced
ventilation with convection and
air-air exchanger cooling
Dd381920.eps
Dd381921.eps
IP > 31 IP > 31
On special request.
For these extreme cases, many installers prefer to set up the switchboards with
other electrotechnical and electronic devices in air-conditioned electrical rooms.
Heating
The means employed to raise the internal temperature in a switchboard is a
resistor-based heater, used to:
b avoid condensation by limiting variations in temperature
b ensure that the switchboard does not freeze.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-9

General

Calculation of the internal Calculation of the temperature is the means to check that the enclosure can
evacuate the dissipated power of the installed devices.
temperature Important note
Correct thermal management of the switchboard depends on compliance with
the installation requirements for the distribution system (power circuits).
Incorrect installation will have major consequences on the connected device, but
almost none on the internal temperature of the enclosure.
Once the circuit has been correctly sized, it is necessary to check whether the
assembly (devices + distribution system + cables) have a level of dissipated power
P(W) y the P(W) that the enclosure can handle.
Method defined by IEC 890 technical report

Dd381401.eps
This IEC guide for switchboards proposes a calculation method to determine three
levels of internal temperature, depending on the dissipated power of the devices and
distribution blocks installed in the switchboard.
Users can consult this document when it is necessary to determine precisely the
internal temperature in view of optimising the switchboard.
On request, Schneider Electric can carry out a thermal study to check that the
installed assembly and the thermal capacity of the enclosure are compatible.
Comparative method
DD381350.eps
A number of qualified and tested configurations serve as the basis for indicating the
thermal capacity of PrismaSeT P Active enclosures.
This is en empirical means to check whether the dissipated power of the desired
configuration is close to that of a tested configuration.
Method using charts taking into account enclosure characteristics

DD382422.eps
To speed up calculations, Schneider Electric produces charts based on the

company’s experience and a number of assumptions on the installation.
They can be used sufficiently precisely to determine the variations in temperature
and the dissipated-power levels for the different types of wall-mounted enclosures,
floor-standing enclosures and cubicles.
For details on the calculation of the dissipated power in the device zone,
see page C-12.
C-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

Comparative method

Two cubicles with busbar compartment, 800 mm
DD385996.eps
wide, 400 mm deep, IP30
LGY
Diversity factor: 0.7 and 0.8
Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C NT1600
Cubicle 1 : P(W) of device zone = 580 W & MTZ1
Cubicle 2 : P(W) of device zone = 180 W
NSX250
C
Linergy FM
Linergy FC distribution block

NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400

DD385997.eps
Linergy LGY
wide, 1000 mm deep, two 300 mm wide ducts, IP30
Diversity factor: 0.7
Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C
NSX400
Cubicle 1 : P(W) of device zone = 880 W NW32H1
& MTZ2
NSX630
NSX NSX NSX NSX
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-11

Example

DD385995.eps
wide, 1000 mm deep, two 300 mm wide ducts, IP30
Diversity factor: 0.7
Ambient temperature around the switchboard: 35 °C
NT1600
Cubicle 1 : P(W) of device zone = 580 W & MTZ1
NSX250
Linergy FM 200 A
Linergy FC distribution block

NSX NSX NSX NSX
NSX400
Application of the diversity factor In the configuration below, the standardised diversity factor (K div.) for a total of 14
outgoing circuits is 0.6, i.e. 60 % of In for each outgoing circuit.
Schneider Electric prefers a more conservative approach and therefore divides the
installation into four main circuits:
b ComPacT NSX250
b 200 A Linergy FM: 8 outgoers V K div. = 0.7
b Linergy FC: 4 outgoers V K div. = 0.8
b ComPacT NSX400.
1 ComPacT NSX250 + 1 Linergy FM 200 A + 1 Linergy FC + 1 ComPacT NSX400 V
4 outgoers, i.e. a diversity factor of 0.8.
As a result, the current flowing in each circuit is at least 70 % and up to 80 % of In.
Calculation of the power dissipated by Dissipated power of the NT1600 & MTZ1 indicated by the manufacturer: 460 W. The
power dissipated by the connections is approximately 30 % of the device P(W):
devices in the incoming cubicle 0.3 x 460 = 138 W.
Power of circuit breaker + connections = 460 + 138 = 598 W at 1600 A.
For I² (the Watts are proportional to the square of the current) at 1410 A
(In of the incoming device):
Dissipated power of the ComPacT NSX250 indicated by the manufacturer: 42 W.

Dissipated power of the connections: 0.3 x 42 = 12.6 W.
Power of circuit breaker + connections = 42 +12.6 = 54.6 W at 250 A.
For 200 A (the tested value):
54.6 x
2002 = 35 W
2502
Dissipated power of the Linergy FC and its four ComPacT NSX250 circuit breakers:
4 x 35 W (same calculation as above) = 140 W
Sum of the dissipated power in the incoming cubicle:

P(W) = 405 + 35 +140 = 580 W
C-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

Example

Once the dissipated power of the devices has been determined and the enclosure
with its IP selected, transfer the results (sum of the dissipated power and width of the
device zone) to the chart corresponding to the enclosure IP.
DD382423.eps
C
Draw a line parallel to the others on the chart and read the corresponding difference
in temperature.
For the given example, the heat rise is 22 °C at mid-height in the enclosure.
The internal temperature = external temperature + heat rise
= 35 °C + 22 °C = 57 °C
57 °C < 60 °C stipulated by the standard, i.e. the result is acceptable for an IP3
cubicle.
This gives roughly: Internal temperature = 60 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a
low IP value.
Internal temperature = 70 °C at mid-height in the enclosure for a high IP value.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-13

Charts

Quick calculation charts for internal Test conditions: the cubicle is on the floor against a wall, the indicated internal heat
rise is that measured at mid-height in the enclosure.
temperatures
IP3X cubicle, 400 mm deep IP3X cubicle, 600 mm deep
DD382424.eps
DD382425.eps
For the enclosures not mentioned on the previous
pages, use the equation:
P
DT =
SxK
where:
DT: internal temperature - external temperature
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and
busbars (in Watts)
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed
in m²)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material
(W/m² °C) IP3X cubicle, 800 mm deep IP3X cubicle, 1000 mm deep
DD382426.eps
DD382427.eps
K = 5.5 W/m² °C for painted sheet metal.
Note: the dissipated power of each device is provided by the

manufacturer. Add approximately 30 % to account for the
connections and the busbars.
IP55 cubicle, 400 mm deep IP55 cubicle, 600 mm deep

DD382428.eps
DD382429.eps
IP55 cubicle, 800 mm deep IP55 cubicle, 1000 mm deep

DD382430.eps
DD382431.eps
C-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

Ventilation

Switchboard ventilation The air enters the lower section via the fans and exits the upper section:
b through a ventilated roof
b or through a ventilation opening.
The air throughput of the fans is determined by the equation:
D = 3.1 x ( P
DT )
- KS
The chart below can be used to determine the necessary throughput, based on the
dissipated power, the difference in temperature (internal - external) and the exposed
surface area of the enclosure.
Example
Consider an IP3X cubicle, 650 mm wide and 400 mm deep, containing components
(devices, connections, busbars, etc.) dissipating 1000 W.
The ambient temperature around the cubicle is 50 °C.
Given that the average temperature at mid-height should not exceed 60 °C, the
C
difference in temperature DT is equal to 60 - 50 = 10 °C.
The exposed surface of the cubicle (non adjacent to a wall or other cubicle) is
4.46 m².
(back = 1.3 m², front = 1.3 m², roof = 0.26 m², side panels = 1.6 m²).
What is the necessary throughput of the ventilation system?
The throughput can be calculated as:
D = 3.1 x (
1000
10
- 5.5 x 4.46 )
D = 234 m3/h.
In the range of PrismaSeT P Active accessories, select a system with a throughput
of 300 m3/h.
Ref: LVS08710
In the duct 150mm & 300mm = no need cross members

In the duct 400mm without devices = no need cross members
Dd381391.eps
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C)
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C)
Te: average external temperature (in °C)
DTm = Tm – Te
DT = Ti– Te
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal
D: ventilation throughput (in m3/h)
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-15

Heating

Switchboard heating The heating resistor, placed in the bottom of the switchboard, maintains the internal
temperature 10 °C higher than the external temperature. When the switchboard is
not in operation, the heater compensates the dissipated power normally emitted by
the switchboard.
The power of the heating resistor is calculated:
b using the equation: Pr = (DT x S x K) - P
b or using the charts below, based on the exposed surface area of the enclosure
and the desired difference in temperature.
Chart to determine the heating resistor for small wall-mounted enclosures
(exposed surfaces y 1 m2)
Dd381788.eps
Chart to determine the heating resistor for all types of enclosures and cubicles
Dd381789.eps
Calculation data
P: power dissipated by the devices, connections and busbars (in Watts)
Pr: power of the heating resistor (in Watts)
Tm: maximum internal temperature in the device zone (in °C)
Ti: average internal temperature (in °C)
Te: average external temperature (in °C)
DTm = Tm – Te
DT = Ti– Te
S: total free surface area of the enclosure (expressed in m2)
K: thermal-conduction coefficient of the material (W/m2 °C)
K = 5.5 W/m2 °C for painted sheet metal
D: ventilation throughput (in m3/h).
Note: The dissipated power of each device is provided by the manufacturer.

Add approximately 30 % to account for the connections and the busbars.
C-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

Seismic zone
Around the world can be found
different zones with a specific
seismic risk.
These zones have been classified
according to the Uniform Building
Code (UBC).
Zone 0 Zone 1 Zone 2 Zone 3 Zone 4

Switchboard qualification C
Tests are carried out on switchboards to ensure that they operate correctly (structural and functional integrity)
under severe earthquake conditions and meet specific safety requirements.
The tests carried out to qualify these switchboards are described in the international standard IEC 60068-3-3.
Classification
From weak to strong earthquakes, PrismaSeT P Active has been tested in the following ground accelerations to
guarantee the right performance on seismic risk.
IEC 60068 -3-3 Seismic characteristics
Ground acceleration
References General description Richter scale magnitude MSK Intensity UBC Zone
AG2 Intensity from weak to average < 5 .5 < VIII 0
1
AG3 Intensity from average to strong 5.5 to 7.0 VIII to IX 2 3
AG5 Intensity from strong to very strong > 7.0 > IX 4
PrismaSeT P Active is compliant up to level AG5 from IEC 60068-3-3 (2.5 g) :

Compare PrismaSeT switchboard performances with seismic standards Compare PrismaSeT switchboards performances with seismic standards
Damping 5% - horizontal Damping 5% - vertical
10 10
DB421393.eps
DB421392.eps
PrismaSeT
PrismaSeT
2.5
2
1.6
1 1
Acceleration (in g)
Acceleration (in g)
0.7
0.5
0.1 0.1
0.01 0.01
2 Frequency (Hz) 20 2 Frequency (Hz) 20
Country Standard Parameters

PrismaSeT P Active IEC60068-3-3 Up to level AG5
Russia GOST 17516.1-90 Civil Market (Seismic intensity 8, all installation levels) or (Up to Seismic Intensity 9, Level 1 only)
Chile ENDESA 1986 All seismic categories
Turkey Seismic Turkish Code 2009 All seismic zones, all site class
Greece EAK 2000 All soil types, Worst case
Australia AS1170 All soil types, Worst case
UBC 1997-AC156 Zone 4 - Ground Level
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-17

Seismic kit
Reinforcement
PrismaSeT P Active seismic cubicles are 2.5 g compliant.
Special parts have been created, specific reinforced side panels and bottom reinforcement
brackets.
Reinforced side panels Seismic reinforcement brackets
Ref: LVS08765D Ref: LVS08710
To respect seismic withstand, use side panels in Foot part to be added in each bottom angle to
IP55 version (even with an IP30 switchboard). reinforce the structure.
Seismic Kit with cross-members

With ducts 150 mm & 300 mm = cross-members not needed
With duct 400 mm without devices = cross-members not needed
For the cubicles

Ref: LVS03587 x2 or LVS08774 x1
>1 cross-member at the top, on the rear upright
>1 cross-member in the middle, on the rear upright
>2 cross-members at the bottom, on the rear uprights.
Note : Cross-members must be added in a rear compartment in case
of depth 1000 mm.
C-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200

Installation conditions
PrismaSeT P Active cubicle frames
PrismaSeT P Active cubicle frames have to be assembled according to the mounting instructions (04696505)
and must respect the tightening torque and association screws position.
Functional units have to be assembled according to the mounting instructions supplied with each reference.
Fixingpointsto ground
650 300
Structure fixing points 400 400 650 300
400 400
650 300 300 C

Customer ground points 600 600 600
600
u M10
Tightening torque = 50 Nm with customer M10 screws

Nota : cubicle of the same switchboard must have the same depth
Refer to QGH13690 leaflet for compliant assembly
Sizes to respect
Dimensional specifications have to be taken into account for the switchboard sizes and busbar ratings.
Switchboard sizes: Maximum busbar ratings:
> Minimum switchboard width (1) = 1200 mm 3P 4P
> Minimum cubicle depth = 400 mm Horizontal Linergy BS 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10
> Height = 2000 mm Horizontal Linergy LGYE LGYE 4000 LGYE 4000
Nota: Seismic switchboards must not be installed with any plinth.
(1) Switchboard must be equipped with horizontal busbars
Devices installation limit

Nota: Seismic cubicles not not exceed the unit weight
of 350 kg, devices and busbars included.
PFC
NT / NW
PFC
MTZ1/MTZ2
NT / NW
MTZ1/MTZ2 NSX PFC
Yes No
PFC
NT / NW > C able entry : > C onnection
MTZ1/MTZ2 top/bottom to busways
Fuses
> T ransparent door > P linth 100 mm
PFC or 2 x 100 mm
> IP 30/31
> IP55
NOTICE
HAZARD OF STRUCTURAL FAILURE
Seismic cubicles must have the same depth. Plinths are not allowed in seismic configurations
Failure to follow these instructions can result in equipment damage
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E3200 TOC C-19
Selection guide
Contents
Selection guide
Select a cubicle configuration D-2
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E4000 TOC D-1
Select a cubicle configuration
Starting with the electrical diagram:
DD384077.eps
IP30 switchboard
NSX250 NSX250 NSX250 INS
NS1000
C60 C60 GV2

or or
IC60 IC60
Install the incomer Device Fixed device

1 Front conn. using cables NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
See page E-2 Arc chute screen 3P 33596
DD380878.eps
Order 4P 33597
Dd380822.eps
b connection Vertical connection 3P 33642

adapters 4P 33643
components Front connection cover 04851
b mounting
plates and Mounting Front connection with cables
2 Device installation
Prisma P Functional units
Device Fixed device

front plates NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
DD380870.eps
b busbar Number of devices per row 1 1

connections. No. of vertical modules 12 14
Mounting plates 03482 03482
Front plates upstream 03802 [2] 03804 [4]
[No. of vertical with cut-out 03690 or 03701 [7]
modules] downstream 03803 [3] 03803 [3]
Device Fixed device
3 Linergy LGY BB conn. NS630b/1250 NS1600
Connection type Front connection delivered with the device
DD380871.eps
Busbars connection For Linergy LGY busbars: prefabricated connection

3P 04485 04487
4P 04486 04488
Cover for busbars connection 04926
Linergy LGY, LGYE, BS
E
Install the Compact devices 1 Installation

Device Toggle
NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
See page E-20 3P 4P
1 1
DD383867.eps
Number of device per row

Order
No. of vertical modules 3 4
Dd380823.eps
b mounting Mounting plates 03411 03412

plates and Front plates with cut-out 03604 [3] 03606 [4]
front plates [No. of vertical
modules]
b busbar
connections
b connection 2 Linergy LGY BB conn. Linergy LGY
Device Toggle
accessories. NSX100/250, Vigi NSX100/250
DD380873.eps
3P 4P
Prefabricated connection 04423 04424
Device Toggle
3 Connection NSX100/160 Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250
Number of device per row 3/4 3/4 3/4
DD380874.eps
No. of vertical modules 6 8 7

Mounting plates 03420 03420 03420
Front plates with cut-out 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03243 [5]
[No. of vertical
modules] downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2]
E
Order Device Toggle

1 Installation NSX100/160 Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250 Vigi NSX250
Dd380824.eps
b mounting Number of device per row 3/4 3/4 3/4 3/4

plates and
DD380875.eps
No. of vertical modules 6 8 7 9

front plates Mounting plates 03420 03420 03420 03420
b distribution Front plates with cut-out 03243 [5] 03241 [7] 03243 [5] 03241 [7]
[No. of vertical
block downstream 03801 [1] 03801 [1] 03802 [2] 03802 [2]
modules]
b connection
Linergy LGY
accessories. 2 Linergy LGY BB conn. Device Toggle
NSX100/160, Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250, Vigi NSX250
3P 4P 3P 4P
DD380876.eps
Number of devices 4 3 4 3
Linergy FC distribution blocks 04403 04404 04403 04404
(with connection)
Device Toggle
3 Connection NSX100/160, Vigi NSX100/160 NSX250, Vigi NSX250
3P 4P 3P 4P
DD380877.eps
Front connection long terminal LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518

shields
Rear connection short LV429515 LV429516 LV429515 LV429516
terminal shields
E
D-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E4100
Select a cubicle configuration
Install the modular devices 1 Acti 9 Device All modular devices Modular devices y 40 A
See page E-63 Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 48 48
Order the No. of vertical modules 4 3
DD385316.eps
mounting Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) 03401 03401
Modular front plates 03204 [4] 03203 [3]
Dd385315.eps
plates and
Blanking plate strip 03220 03220

front plates divisible 03221 03221
taking into
account:
b supply to the
rows Device Circuit breaker
b cable 2 GV2 circuit breaker GV2RT - GV2ME - GV2LE GV3
See page E-62 No. of vertical modules 3 5
running.
Useful length of rail (mm) 432
Modular rail (adjustable) 03401 03402
Front plates with cut-out 03203 [3] 03205 [5]
Dd381919.eps
[No. of vert mod]

Linergy FH comb busbar see page F-30 to F-34
Cable running see page F-27 D
E
Determine the size of the switchboard

b count the 32 modules The capacity of a cubicle is 36 modules.
number of
modules
occuped 1 cubicle
b determine
the number of Plain front plate Device Plain front plate W = 500 mm
cubicles H = 50 mm H = 100 mm H = 150 mm H = 200 mm H = 250 mm H = 300 mm
See page F-22
b order the [No. of [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6]
additional plain vert mod]
front plate. Cat. no 03801 03802 03803 03804 03805 03806
Select the enclosures 1 Frameworks Device 300 400 650 800 800 (650 + 150)
Base frame
See page F-1 Cat. no 08403 08404 08406 08408 08407
2 Hinged front plate Device 400 650

support frame Hinged front plate support frame
Dd380827.eps
08564 08566
SeT
Cat. no
Prisma
3 Doors Device W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800

Plain door 08513 08514 08516 08518
Transparent - 08534 08536 08538
door
4 Rear panels Dimensions W = 300 mm W = 400 mm W = 650 mm W = 800 mm
Rear panels 08733 08734 08736 08738
Prisma P cubicles
5 Side panels Dimensions D = 400 mm D = 600 mm

Side panels 08750 08760
6 Roofs Dimensions W = 300 mm W = 400 mm W = 650 mm W = 800 mm

Plain roof 08433 08434 08436 08438
D = 400 mm
Plain roof 08633 08634 08636 08638
D = 600 mm
7 Plinth, gland plates,

finishing parts, etc.
F
Plan the distribution system Linergy LGY busbars Intensity (A) Linergy LGY profils Number of busbars supports
for table Icw (kA rms/1s)
See page G-1 1 See page G-4 IP y 31 IP > 31 25 30 40 50 60 65 75 85
630 04502
DD380880.eps
04503
Dd385317.eps
Linergy distribution systems
800 04503
04504 3
1000 04504
Designation C at. No.

Busbar support 04851
2 Linergy BW busbars
2
2 10mm
2 6mm
2 10mm
2 6mm
10mm
Linergy BW busbars 160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

2
2 6mm
2 10mm
6mm
3P W = 1000 mm LVS04111 LVS04112 LVS04113 LVS04114

W = 1400 mm LVS04116 LVS04117 LVS04118 LVS04119
4P W = 1000 mm LVS04121 LVS04122 LVS04123 LVS04124
DD380881.eps

G
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E4100 TOC D-3
www.se.com
Functional units
2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5000
PrismaSeT P Active - Functional units www.se.com
Contents
Circuit breakers
MasterPacT MTZ2
Cables connection E-2
Canalis connection E-4
Dedicated cubicle E-6
Partial front plate support frames E-8
MasterPacT MTZ1
Toggle and motor mechanism - Cables connection E-10
Dedicated cubicle 3P E-12
ComPacT NS1600b to 3200
Cables connection E-14
ComPacT NS630b to NS1600
Canalis connection E-16
Horizontal mounting E-17
Dedicated cubicle E-18
ComPacT, ComPacT Vigi (ELCB) and VigiComPacT NSX
NSX 100 to 630 - Horizontal mounting E-20
NSX 400/630 - Vertical mounting E-25
NSX 100 to 630 - Vertical mounting W = 400 mm E-30
NSX 100/160/250 - Vertical mounting E-31
ComPacT NSXm up to 160
Horizontal mounting, vertical mounting, modular devices E-35
Switch-disconnectors E
ComPacT INS-INV630b to 2500
Vertical fixed mounting E-39
ComPacT INS-INV250 to 630
Horizontal / Vertical fixed mounting E-40
Source-changeover
MasterPacT MTZ1 06/16 E-41
MasterPacT MTZ2 08/32 E-42
ComPacT NS630b to 1000 E-49
ComPacT NSX100/630 E-50
ComPacT INS-INV250 to 630 - Front direct rotary handle E-52
ComPacT INS-INV250 to 630 - Complete assembly device E-53
Changeover System
TransferPacT
TransferPacT Frame 100A E-54
Fusegear
Fupact ISFL E-58
Fusegear/Switch-disconnector
Fupact ISFT E-59
Fupact GS E-60
Others
Power factor correction equipment E-61
Industrial control devices E-62
Modular devices
Acti 9 y 63 A, 80/160 A switchboard incomer E-63
Metering (Single-phase and 3-phase kilowatt-hour meters) E-65
Human-switchboard interface (PowerLogic™ Meters) E-67
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5000 TOC E-1
MasterPacT MTZ2 08 to 32
Cables connection
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection
60 150 60 300
0 650 0 650
Dd383686.eps
Devices Fixed device Withdrawable device
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1
No. of vertical modules (1) 18 19 19 20
Mounting plates LVS03500 LVS03500 LVS03500 LVS03500
Front plates upstream LVS03804 [4] LVS03805 [5] LVS03804 [4] LVS03805 [5]
[No. of vertical with cut-out LVS03711 [9] LVS03711 [9] LVS03710 [10] LVS03710 [10]
modules] downstream LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5]
Mounting Rear connection
40 40
0
60 150 0
60 300
0 650 0 650
Dd383686.eps

MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
Front plates with cut-out LVS03711 [9] LVS03711 [9] LVS03710 [10] LVS03710 [10]
[No. of vertical downstream LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5]
modules]
Connection Upstream on incomer

Dd383682.eps
Dd383680.eps

MTZ2 08/32 MTZ2 08/32
Type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Connection must be made (2)
Front connection bar supports 2 x LVS04694 + LVS04678
cables cover LVS04861
Rear connection bar supports 2 x LVS04694
(1) For downstream connection with copper.
For downstream prefabricated connection with Linergy LGYE, 1 additional module is required only for MTZ2 3200A. Select downstream plain front plate
(LVS03806).
(2) Connection to be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
E-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Cables connection
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Distribution Downstream on Linergy LGY, LGYE or BS busbars
DD385815.eps
G
FE
D
C
B
A
Devices Fixed and withdrawable Fixed and withdrawable Fixed and withdrawable
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/25 MTZ2 32
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device.
For vertical busbar Connection Must be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
Linergy BS Joint - - Order one joint per phase: 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm (LVS04640),
1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (LVS04641).
Free support 2 x LVS04662
DD385818.eps
For Icw u 75 kA rms, add an additional free support LVS04662.

Cover LVS04926 + LVS04927
For vertical busbar Connection LVS04493 LVS04494 must be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
Linergy LGY Joint LVS04683 LVS04684 -
Free support - - 2 x LVS04662
DD385817.eps

Cover LVS04925 + LVS04928 LVS04926 + LVS04927
For vertical busbar

Linergy LGYE (1)
Connection - - LVS04495 LVS04496 LVS04497 (2) LVS04498 (2)
E
Joint - - 3 x LVS04685 4 x LVS04685 3 x LVS04687 4 x LVS04687
DD385816.eps
(1) For LGYE 08/25, use a duct W = 150 mm. For LGYE 32/40, use a duct W = 300 mm.
(2) One additional module is required, select LVS03806 plain front plate for downstream.
Note: to make measurements:

Install the CTs preferably upstream, on the supply terminal extension bars or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection). In this case, add one
module and a plain front plate (LVS03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
Selection of busbars: Linergy LGY > page G-4, Linergy LGYE > page G-5, Linergy BS > page G-6.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-3
Canalis connection
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
60 150 60 300
0 650 0 650
Dd383686.eps
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
Front plates upstream LVS03805 [5] 2 x LVS03805 [10] 3 x LVS03804 [12] LVS03805 [5]
[No. of vertical 2 x LVS03804 [8] LVS03804 [4] 2 x LVS03804 [8]
modules] with cut-out LVS03711 [9] LVS03711 [9] LVS03710 [10] LVS03710 [10]
downstream LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 [5]
40 40
0
60 150 0
60 300
0 650 0 650
Dd383686.eps

MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
[No. of vertical + LVS03803 [3] + LVS03803 [3] + LVS03803 [3] + LVS03803 [3]
modules] with cut-out LVS03711 [9] LVS03711 [9] LVS03710 [10] LVS03710 [10]

Dd383681.eps
Dd383683.eps

MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/25 MTZ2 32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/25 MTZ2 32
Type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device

Canalis support LVS03561
Canalis interface (2) 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
LVS04715 LVS04716 LVS04725 LVS04726 LVS04735 LVS04736 LVS04715 LVS04716 LVS04725 LVS04726 LVS04735 LVS04736
Front connection Bar supports 2 x LVS04694 + LVS04678
Extension bars must be made (3)
Canalis Cover LVS04871 + LVS04861
Rear connection Bar supports 2 x LVS04694
Canalis Cover LVS04871 + LVS04863
(1) For downstream connection with copper.
For downstream prefabricated connection with Linergy LGYE, 1 additional module is required only for MTZ2 3200A. Select downstream plain front plate
(LVS03806).
(2) To tight the screws of the Canalis interface use the special tool 87808.
E-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Canalis connection
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
DD385815.eps
G
FE
D
C
B
A
Fixed / withdrawable devices MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/25 MTZ2 32

3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device.
For vertical busbar Connection Must be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
Linergy BS Joint - - Order one joint per phase: 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm (LVS04640),
1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (LVS04641).
Free support 2 x LVS04662
DD385818.eps

For vertical busbar Connection LVS04493 LVS04494 must be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
Linergy LGY Joint LVS04683 LVS04684 -
Free support - - 2 x LVS04662
DD385817.eps
Cover LVS04925 + LVS04928 LVS04926 + LVS04927
For vertical busbar Connection - - LVS04495 LVS04496 LVS04497 (2) LVS04498 (2)
Linergy LGYE (1)
Joint - - 3 x LVS04685 4 x LVS04685 3 x LVS04687 4 x LVS04687

E
DD385816.eps
(1) For LGYE 08/25, use a duct W = 150 mm. For LGYE 32/40, use a duct W = 300 mm.
(2) One additional module is required, select LVS03806 plain front plate for downstream.

Install the CTs preferably upstream, on the supply terminal extension bars or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection). In this case, add one
module and a plain front plate (LVS03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-5
Dedicated cubicle - W = 650 mm
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Dedicated cubicle
Dd384530.eps
60
0 650

MTZ2 08/32 MTZ2 40 (2) MTZ2 08/32 MTZ2 40 (2)
Number of devices per row 1 (2) 1 (2)
No. of vertical modules 36 (2) 36 (2)
Mounting plates LVS03500 (2) LVS03500 (2)
Front plates upstream (1) LVS03808 [12] (2) LVS03808 [12] (2)
[No. of vertical with cut-out LVS03711 [9] (2) LVS03710 [10] (2)
modules]
downstream LVS03808 [12] + LVS03803 (2) LVS03808 [12] + LVS03802 (2)
[3] [2]
Connection Upstream with bottom cables

Dd384528.eps
Fixed / withdrawable devices MTZ2 08/32 MTZ2 40 (2)

Type of terminals Vertical rear connectors (2)
Terminal must be made (3) (2)

extension bars
for connection
Terminal LVS04694 x 2 (2)

extension bar
supports
Cables cover LVS04861 (2)
(1) One or two 3-module front plates for 72 x 72 and 96 x 96 mm measurement devices can be installed just above the cut-out front plate:
b 2 3-module front plates + 1 plain front plate LVS03806 (6 modules)
(2) Contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle.
Human-switchboard interface > page E-66.
E-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Distribution Downstream up links on horizontal busbars
Linergy LGYE Linergy BS
Dd384529.eps
Fixed / withdrawable devices MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/25 MTZ2 32 MTZ2 40 (1) MTZ2 08/25 MTZ2 32 MTZ2 40 (1)
Type of Front connection Front connection
terminals
Spacing rods LVS04690 x 2 LVS04690 x 2 LVS04690 x 2 - LVS04690 x 2 LVS04690 x 2 -

for flat bars
Connection Connection must be made (2) Connection must be made (2)
horizontal 3200 A - LVS04637 (3) LVS04637 (3) -
mouting hardware - - LVS04642 -
Busbar cover LVS04860 LVS04860 LVS04860 - LVS04860 LVS04860 -
E
(4)
Accessories
DD381316.eps
DD381581.eps
Cross-members
Catalog number LVS03584 LVS03586
Characteristics Set of 2 Set of 2
For 650 mm wide and 400 mm deep cubicle W = 200 mm, can be added to the 400 mm cross-members
for frameworks that are 600 mm deep. They can also be
installed separately
(3) Catalog number LVS04637 includes 1 connection only. Order 1 connection per phase.
(4) The cover is compulsory behind front plates designed for measurement devices.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-7
Partial front plate support frames
Withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection with cables in dedicated cubicle
Dd383723.eps
60
0 650
DD385539.eps
Devices Withdrawable device

MTZ2 08/32
No. of vertical modules 36 (3)
Mounting plates LVS03500
Front plates upstream 2 x LVS03806 [12]
[No. of vertical with cut-out LVS03709 [10]
modules]
downstream 2 x LVS03806 [12]
1/3 front plate support frame LVS08560 (1) + 2 x LVS08562 (2)
Cover LVS04861
Mounting Canalis front connection

Dd383681.eps
60
0 650
DD385539.eps

MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
Mounting plates LVS03500 LVS03500
Front plates upstream 3 x LVS03804 [12] 2 x LVS03805 [10] + LVS03802 [2]
[No. of vertical with cut-out LVS03709 [10] LVS03710 [10]
modules]
downstream LVS03804 [4] LVS03804 [4]
1/3 front plate support frame LVS08560 (1) + 2 x LVS08562 (2) LVS08560 (1) + 2 x LVS08562 (2)
Cover LVS04861 LVS04861
E-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Partial front plate support frames
Withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Rear connection with cables
Dd383682.eps
40
0
60
0 650
DD385539.eps
`
MTZ2 08/32
Front plates upstream -
modules]
downstream LVS03804 [4]
1/3 front plate support frame LVS08560 (1) + 2 x LVS08562 (2)
(1) 1/3 front plate support frame 10 modules.
(2) 1/3 front plate support frame 12 modules.
(3) Modularity includes the space of one module between each front plate support frame.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-9
Cables connection
Toggle, motor mechanism - Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Front connection with cables
40 150
0 650
Dd380794.eps
MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
40
150
Dd380796.ai
04
00 650

MTZ1 06/16 MTZ1 06/16
Number of devices per row 1 1
Front plates upstream LVS03801 [1] -
modules] downstream LVS03803 [3] LVS03803 [3]

MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device
connection vert. connection adapters 33642 (1) 33643 (1) 33642 (1) 33643 (1) 33642 (1) 33643 (1) 33642 (1) 33643 (1)
cable-lug adapters Direct 33644 (1) 33645 (1) Direct 33644 (1) 33645 (1)
spacing rods - LVS04691 - LVS04691
arc-chute cover 47335 47336 47335 47336 -
Rear type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
connection terminal extension bar 2 x LVS04693
support
extension bars must be made (2)
Distribution Downstream on Linergy LGY or BS busbars

DD380649.eps
DD380648.eps

MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16 MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device
Prefabricated Linergy LGY LVS04475 LVS04476 LVS04489 LVS04490 LVS04477 LVS04478 LVS04491 LVS04492
connection to busbars Linergy BS must be made (2)
add free supports: 2 x LVS04662
Cover for busbars connection LVS04926
(1) Vertical connection adapters and cable-lug adapters and CT, are not compatible with input voltage u 440V due to mandatory barriers installation (33648 or 33768)
Note: to make measurements: install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate
(LVS03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
E-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Canalis connection
Toggle, motor mechanism - Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd380795.eps
MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16 MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16
Number of devices per row 1 - 1 -
No. of vertical modules 17 - 18 -
Mounting plates LVS03484 - LVS03483 -
Front plates upstream LVS03804 [4] + LVS03803 [3] - LVS03804 [4] + LVS03803 [3] -
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03692 [7] - LVS03691 [8] -
downstream LVS03803 [3] - LVS03803 [3] -
Mounting Canalis rear connection
40
04 150
00 650 Dd383683.eps

MTZ1 06/16 MTZ1 06/16
Front plates upstream LVS03806 [6] LVS03805 [5]
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03692 [7] LVS03691 [8]
E

MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16 MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Canalis support LVS03561 -
Canalis interface (1) LVS04703 LVS04704 LVS04703 LVS04704 LVS04703 LVS04704 LVS04703 LVS04704
Front Type of terminals Front connections supplied with the device
connection Canalis/device connection LVS04711 LVS04712 - LVS04711 LVS04712 -
Arc-chute cover 47335 47336 - - -
Canalis cover LVS04871 + LVS04852 - LVS04871 + LVS04852 -
Rear Type of terminals Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
connection Terminal extension bar support 2 x LVS04693 -
Canalis/device connection LVS04713 LVS04714 LVS04713 LVS04714 LVS04713 LVS04714 LVS04713 LVS04714
Cable cover LVS04871 + LVS04854
Distribution Downstream on Linergy LGY or BS busbars

DD380649.eps
DD380648.eps

MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16 MTZ1 06/12 MTZ1 16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Prefabricated connection Linergy LGY LVS04475 LVS04476 LVS04489 LVS04490 LVS04477 LVS04478 LVS04491 LVS04492
to busbars Linergy BS must be made (2)
add free supports: 2 x LVS04662
Note: to make measurements: install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate
(LVS03801) or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-11
Dedicated cubicle 3P - W = 400 mm
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting
Dd382506.eps
400

MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16
Number of devices per cubicle 1 1
Front plates with cut-out LVS03698 [11] LVS03699 [11]
[No. of vertical upstream (1) cut-out for LVS03723 [13] LVS03723 [13]
modules] 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 mm
or plain LVS03722 [13] LVS03722 [13]
downstream (1) plain LVS03722 [13] LVS03722 [13]
Measurement-device installation
Measurement devices are installed on a front plate (LVS03723) using plastic mounting plates with cut-outs. The front plate can hold:
b six 72 x 72 mm cases
b or four 96 x 96 mm cases + 2 switches
b or two 96 x 96 mm cases + 2 switches (2)
Number and type of devices Metal front plate with No. of Plastic Blanking plate
per row cut-out vertical mounting or device support
modules plates
with
cut-out
Mounting on interface with plastic mounting plates
To blank-off or install:
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
- from 1 to 4 buttons Ø 16 or 22 mm
Dd382670.eps
- 1 device 45 x 45
Vigirex and other
3x 72 x 72 devices 72 x 72
without switch
LVS03902 LVS03900
60
13
40
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
60
40 10 A
0
A
- 1 to 4 buttons Ø 16 or 22 mm
10
Power Meter and others

0
2x
devices 96 x 96 - 1 device 45 x 45
or 96 x 96 - 1 device 72 x 72
1x For PM200, 200P, PM5
(2) & PM8 series meters
LVS03723 LVS03903 LVS03901
Characteristics b Installation of three devices (72 x 72 mm cases) using plastic mounting plates (LVS03902) and two devices (96 x 96
mm cases) + a switch using plastic mounting plates (LVS03903) on a hinged front plate (LVS03723)
b The plain mounting plates have knock-outs for lamps, pushbuttons, switches or devices.
Knock-outs for LVS03900: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 mm device.
Knock-outs for LVS03901: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 or 72 x 72 mm device.
(1) Hinged or reversible (left or right-hand opening) front plates connect directly to the framework, without a front-plate support frame.
(2) For PM200, 200P, PM5 & PM 8 series meters, use 1 no. blank-off sheet with each meter in a row.
E-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100
Dedicated cubicle 3P - W = 400 mm
Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Dd382672_1.eps
Dd382669.eps
MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16
Type of Front connection Front connection
terminals
Arc-chute 47335 -
cover
Vert. conn. adapters 33642 (1) 33642 (1)

Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1) 33644 (1)
Spacing rods LVS04691 LVS04691
Accessories
Dd382513.eps
Dd382514.eps
W = 400
4 cable tie supports for framework LVS08774
D = 400
LVS08794
D = 600
LVS08794 + LVS08796
E
(1) Vertical connection adapters and cable-lug adapters are not compatible with input voltage u 500 V.
Distribution Downstream on horizontal busbars Downstream on vertical busbars

Linergy LGYE Linergy BS Linergy LGY or BS
DD383814.eps
DD385890.eps
Fixed / withdrawable devices MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16 MTZ1 06 to MTZ1 16

Type of Front connection Front connection Front connection
terminals
Support 2 x LVS04692 For MTZ1 H1 & H2 2 x LVS04692 For MTZ1 H1 & H2 LVS04662
3 x LVS04692 For MTZ1 H3 3 x LVS04692 For MTZ1 H3
Barrier (1) LVS04855 LVS04855 LVS04855
Horizontal-busbar connections must be made (2) must be made (2) -

10 mm - LVS04636 (3) -
thickness bars
Vertical-busbar connections - - must be made (2)
Free support - - LVS04662
(1) A barrier must be installed behind front plate LVS03723 when measurement devices are installed.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-13

Cables connection
Fixed
Circuit breakers
150
Dd385439.eps
40
650 60 150
0 0 650
NS1600b NS2000/3200
Devices Fixed device

NS1600b NS2000/3200
modules]

Dd385440.eps
Fixed devices NS1600b/2500 NS3200

Vertical-connection adapters 3P 33975 33975
4P 33976 33976
Terminal extension bar support LVS04694

Dd383548.eps
Fixed devices NS1600b NS2000/2500 NS3200

Busbars connection must be made (1) (2)
Free support for busbars 2 x LVS04662
connection
Cover for busbars connection LVS04926 LVS04926 LVS04926
Additional cover - LVS04927 LVS04927
(1) Connection to be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric. LGYE: +17.5 mm than BS.
(2) For the connection to flat busbars > 1600 A, order one joint per phase:
b 1 joint for busbars, W = 50/60 mm (LVS04640)
b 1 joint for busbars, W = 80/100 mm (LVS04641)
b install the CTs on the horizontal busbars (busbar connection); in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate (LVS03801)
b or install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
E-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100

Cables connection
Toggle, rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
DD383692.ai
NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600 NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03690 or LVS03701 (1) [7] LVS03691 [8] LVS03691 [8]
40
04 150 DD383694.ai
00 650

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Front plates with cut-out
[No. of vertical modules] downstream
LVS03690 or LVS03701 (1) [7]
LVS03803 [3]
LVS03691 [8]
LVS03803 [3]
E

NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600 NS630b/1000 NS1250/1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
connection Vertical connection adapters 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3) 33642 (3) 33643 (3)
Cable-lug adapters Direct 33644 (3) 33645 (3) Direct 33644 (3) 33645 (3)
Spacing rods - LVS04691 (3) - LVS04691 (3)
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 33596 33597 -
Cables cover LVS04851 LVS04852
connection Terminal extension bar support 2 x LVS04693
Cables cover LVS04853 LVS04854
Connection Downstream distribution via Linergy LGY or BS busbars

Dd383702.eps
Dd383701.eps

NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
LVS04485 LVS04486 LVS04487 LVS04488 LVS04477 LVS04478 LVS04491 LVS04492
Can be reversed for upstream supply
For Linergy BS busbars: must be made (2).
Free support for busbars connection For Linergy BS busbars: 2 x LVS04662
(1) For devices with toggle or rotary handle catalog number LVS03690, with a motor mechanism catalog number LVS03701.
(3) Vertical connection adaptaters and cable-lug adapters and CT, are not compatible with input voltage u 500V due to mandatory barriers installation (33648 or 33768).
b install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
b or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars; in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate downstream (LVS03801).
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-15

Canalis connection
Toggle, rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
DD383693.ai
NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
Number of devices per row 1 - 1 -
No. of vertical modules 17 - 18 -
Mounting plates LVS03482 - LVS03483 -
Front plates upstream LVS03804 [4] + LVS03803 [3] - LVS03804 [4] + LVS03803 [3] -
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03690 or LVS03701 (1) [7] - LVS03691 [8] -
downstream LVS03803 [3] - LVS03803 [3] -
Mounting Canalis rear connection

DD383695.ai
40
04 150
00 650

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03690 or LVS03701 (1) [7] LVS03691 [8]

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
3P 4P 3P 4P
Canalis support LVS03561 - - -
Canalis interface (2) LVS04703 LVS04704 LVS04703 LVS04704
connection Canalis/device LVS04711 LVS04712 LVS04711 LVS04712
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 -
Canalis cover LVS04871 + LVS04851 LVS04871 + LVS04852
connection Terminal extension bar support 2 x LVS04693
Canalis/device connection - - LVS04713 LVS04714
Canalis cover LVS04871 + LVS04854 LVS04871 + LVS04854
Connection Downstream distribution via Linergy LGY or BS busbars

Dd383701.eps
Dd383702.eps

NS630b/1250 NS1600 NS630b/1250 NS1600
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
LVS04485 LVS04486 LVS04487 LVS04488 LVS04477 LVS04478 LVS04491 LVS04492
Can be reversed for upstream supply
For Linergy BS busbars: must be made (3)
Free support for busbars connection For Linergy BS busbars: 2 x LVS04662
(1) For devices with toggle or rotary handle catalog number LVS03690, with a motor mechanism catalog number LVS03701.
b install a Micrologic control unit capable of displaying the values.
b or install the CTs on the horizontal busbars; in this case, an additional module is required; add a plain front plate downstream (LVS03801).
E-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100

Horizontal mounting
Toggle, rotary handle - Fixed
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd383551.eps
NS630b/1000
Number of devices per row 1
Front plates with cut-outs LVS03687
40
04 150
00 650
Dd383551.eps

NS630b/1000
No. of vertical modules
Mounting plates
7 (1)
LVS03480
E
Front plates with cut-outs LVS03687

Dd383550.eps
Fixed devices NS630b/1000

3P 4P
Type of terminals front connection Front connections supplied with the device
rear connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Connection transfert assembly for LVS04483 LVS04484
front connection If cubicle w300 mm then 3x300 mm², if cubicle w400 mm then 4x300 mm², same concept for 185 mm².
Three 300 mm² or six 185 mm² cables can be connected per phase with lugs that are not of the two-metal type.
Cover rear connection -
Connection Downstream via Linergy LGY, LGYE or BS busbars

Dd383552.eps
Fixed devices NS630b/1000

3P 4P
LVS04473 LVS04474
must be made. For Linergy LGYE (> page G-13) and Linergy BS busbars
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597
(1) Mounting of LVS03480 + connection transfert assembly LVS04483 or LVS04484 needs 8 vertical modules (use of one complementary front plate 1 module
LVS03801) at the bottom of the functional unit.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-17

Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Toggle, rotary handle and motor mechanism
DD382506.eps
40
0 400

NS630b/1600 3/4P NS630b/1600 3P
Number of devices per cubicle 1 1
Front plates with cut-out LVS03697 [11] LVS03699 [11]
[No. of vertical upstream (1) with cut-out for LVS03723 [13] LVS03723 [13]
modules] 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 mm meters
or plain LVS03722 [13] LVS03722 [13]
downstream (1) plain LVS03722 [13] LVS03722 [13]
Measurement-device installation
Measurement devices are installed on a front plate (LVS03723) using plastic mounting plates with cut-outs. The front plate can hold:
b six 72 x 72 mm cases
b or four 96 x 96 mm cases + 2 switches.
Number and type of Metal front plate with No. of Plastic Blanking plate
devices per row cut-out vertical mounting or device support
modules plates
with
cut-out
Mounting on an interface with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
Dd382670.eps
- 1 device 45 x 45
Vigirex and other
3 x 72 x 72 devices 72 x 72 without
switch
LVS03902 LVS03900
60
13
40
60
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
40 10 A
0
10 A
0
- 1 device 45 x 45
Power Meter and other
- 1 device 72 x 72
2 x 96 x 96 devices 96 x 96 with
switch
LVS03723 LVS03903 LVS03901

Characteristics b Installation of three devices (72 x 72 mm cases) using plastic mounting plates (LVS03902) and two devices (96 x 96
mm cases) + a switch using plastic mounting plates (LVS03903) on a hinged front plate (LVS03723)
b The plain mounting plates have knock-outs for lamps, pushbuttons, switches or devices.
Knock-outs for LVS03900: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 mm device.
Knock-outs for LVS03901: 4 Ø 16 mm, 5 Ø 22 mm or one for a 45 x 45 or 72 x 72 mm device.
(1) Hinged or reversible (left or right-hand opening) front plates connect directly to the framework, without a front-plate support frame.
E-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100

Fixed, withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Dd382672.ai
NS630b/1600
3P 4P 3P
Type of terminals Front connection Front connection
Arc-chute cover 33596 33597 -
Vert. conn. adapters 33642 (1) 33643 (1) 33642 (1)

Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1) 33645 (1) 33644 (1)
Spacing rods LVS04691 LVS04691
Accessories
Dd382513.eps
Dd382514.eps
E
W =400 D = 400 D = 600
4 cable tie supports for framework LVS08774 LVS08794 LVS08794 + LVS08796
Distribution Connection to horizontal busbars Connection to vertical busbars

Linergy LGYE Linergy BS Linergy LGY or BS
DD383814.eps
DD385890.eps
Devices Fixed Withdrawable Fixed Withdrawable Fixed Withdrawable

NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 3P
3P/4P 3P 3P/4P 3P 3P/4P
Type of terminals Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection Front connection
Support 2 x LVS04692 2 x LVS04692 2 x LVS04692 2 x LVS04692 - -
Barrier (1) LVS04855 LVS04855 LVS04855 LVS04855 LVS04855 LVS04855
Horizontal-busbar connections must be made (2) - - - -

50/60/80 - - LVS04636 (3) LVS04636 - -
Vertical-busbar connections - - - - must be made (2)
Free support - - - - LVS04662
(1) A barrier must be installed behind front plate LVS03723 when measurement devices are installed.
Connection device/horizontal busbar to make by customer.

Busbar selection Linergy BS to make connection: > page G-3 and page G-6.
Busbar selection Linergy LGYE or LGY: > page G-2 and page G-4.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5100 TOC E-19
ComPacT, ComPacT Vigi (ELCB) and VigiComPacT NSX 100 to 630

Horizontal mounting
Toggle - Fixed Designed for PowerTag NSX
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal fixed
DD383868.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
NSX (1) / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) / Vigi NSX NSX (1) / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) Vigi NSX
100/160/250 400/630 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1 1 1
PowerTag NSX compatibility - -
No. of vertical modules 3 4 4 5 4 5
Mounting plates LVS03411 LVS03412 LVS03451 LVS03452 LVS03451 LVS03452
Front plates with cut-out LVS03604 (2) LVS03606 (2) LVS03643 LVS03644 LVS03643 LVS03644
Connection Upstream from lateral busbars

Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy LGY
DD380513.eps
Prefabricated connection LVS04423 (4) LVS04424 (4) LVS04453 LVS04454

Linergy BS, LGYE
DD380693.eps

Long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Connection Downstream distribution

DD380694.eps
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX100/250 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX400/630
100/250 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
Connection connection LVS04425 LVS04426 LVS04429 (5) LVS04430 (5) LVS04455 LVS04456 LVS04459 (5) LVS04460 (5)
transfer assembly connection with LVS04425 LVS04426 - - LVS04459 (5) LVS04460 (5) - -
PowerTag NSX
long terminal shields - - LV429517 LV429518 - - LV432593 LV432594
Rear connection short terminal shields LV429515 (4) LV429516 (4) LV429515 (4) LV429516 (4) LV432591 (4) LV432592 (4) LV432591 (4) LV432592 (4)
short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476
(1) Metering and signaling features (ammeter…) can be added. Mounted on a ComPacT NSX, it has the same size than a ComPacT Vigi NSX. Refer to the
corresponding column.
(2) Compatible with FDM121.
(3) Connections must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20.
(4) Compatible with Linergy LGYE vertical busbar.
(5) Complete the connection with insulated flexible bars (not supplied).
E-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200

Horizontal mounting
Toggle - Plug-in
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal plug-in
DD383869.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
NSX (1) / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) / Vigi NSX NSX (1) / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) / Vigi NSX
100/160/250 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Mounting plates LVS03413 (5) LVS03414 (5) LVS03453 LVS03454
Front plates with cut-out LVS03604 (2) LVS03606 (2) LVS03643 LVS03644

Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy LGY
DD384325.eps
Prefabricated connection LVS04431 (3) LVS04432 (3) LVS04461 LVS04462 E

Short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383557.eps
Connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20.
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
Long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592

Dd383558.eps
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
connection short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Connection connection LVS04429 (4) LVS04430 (4) LVS04459 (4) LVS04460 (4)
transfer connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
assembly short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Rear short terminal shields 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
(5) Precut not to be removed for rotary handle & motor mechanism.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200 TOC E-21

Horizontal mounting
Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed Designed for PowerTag NSX
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal Fixed
Dd383562.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Rotary handle, motor mechanism

NSX (1) / Vigi NSX NSX (1) / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) Vigi NSX
NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) 100/160/250 400/630 400/630
100/160/250 rotary handle motor mechanism rotary handle
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
PowerTag NSX compatibility - -
No. of vertical modules 3 4 3 4 4 5 4 5 4 5
Mounting plates LVS03413 LVS03414 LVS03413 LVS03414 LVS03453 LVS03454 LVS03453 LVS03454 LVS03453 LVS03454
(6) (6) (6) (6)
Fixing kit for control support - - - - - - LVS03460 LVS03460 - -
Front plates with cut-out LVS03604 LVS03606 LVS03604 LVS03606 LVS03643 LVS03644 LVS03643 LVS03644 LVS03643 LVS03644
(2) (2) (2) (2)
Collar - - LV429285 LV429285 - - LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285

Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy LGY
Dd383563.eps
Connection LVS04427 (3) LVS04428 (3) must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20 (4).
Long terminal shields - LV432593 LV432594
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383564.eps

Dd383565.eps
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX

100/160/250 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection
Connection connection with or LVS04429 (5) LVS04430 (5) LVS04459 (5) LVS04460 (5)
transfer without PowerTag NSX
assembly long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV432476
(4) To be made according to the busbar drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
E-22 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200

Horizontal mounting
Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Plug-in
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal plug-in
40 150
0 650
DD383869-plug-in.eps
NSX (1) / Vigi NSX NSX (1) / Vigi NSX 400/630
NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) 100/160/250 NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) rotary handle
100/160/250 400/630 NSX400/630
motor mechanism
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
No. of vertical modules 3 4 3 4 4 5 4 5
Mounting plates LVS03413 (7) LVS03414(7) LVS03413(7) LVS03414 (7) LVS03453 (2) LVS03454 (2) LVS03453 (2) LVS03454 (2)
Front plates with cut-out LVS03604 (3) LVS03606 (3) LVS03604 (3) LVS03606 (3) LVS03643 LVS03644 LVS03643 LVS03644
Collar - - LV429285 LV429285 - - LV429285 LV429285

3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy LGY
Dd383563.eps
E
Connection LVS04427 (4) LVS04428 (4) must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20 (5)
Short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
Long terminal shields - LV432593 LV432594
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383564.eps

Dd383565.eps
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection adapter LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
for plug-in base
transfer long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
assembly short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
for plug-in base
(2) Catalog number LVS03460 is recommended when installing an NSX with a motor mechanism.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200 TOC E-23

Horizontal mounting
All controls - Withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal withdrawable
40 150
0 650
DD383870.eps
Devices All controls
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX
100/160/250 (1) 100/160/250 400/630 (1) 400/630
Mounting plates LVS03415 LVS03415 LVS03462 (2) LVS03462 (2)
Front plates with cut-out LVS03618 LVS03618 LVS03657 LVS03657
Collar LV429284 LV429285 LV432534 LV429285
Locking kit (3) LV429286 LV429286 LV429286 (4) LV429286 (4)

Withdrawable devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy LGY H
G
F
E
D
C
B
Dd383571.eps
G
F
E
D
C
B
A
Prefabricated connection for toggle LVS04431 LVS04432 LVS04461 LVS04462

Prefabricated connection for rotary handle & LVS04427 (5) LVS04428 (5) must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20
motor mechanism (6).
Connection adapter for plug-in base - - LV432584 (7) LV432585 (7)
Long terminal shields - LV432593 (7) LV432594 (7)
Linergy BS, LGYE
Dd383572.eps
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 (7) LV432585 (7)
Long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 (7) LV432594 (7)

Dd383573.eps
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
transfer connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
assembly long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
(3) If mounting several above one another chassis + form 3b + chassis locking kit LV429286, the number of vertical modules must be increased by 2 ; it is
necessary to add a 2 modules front plate LVS03802.
(4) Not compatible with NSX630.
(7) Only for Rotary handle and motor mechanism.
E-24 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200
ComPacT, ComPacT Vigi (ELCB) and VigiComPacT NSX 400/630

Vertical mounting
Toggle - Fixed Designed for PowerTag NSX
Circuit breakers
Mounting Vertical fixed
Dd383554.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
400 (1) 400 630 (1) 630
PowerTag NSX compatibility
No. of vertical modules 11 or 13 13 or 15 13 or 15 15 or 17
Front plates upstream LVS03801 LVS03802 [2] - LVS03802 LVS03802 LVS03803 [3] LVS03801 LVS03803
[No. of [1] [2] [2] [1] [3]
vertical with cut-out LVS03275 LVS03663 [7] LVS03297 LVS03666 LVS03275 LVS03663 [7] LVS03297 LVS03666
modules] [9] [11] [9] [9] [11] [9]
downstream LVS03801 LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 LVS03802 LVS03802 LVS03803 [3] LVS03803 LVS03803
[1] [2] [2] [2] [3] [3]
downstream with PowerTag NSX LVS03803 LVS03804 [4] LVS03804 LVS03804 LVS03804 LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 LVS03805
[3] [4] [4] [4] [5] [5]
Connection Upstream from lateral busbars - Linergy LGY, BS, LGYE
E
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20. (2)

Dd383554.eps
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 630
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection
connection (3) short rear connectors LV432475 LV432475
(3) Size reduced to one module downstream.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200 TOC E-25

Vertical mounting
Toggle - Plug-in
Circuit breakers
Mounting Vertical plug-in
Dd383554.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX 630
400 (1) 630 (1)
[No. of [1] [2] [2] [1] [3]
modules] [9] [11] [9] [9] [11] [9]
[1] [2] [2] [2] [3] [3]
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 630
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20.(2)

Dd383554.eps
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 630
3P 4P 3P 4P
connection short terminal shields on device LV432591 LV432592 LV432591 LV432592
long terminal shields on plug-in base LV432593 LV432594 LV432593 LV432594
connection (3) short rear connectors LV432475 LV432475
E-26 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5200

Vertical mounting
Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed Designed for PowerTag NSX
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd383567.eps
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX 400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX 630
400 (1) Rotary handle 630 (1) Rotary handle
PowerTag NSX compatibility
No. of vertical modules 11 or 13 13 or 15 13 or 15 15 or 17
Mounting plates LVS03461 (2) LVS03461 LVS03461 (2) LVS03461
[No. of [1] [2] [2] [1] [3]
modules] [9] [11] [9] [9] [11] [9]
[1] [2] [2] [2] [3] [3]
downstream with PowerTag NSX LVS03803 LVS03804 [4] LVS03804 LVS03804 LVS03804 LVS03805 [5] LVS03805 LVS03805
[3] [4] [4] [4] [5] [5]
Collar
IP40 escutcheons
-
-
LV429285
LV429316 (3)
-
-
LV429285
LV429316 (3) E
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630

3P 4P
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20 (4)
connection long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594
Rear short terminal shields LV432591 (5) LV432592 (5)
connection short rear connectors LV432475
long rear connectors LV432476
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630

3P 4P
Front long terminal shields LV432593 LV432594
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592
connection (4) short rear connectors LV432475
(3) For ammeter, take LV429285 + LV429318 catalog numbers.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300 TOC E-27

Vertical mounting
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd383567.eps
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX400 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX630
400 (1) Rotary handle 630 (1) Rotary handle
Mounting plates LVS03461 (2) LVS03461 LVS03461 (2) LVS03461
[No. of [1] [2] [2] [1] [3]
modules] [9] [11] [9] [9] [11] [9]
[1] [2] [2] [2] [3] [3]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 front-panel escutcheons - LV429316 (3) - LV429316 (3)
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630

3P 4P
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20 (4)
short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592
connection adapter for plug-in base LV432584 LV432585
Rear short terminal shields 2 x LV432591 (5) 2 x LV432592 (5)
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 400/630

3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV432591 LV432592
Rear short terminal shields 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
E-28 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300

Vertical mounting
All controls - Withdrawable
Circuit breakers
Mounting Vertical withdrawable
Dd383574.eps
40 150
0 650

NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1)
100/160 250 400 400 400 630 630 630
toggle rotary handle toggle rotary handle
+ motor mechan. + motor mechan.
Mounting plates LVS03421 LVS03421 LVS03461 (2) LVS03461 LVS03461 (2) LVS03461 (2) LVS03461 LVS03461 (2)
Front plates upstream LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03803 [3] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
[No. of with cut-out LVS03243 [5] LVS03243 [5] LVS03663 [7] LVS03275 [9] LVS03275 [9] LVS03663 [7] LVS03275 [9] LVS03275 [9]
vertical downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03803 [3] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
modules]
Collar LV429284 (3) LV429284 (3) LV432534 (3) LV432534 - LV432534 (3) LV432534 -
Mounting Vertical withdrawable

40 150
0 650

Vigi NSX Vigi NSX Vigi NSX 400 Vigi NSX 400 Vigi NSX 630 Vigi NSX 630
100/160 250 toggle rotary handle + motor toggle rotary handle
mechanism + motor mechanism
Number of devices per row 2 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
No. of vertical modules
Mounting plates
10
LVS03421
11
LVS03421
13 13
LVS03461 LVS03461
LVS03461 LVS03461
15
LVS03461 LVS03461
15
LVS03461 LVS03461
E
Front plates upstream LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] - LVS03802 [2]
- LVS03802 LVS03801 LVS03803 LVS03801 LVS03803
[No. of [2] [1] [3] [1] [3]
vertical with cut-out LVS03244 [7] LVS03244 [7] LVS03297 LVS03666 [9] LVS03297 LVS03666 LVS03297 LVS03666 LVS03297 LVS03666
modules] [11] [11] [9] [11] [9] [11] [9]
downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 LVS03802 LVS03803 LVS03803 LVS03803 LVS03803
[2] [2] [2] [3] [3] [3] [3]
Collar LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285 LV429285
+ LV429284 (3) + LV429284 (3) + LV432534 (3) + LV432534

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20.
conn. long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
for plug-in base
conn. short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
connection adapter for LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
plug-in base

Dd383575.eps
3P 4P 3P 4P
Front connection adapter LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
conn. for plug-in base
short on device LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
terminal on plug-in LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
shields base
conn. short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
for plug-in base
(3) For devices with toggle only.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300 TOC E-29

Vertical mounting - W = 400 mm
All controls - Fixed, plug-in Designed for PowerTag Energy 250/ 630 A
Circuit breakers
Mounting Device vertical, front connection
DD383879.eps
400
Devices Fixed Fixed Fixed / Plug-in (1) Fixed / Plug-in (1)

100/250 (2) 100/250 400/630 (2) 400/630
Toggle Rotary handle Toggle Toggle, Toggle
Motor mechanism Rotary handle
Motor mechanism
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 1 1
PowerTag 250/ 630A compatibility (1) (1)
No. of vertical modules 9 or 10 9 or 10 11 or 12 12 or 14 14 or 16
Mounting plates LVS03050 LVS03051 LVS03050 LVS03487 LVS03487
Adapter PrismaSeT G Active LVS03596 LVS03596 LVS03596 - -
Front plates with cut-out LVS03253 [9] LVS03253 [9] LVS03293 [11] LVS03283 [12] LVS03299 [10]
[No. of vertical downstream - - - - LVS03814 [4]
modules]
downstream with PowerTag 250/ 630 A LVS03811 [1] LVS03811 [1] LVS03811 [1] LVS03812 [2] LVS03816 [6]
Collar - - - LV432534 LV432534

DD383614.eps
Devices Fixed device Plug-in device

NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX
100/160/250 400/630 100/160/250 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20 and according to the drawings supplied by
Schneider Electric.
Front connection adapter for plug-in base - - LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
connection short terminal shields - - LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
ong terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594

DD383921.eps
Devices Fixed device Plug-in device

NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX
100/160/250 400/630 100/160/250 400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front short terminal shields - - LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594 LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection adapter for plug-in base - - LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592 2 x LV429515 2 x LV429516 2 x LV432591 2 x LV432592
connection short rear connectors LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475 LV429235 LV429235 LV432475 LV432475
long rear connectors LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476 LV429236 LV429236 LV432476 LV432476
connection adapter for plug-in base - - LV429306 LV429307 LV432584 LV432585
(1) PowerTag NSX is not compatible with plug-in mounting
E-30 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300
ComPacT, ComPacT Vigi (ELCB) and VigiComPacT NSX 100/160/250

Vertical mounting
Toggle - Fixed Designed for PowerTag Energy 250/ 630 A
Circuit breakers
DD380506.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
NSX/ NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX NSX/ NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX
100/160 (1) 100/160 250 (1) 250
Number of devices per row 3 x 4P or 4 x 3P 3 x 4P or 4 x 3P 3 x 4P or 4 x 3P 3 x 4P or 4 x 3P
PowerTag 250/ 630 Acompatibility
No. of vertical modules 6 or 7 8 7 or 8 9
Front plates with cut-out LVS03243 [5] LVS03241 [7] LVS03243 [5] LVS03241 [7]
[No. of downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
vertical
modules] downstream with PowerTag 250/ LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03803 [3] LVS03803 [3]
630 A

DD380508.eps
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX100/160/250
Linergy FC connection to busbars

3P 4P E
Linergy LGY Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04403 LVS04404
(with connection)
Linergy BS, LGYE Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04407 LVS04408
(without connection) (2)
Other connections to busbars
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518
with cable (3)
Rear connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
with cable short rear connectors LV429235
Accessories
Linergy FC tooth-caps LVS04809
Divisible blanking plate LVS03249
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip unit LVS03222

DD380696.eps
Fixed devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250

3P 4P
Front connection long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518
Rear connection (4) short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
short rear connectors LV429235
(2) Flexible bars on Linergy LGYE to be made according drawings supplied by Schneider Electric.
(3) For the ComPacT NSX100/250, the number of modules indicated is for supply via a Linergy FC distribution block.
For supply via cables, two additional modules are required; add an upstream plain front plate (LVS03802).
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300 TOC E-31

Vertical mounting
Toggle - Plug-in
Circuit breakers
Dd383559.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX 100/160 NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) 250 Vigi NSX 250
100/160 (1) (1)
Mounting plates LVS03421 (2) LVS03423 (3) LVS03421 (2) LVS03423 (3) LVS03421 (2) LVS03423 (3) LVS03421 (2) LVS03423
(3)
Front plates upstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1]
[No. of + LVS03802 [2] + LVS03802 [2] + LVS03802 [2] + LVS03802 [2]
vertical with cut-out LVS03243 [5] LVS03243 [5] LVS03241 [7] LVS03241 [7] LVS03243 [5] LVS03243 [5] LVS03241 [7] LVS03241 [7]
modules] downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]

Dd383560.eps
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX 100/160/250

3P 4P
Linergy LGY Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04405 (4) LVS04406 (4)
(with connection)
Connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307
Linergy BS, Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04407 LVS04408
LGYE (without connection) (5)
Connection to lateral busbars with insulated flexible bars
Front connection must be made with insulated flexible bars > page G-20.
short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
Accessories
Divisible blanking plate + electronic trip unit LVS03222

Dd383561.eps
Plug-in devices NSX100/160, Vigi NSX100/160/250

3P 4P
Front connection adapter for plug-in base LV429306 LV429307
connection short terminal shields on device LV429515 LV429516
long terminal shields on plug-in base LV429517 LV429518
(6) long rear connectors LV429236
(2) Not compatible with Linergy FC distribution block.
(3) Compatible with Linergy FC distribution block.
(4) Catalog number LVS04924 is recommended when installing those references.
E-32 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300

Vertical mounting
Rotary handle, motor mechanism - Fixed Designed for PowerTag Energy 250/ 630 A
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd383566.eps
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) Vigi NSX NSX / NSX Vigi Vigi NSX
100/160 (1) 100/160 (ELCB) 250
250 (1)
PowerTag 250/ 630 A compatibility
No. of vertical modules (2) 6 or 7 8 or 9 7 or 8 9 or 10
Front with cut-out LVS03243 [5] LVS03244 [7] LVS03243 [5] LVS03244 [7]
plates downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
[No. of
vert. mod.] downstream with PowerTag 250/ 630 A LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03803 [3] LVS03803 [3]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 front-panel escutcheons - LV429316 (3) - LV429316 (3)
E
3P 4P
Linergy LGY Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04405 (4) LVS04406 (4)
(with connection)
Accessories
Blanking plate fract. + electronic trip unit LVS03222

3P 4P
connection
Rear short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300 TOC E-33

Vertical mounting
Circuit breakers
40 150
0 650
Dd383567.eps
Devices Rotary handle, motor mechanism - plug-in
NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) Vigi NSX NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) (1) Vigi NSX
100/160 100/160 250 250
modules]
Collar - LV429285 - LV429285
IP40 escutcheons - LV429316 (3) - LV429316 (3)
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX100/160/250

3P 4P
Linergy Linergy FC distribution blocks LVS04405 (4) LVS04406 (4)
LGY (with connection)
Connection adapter for LV429306 LV429307
plug-in base
Accessories
Blanking plate fract. + electronic trip unit LVS03222
Plug-in devices NSX / NSX Vigi (ELCB) / Vigi NSX100/160/250

3P 4P
connection short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516
connection adapter for plug-in LV429306 LV429307
base
(6)
connection adapter for plug-in LV429306 LV429307
base
E-34 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5300
ComPacT and ComPacT Vigi (ELCB) NSXm up to 160

Horizontal mounting
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal fixed
DD386147.ai
DD386146.ai
40 150
0 650
Devices Toggle Direct rotary handle

NSXm NSXm Vigi (ELCB) NSXm
Number of devices per row 1 x 3P or 4P 1 x 3P or 4P 1 x 3P or 4P
Mounting plates LVS03409 LVS03409 LVS03409
Front plates with cut-out LVS03330 [3] LVS03330 [3] LVS03331 [3]
[No. of vertical modules]
Connection Upstream from lateral Linergy LGY, BS, LGYE busbars

DD386150.ai
DD386151.ai
E
NSXm, NSXm Vigi (ELCB) NSXm
3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection Connections must be made Connections must be made

Insulated Linergy BW busbars Rear Linergy BS busbars
DD380777.eps
DD119429.ai
Busbars Linergy BW > page G-14 LVS04191 + copper bars > page G-25
Prefabricated connection LVS04021, LVS04145, LVS04146, LVS04148 LVS04030

Linergy BS multi-stage busbars Linergy DP distribution block
DD435602.ai
DD380761.eps
Busbars / Distribution block LVS04192 + copper bars > pages G-10, G-11 LVS04038, LVS04039 > page G-15
Prefabricated connection Connection must be made
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400 TOC E-35

Vertical mounting
Circuit breakers
E
D
C
150
B
D
DD386148.ai
A
DD386149.ai
C
40
B
650
A
0
Everl
E
Everl
Everl
SD
E
Everl
Everl
OF
SD
SD
Everl D
Everl
OF
SD
C
OF
SD
Everl
B Everl
D
OF
SD
OF
SD
A C
Everl B
OF
SD
OF
SD
A
OF
OF
SD
OF
Number of devices per row 5 x 3P or 4 x 4P 4 x 3P or 4P 5 x 3P or 4 x 4P
No. of vertical modules(1) 5 5 5
Front plates With cut-out LVS03205 [5] LVS03205 [5] LVS03226 [5] - 3P
[No. of vertical LVS03227 [5] - 4P
modules]
Upstream LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
Downstream LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1] LVS03801 [1]
Connection Upstream from lateral Linergy LGY, BS, LGYE busbars

w
DD435628.eps
DD435628.eps
DD435627.eps
DD435629.eps
E E
E
E
D D
D C C
D C B B
C B A A
B A
A
E E
E
E
D D
D C C
C B B
D
B A A
C A
B
A
Devices NSXm, Toggle/Direct rotary handle - with Everlink NSXm Vigi (ELCB), Toggle/Direct rotary
lug handle - with Everlink lug
Number of poles 3P 4P 3P 4P
Number of devices per row 5 x 3P 4 x 4P 4 x 3P 4 x 4P
(With Linergy LGY LVS04410 LVS04411 LVS04416 LVS04411
connection) Linergy BS, LVS04412 LVS04413 LVS04417 LVS04413
LGYE
(Without Linergy BS, LVS04419 LVS04420 LVS04418 LVS04420
connection) LGYE, LGY
Front plates With cut-out LVS03205 [5] LVS03205 [5] LVS03205 [5] LVS03205 [5]
[No. of vertical Downstream LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
modules]
Tooth-caps [No. of tooth-caps] LVS04810 [12] LVS04810 [12] LVS04810 [12] LVS04810 [12]
Accessories
DD386153.ai
E
DD386152.ai
D
C
B
D
A
C
B
A
Everl
E
Everl
Everl
E
SD
Everl Everl
OF
SD
SD
Everl
Everl D
OF
SD
OF
SD
Everl
D C
Everl
OF
SD
C B
OF
SD
Everl B A
OF
SD
A
OF
SD
OF
SD
OF
OF
Connection Connections must be made Connections must be made

Blanking plate Strip LVS03220 LVS03220 LVS03220 LVS03220
Divisible LVS03221 LVS03221 LVS03221 LVS03221

Insulated Linergy BW busbars Rear Linergy BS busbars Linergy BS Multi-stage busbars in duct
DD380777.eps
Dd383270.eps
DD380761.eps
Busbars Linergy BW LVS04191 + copper bars > page G-9 LVS04192 + copper bars > pages G-10, G-11
Connection LVS04030, LVS04145, LVS04146, LVS04147, LVS04148 LVS04145, LVS04146 (centred device) Must be made
(1) For ComPacT NSXm up to 160, the number of modules indicated is for supply via a Linergy FC distribution block. For supply via cables, two additional
modules are required; add an upstream plain front plate (LVS03802).
E-36 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400

Vertical mounting
Circuit breakers
Distribution block Linergy DX1P, 160 A Distribution block Linergy DX 4P, 125 A/160 A Distribution block Linergy DP 3P/4P
Dd383300.eps
Dd383301.eps
DD435632.ai
Distribution block LVS04031> page G-22 LVS04045 > page G-22 LVS04046 > page G-22 LVS04038, LVS04039 > page G-15
Connection LVS04149 LVS04047 included
Rail LVS03402 (W650)

Modular devices 160 A
Mounting Modular rail

E
DD386154.ai
40 150
0 650
Everl
SD
OF
Devices Toggle
NSXm NSXm Vigi (ELCB)
Number of devices per row 5 x 3P or 4 x 4P 4 x 3P or 4P
Rail [48 module of 9mm] LVS03402 (adjustable) (3) LVS03402 (adjustable) (3)
Modular front plates With cut out LVS03205 LVS03205
Blanking plate Strip LVS03220 LVS03220
Divisible LVS03221 LVS03221
Connection
DD435632.ai
Rail LVS03402 (W650)

(1) With Linergy DP, the number of vertical modules will be 7.
(2) With Linergy DP, the number of vertical modules will be 8.
(3) Can be completed by a rail (cat no. LVS04226) + raiser (cat no. LVS04225) to install modular devices.
Note: Width of NSXm 160 circuit breaker:
b NSXm 160 - 3P - 9 modules
b NSXm 160 - 4P - 12 modules
b NSXm VIGI 160 - 3P or 4P - 12 modules
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400 TOC E-37

Vertical mounting - W = 400 mm
Circuit breakers
Mounting Vertical Fixed
40
0 400
Everl
Everl
SD
DD386155.ai
SD
DD386272.ai
OF
OF
Number of devices per row 1 x 3P or 4P 1 x 3P or 4P 1 x 3P or 4P
Front plates With cut out LVS03225 [5] LVS03225 [5] LVS03225 [5]
[No. of vertical modules] Upstream LVS03812 [2] LVS03812 [2] LVS03812 [2]
Downstream LVS03811 [1] LVS03811 [1] LVS03811 [1]
E-38 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400
ComPacT INS-INV630b to 1600

ComPacT INS-INV2000-2500
Vertical fixed mounting
Switch-disconnectors
Dd383581.eps
40 150
0 650

INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500
3P 4P 3P 4P
[No. of vertical with cut-out LVS03713 [6] LVS03714 [6] LVS03715 [10]
modules]
Characteristics Depending on the type of front connection, an INS-INV2000-2500 can be mounted in a 400 mm or 600 mm deep enclosure.
For rear connection, a 600 mm deep enclosure is required.

E
Dd383580.eps
Fixed device INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500

3P 4P 3P 4P
Vertical connection adapters 31301 (1) 31302 (1) 33975 (1) 33976 (1)
Cable-lug adapters 33644 (1) 33645 (1) - -
Connection - must be made
Terminal extension bar support - LVS04694 LVS04694
Connection Downstream distribution via Linergy LGY, LGYE, or BS busbars

Dd383582.eps
Fixed device INS-INV630b/1600 INS-INV2000/2500

3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection LGY LVS04481 LVS04482 -
Connection BS, LGYE must be made (3) must be made (3)
Cover for busbars connection LVS04926 (2) LVS04926 (2)
Free support - 2 x LVS04662
(2) Partitioning of devices must be made.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400 TOC E-39

Horizontal / Vertical fixed mounting
Designed for PowerTag Energy 250/ 630 A
Switch-disconnectors
Mounting Horizontal fixed Vertical fixed
DD380543.eps
DD380546.eps
40 150
0 650

INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630 INS-INV250 INS-INV320/400 INS-INV500/630
Number of devices per row 1 1 1 2/3 1 1

PowerTag 250/ 630 A compatibility
No. of vertical modules 4 5 7 or 8 (1) 10 or 12 11 or 13
Front plates upstream - - LVS03801 [1] - LVS03801 [1]
[No. of with cut-out LVS03617 [4] LVS03658 [5] LVS03248 [5] LVS03620 [5] LVS03274 [10] LVS03274 [10]
vertical
modules] downstream - - LVS03801 [1] - -
downstream with PowerTag 250/ - - LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2] LVS03802 [2]
630 A
Connection Upstream via lateral busbars
Fixed device INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630 INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630
3P 4P
Linergy LGY
DD380544.eps
DD380547.eps
Prefabricated connection LVS04427 (2) LVS04428 (2) must be made (3) - must be made (3)
Distribution block Linergy FC - LVS04404 -
Long terminal shields - LV432594 - LV432594
Linergy BS, LGYE
DD381423.eps
DD380548.eps
Connection must be made (3) -

Linergy FC distribution blocks (without - LVS04408 must be made
connection)
Long terminal shields LV429518 LV432594 - LV432594
Accessories
Linergy FC tooth-caps - LVS04809

DD380545.eps
DD380549.eps
Fixed device INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630 INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630

Front connection long terminal shields LV429518 LV432594 LV429518 LV432594
Rear connection (4) short terminal shields LV432516 LV432592 LV432516 LV432592
short rear connectors LV429235 LV432475 LV429235 LV432475
(1) For the ComPacT INS-INV250, the number of modules indicated is for supply via a Linergy FC distribution block.
(4) For rear connection, size reduced one module; a plain downstream front plate (LVS03801) is not needed.
E-40 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5400
Source-changeover
Possible combinations ComPacT NSX100/630, NS630b/1600,
MasterPact MTZ1 06/16, MTZ2 08/32
Source-changeover
Manual source-changeover
Dd383703.eps
Type of device Type of interlocking
Complete Toggle Keylock Rotary On base plate Cable-type Cable-type Cable-type
assembly handle with 2 with 3 with 2 devices
devices devices one above
side-by-side side-by-side another
(2) (2)
INS250 (rating 100 to 250)
INV100 to INV250 (1)
INS320 to INS630
INV320 to INV630 (1)
NSX100 to NSX250
NSX400 to NSX630
NS630b to NS1600
NT06 to 16
NW08 to 32
Remote-operated source-changeover systems - Mechanical interlocking system E

DD383809.eps
Devices Combination of ComPacT NSX "S1" and "S2" devices

"S1" "S2"
NSX100 NSX160 NSX250 NSX400 NSX630
NSX100 Rating 12.5...100 A
NSX160 Rating 12.5...160 A
NSX250 Rating 12.5...250 A
NSX400 Rating 160...400 A
NSX630 Rating 250...630 A
Dd383578.ai
Devices Combination of “S1” and “S2” devices, Interlocking via cables

"S1" "S2"
NS630b to NS1600 NT06 to 16 NW08 to 40
NS630b to NS1600
NT06 to 16
NW08 to 40
(1) Visible break function.
(2) In 2 or 3 cubicles.
Possible combinations.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500 TOC E-41
Manual or remote-operated or automatic source-changeover

MasterPact MTZ2 08/32, front connection S1 device identical to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385442.eps
60 150
0 650

Number of vertical modules 31 34 33 36
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Front plates upstream - - - -
modules]
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
Upstream connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW06/10 NW20/32
Downstream connection Vertical rear connections supplied with the device
Distribution Linergy LGY, LGYE or BS busbars

S1 device
Upstream connection Front connections supplied with the device
S2 device
Downstream connection Front connections supplied with the device
Mounting Controller outside the device zone

DD383813.eps
60 150
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Number of vertical modules 4
Front plates with cut-out LVS03671 [4]
[No. of vertical mod.]
Characteristics When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting plate, the sources can be controlled
automatically according to a number of programmed operating modes.
E-42 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500

MasterPact MTZ2 08/32, rear connection S1 device identical to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385443.eps
60 150
0 650

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
downstream - - - -
Connection
E
S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW06/10 NW20/32

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
60 150
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500 TOC E-43

MasterPact MTZ2 08/32, front connection S1 device different to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385442.eps
60 150
0 650

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
modules]
S2 device
NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16
modules]
Connection

S1 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NW08/16 NW20/32
S2 device
NW08/16 NW20/32 NWT06/10 NW20/32

S1 device
S2 device
150
DD383813.eps
60
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
E-44 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500

MasterPacT MTZ2 08/32, rear connection S1 device different to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385443.eps
60 150
0 650

S1 device
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
modules]
S2 device
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
modules]
downstream - - - -
Connection
E
S1 device
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32
S2 device
MTZ2 08/16 MTZ2 20/32 MTZ2 06/10 MTZ2 20/32

S1 device
S2 device
150
DD383813.eps
60
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500 TOC E-45

MasterPacT MTZ1 06/16, front connection S1 device identical to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385441.eps
60 150
0 650

S1 device
MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03692 [7] LVS03692 [7] LVS03691 [8] LVS03691 [8]
S2 device
MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
[No. of vertical modules] with cut-out LVS03692 [7] LVS03692 [7] LVS03691 [8] LVS03691 [8]
Connection

MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
S1 device
Vertical connection adapters 33642 33643 33642 33643 33642 33643 33642 33643
S2 device

S1 device
Connection must be made
S2 device
Mounting Outside the device zone
150
DD383813.eps
60
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Characteristics When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting plate, the sources can be
controlled automatically according to a number of programmed operating modes.
E-46 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500

MasterPacT MTZ1 6/16, rear connection S1 device identical to S2 device
Source-changeover
Dd380796.ai
40
04 150
00 650

Number of vertical modules 22 22
S1 device
MTZ1 06/16 MTZ1 06/16
modules]
S2 device
MTZ1 06/16 MTZ1 06/16
modules]
downstream LVS03801 [1] -
Connection

E
MTZ1 06/16 MTZ1 06/16
S1 device
S2 device

S1 device
S2 device
40 150
650
DD383813.eps
0
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500 TOC E-47

MasterPacT MTZ1 06/16, front connection S1 device different to S2 device
Source-changeover
DD385441.eps
40 150
0 650

S1 device
MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10
S2 device
MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
Connection

MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16 MTZ1 06/10 MTZ1 12/16
3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
S1 device
S2 device

S1 device
S2 device

DD383813.eps
40 150
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
E-48 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500

Source-changeover
Mounting Horizontal
Dd381534.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices
NS630b/1000
3P 4P
Front plates upstream -
modules]
downstream -
Mechanical interlock 33890 33890
Characteristics Interlocking of direct rotary handles.
The devices are equipped with a direct rotary handle.

E
Type of connected devices ComPacT NS630b/1000

3P 4P
Front long terminal shields 33628 x 2 33629 x 2
connection
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5500 TOC E-49
ComPacT NSX100/630
Source-changeover
Mounting Vertical Horizontal
DD381529.eps
DD383810.eps
40 150
650
A
0
ON
I
reset
O
OFF
Devices
NSX100/250 NSX400/630
3P 4P 3P 4P
modules]
Mechanical interlock LV429369 LV429369 LV432621 LV432621
Characteristics Interlocking of rotary handles
The devices are equipped with a rotary handle.
They are mounted on a dedicated mounting plate.
Type of connected devices ComPacT NSX100/250 ComPacT NSX400/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front conn. long terminal shields LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
for spreader - - LV432595 LV432596
Coupling accessory LV429358 LV429359 LV432619 LV432620
Rear conn. short terminal shields LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
E-50 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600
Remote-operated source-changeover
ComPacT NSX100/630
Source-changeover
Mounting Horizontal
DD383811.eps
DD383812.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices
NSX100/250 NSX400/630
Mounting plates LVS03417 (1) LVS03457 (2)
Front plates with LVS03616 [8] LVS03656 [10]
[No. of vertical cut-out
mod.]
Characteristics The devices are equipped with motor mechanisms.
Type of connected ComPacT NSX100/250 ComPacT NSX400/630

devices 3P 4P 3P 4P
Front long terminal LV429517 LV429518 LV432593 LV432594
connection shields
E
for spreader - - LV432595 LV432596
Rear short terminal LV429515 LV429516 LV432591 LV432592
connection shields
Mounting Controller
DD383813.eps
40 150
0 650
MERLIN GERIN
MERLIN GERIN
Devices
UA or BA controller
Front plates LVS03671 [4]
[No. of vertical with cut-out
mod.]
When a UA, BA or UA150 automatic controller is added together with an ACP mounting plate, the sources can be controlled
Characteristics automatically according to a number of programmed operating modes.
(1) Order mounting plate + IVE electrical interlocking unit for NSX100/250 (cat. no. 29350 for AC or 29351 for DC version).
(2) Order mounting plate + IVE electrical interlocking unit for NSX400/630 (cat. no. 32610 for AC or 32611 for DC version).
Incoming and busbar connections to be made.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600 TOC E-51
Front direct rotary handle
Source-changeover
Mounting Front vertical rotary handle Front horizontal rotary handle
DD381537.eps
Dd383707.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Mechanical interlocking

INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630
modules]
Mechanical interlock 31073 31074
Distribution
Type of connected devices ComPacT INS-INV250 ComPacT INS-INV320/630

3P 4P 3P 4P
Front conn. long terminal 2 x LV429518 2 x LV429518 -
shields
long terminal - 2 x LV432594 2 x LV432594
shields 45 mm
E-52 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600
Complete assembly device
Source-changeover
Mounting Vertical complete assembly Horizontal complete assembly
Dd381539.eps
Dd383708.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Complete source-changeover assembly

INS-INV250 INS-INV320/630
modules]
Distribution
Type of connected devices ComPacT INS-INV250 ComPacT INS-INV320/630
Front conn. long terminal

3P
2 x LV429518
4P
2 x LV429518
3P
-
4P
E
shields
long terminal - 2 x LV432594 2 x LV432594
shields 45 mm
Complete 100 A 31140 31141
source- 160 A 31144 31145
changeover
assembly 200 A 31142 31143
250 A 31146 31147
320 A 31148 31149
400 A 31150 31151
500 A 31152 31153
630 A 31154 31155
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600 TOC E-53
TransferPacT Frame 100A Automatic source changeover system

W650/800
Changeover system
650
DD435632_TR.eps
tic
Automa
PE
S0634T
TA10D4 Active
Active
Icw:5KA
the controller.
rPacT test
will damage
Transfe
dielectirc
in factoryˈwrong
150
is done
test
Insulation
Auto
SII
SI
650
Devices TransferPacT Automatic / Active Automatic 32A-100A 2P/3P/4P

No. of devices per row 1
No. of vertical modules 6M
Mounting plate LVS03424
Front plate with cut-out LVS03206
Upstream / Downstream Connections
1
mm
in.
2
Cable Transfer
PacT
SII
Auto
4
13
SI
0.51 1.5-35 mm² 1-35 mm² x4 PZ2

16-2 AWG 18-2 AWG 3
Long terminal shields
TPSISO30
Auxiliary
Coupling auxiliary module
TPSAUX32 TPSAUX33
E-54 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600

W650/800
Changeover system
650
DD435633_TR.eps
tic Insulation
test is
done
Automa test will

in factoryˈwrong
Active
dielectircthe controller.
E damage
transition
~440V
L1604TPOpen
ATSE Ue:AC380V
TA16D4 .1s
Ie:160A
rPacT Icw:10kA/0
50019
Transfe
150
No:203120
uto
SII
SI
650
Devices TransferPacT Automatic / Active Automatic 80A-160A 3P/4P

Front plate with cut-out LVS03207
Ø
mm
in.
A ≤ 20 1
E
≤ 0.78
Ø B ≤ 10 1
≤ 0.39 2
C ≤6
B C
B ≤ 0.24 2 tic test is
done
≥8
Insulation
Automa
Cable/Busbars
test will
in factory，wrong
C
dielectircthe controller.
TPE transition
damage
Ø
4S1604
ATSE
Open 0V~440V
TA16D Ue:AC38
Ie:160A /0.1s
T
2
Icw:10kA
erPac 050020
Transf
≥ 0.31
No:20312
== 12 14
uto
T
10 6 7 16
84
5 8 SII
U 9 18
6 3 20 SI
8±0.8 N•m
done ) 10
tic Insulation
test is
f 4 2 (
5 10
Automa test will
in factory，wrong 240 3
==
20
dielectircthe controller. 60Hz 230 415 2
PE transition
damage
50Hz 400 250
t
30
T
S1604T Open V~440V
f 5s 220
440
(N
A） 1
0 (s)
60
ATSE Ue:AC380
TA16D4 0s 380 5 10
Ie:160A 0.1s 3 20
T t Off
G
2
Icw:10kA/ Ue(V)
erPac
2 30
70.8±7.08 lb-in.
050020 t
Transf No:20312 Mode SII (A
N）1
0 (min)
60
SI
N Non
Prio.
A
Auto Return
uto Return
12 14
10 6 7 16
5 8 SII
T
84 9 18
U
6 3 20 SI
A
) 10
f 4 2 (
5 10
240 3 20
60Hz 230 415 2
M8
400 250 30
50Hz t
440 A） 1 60
f 5s 220 (N 0 (s)
5 10
0s 380 3 20
t Off
G
Ue(V) 2 30
t
N）1 60
Mode SII (A 0 (min)
1
SI
N Non
Prio.
Auto Return
Return
6
1
Long terminal shields
TPSISO31
Auxiliary
Coupling auxiliary module
TPSAUX32 TPSAUX33
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600 TOC E-55

W650/800
Changeover system
DD439632_TR.eps
650 150
650
SII
SI
ic
Automat
2504TPE
TA25D4S 50/60Hz
kA/0.1s
Ue: AC380-440V
10kA/0.5s,15
Ie: 250A Icw:
2
AC-33B 60947-6-1
1 IEC/EN
No. 22040301000
GB/T14048.1
TransferPacT Active Automatic 100A-250A 3P/4P

Devices TransferPacT Automatic 200A-250A 3P/4P
TransferPacT Remote 160A-250A 3P/4P
upstream -
Front plate
modules] downstream LVS03802 [2]

CU AL
Cable LV429252 x3 x2 LV429504 x3 x2

120 mm2 150 mm2
SII
LV429256 x4 x3 LV429505 x4 x3
SI
tic
Automa
PE
S2504T
LV429253
TA25D4 V 50/60Hz
x3 x2
5kA/0.1s
1
14 Ue: AC380-440
7 16 10kA/0.5s,1
8
Ie: 250A Icw:
9 18 002 60947-6-1
10 20
AC-33B
.11 IEC/EN
No. 220403010
10
20 GB/T14048
30
150 mm2
60
f
10
20
t Off 30
60
(min)
Mode
N
Prio.
LV429257 x4 x3 LV429506 x3 x2
185 mm2
LV429254 x3 x2 LV429507 x4 x3
185 mm2
LV429258 x4 x3
Busbar
SII
SI
tic
Automa
PE
S2504T
TA25D4 V 50/60Hz
5kA/0.1s
1
14 Ue: AC380-440
7 16 10kA/0.5s,1
8
Ie: 250A Icw:
9 18 002 60947-6-1
10 20
AC-33B
.11 IEC/EN
No. 220403010
10
20 GB/T14048
30
60
f
10
20
t Off 30
60
(min)
Mode
N
Prio.
LGY LGYE
Linergy SI
SII
1
14
7 16
10
60
10
60
8
9 18
0 20
10
20
30
20
30
TA25D4S250
Ie: 250A
AC-33B
GB/T14048.11
4TPE
Ue: AC380-440V
Icw:
IEC/EN
No. 220403010002
50/60Hz
10kA/0.5s,15kA/0
60947-6-1
.1s
Autom
atic
Connection Front connection flexible busbar - Must be made (1)
Accessories
Insulating
Bare Cable Connector Long Terminal Shield Available Options
Screen
Cable Size TransferPacT NSX Solution Long Terminal Shield
3P: TPSCON47 LV429248
1.5 to 35 mm 2
120 to 240 3P: TPSCON49 LV429244
+ LV429518
mm2 4P: TPSCON50 LV429245
50 to 120 mm2
4P: TPSCON52 LV429219 TPSISO66
Auxiliary
Coupling Auxiliary Module Power Tag
TPSAUX43 TPSAUX44 LV434021

E-56 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600

W650/800
Changeover system
DD439633_TR.eps
650 150
650 < S II
<SI
OF/AUX
SII c
Automati
SI
6304TPE
TA63D4S 50/60Hz
A/0.1s
Ue: AC380V-440V
20kA/0.5s,25k
Ie: 630A Icw:
AC-33B
IEC/EN
60947-6-1 < Load
12 14
6 7 16
No. 220403010005
8
GB/T14048.11
9 18
20
( ) 10
5 10
20
30
60
(s)
5 10
20
30
60
(min)
TransferPacT Active Automatic 320A-630A 3P/4P

Devices TransferPacT Automatic 320-630A 3P/4P
TransferPacT Remote 320-630A 3P/4P
Fixed Frame LVS03371 (1)
upstream -
Front plate
modules] downstream LVS03802 [2]

CU AL
TransferPacT NSX Interface TransferPacT NSX Interface

Solution Solution Barrier Solution Solution Barrier
< S II
<SI
Cable
f
Mode
t Off
Prio.
N
SI
Return
SII
TA63D4S6
Ie: 630A
AC-33B
304TPE
Ue: AC380V-440V
Icw:
GB/T14048.11
20kA/0.5s,25kA
IEC/EN
No. 220403010005
60947-6-1
50/60Hz
/0.1s
Automatic
< Load
OF/AUX
TPSCON57 LV432500 x3 x2
240 mm2
TPSCON61 LV432504 x3 x2
240 mm2
E
TPSCON58 LV432501 x4 x3 TPSCON62 LV432505 + x4 x3
+ TPSISO65
TPSCON59 LV432502 x3 x2 TPSCON63 LV432506 TPSISO65 x3 x2
300 mm2 300 mm2
TPSCON60 LV432503 x4 x3 TPSCON64 LV432507 x4 x3
< S II
<SI
Busbar
OF/AUX
SII
tic
Automa
SI
PE
S6304T
TA63D4 0V
50/60Hz
5kA/0.1s
Ue: AC380V-44
20kA/0.5s,2
Ie: 630A Icw:
005
AC-33B 60947-6-1 < Load
.11 IEC/EN
No. 220403010
GB/T14048
f
t Off
Mode
N
Prio.
Return
LGY LGYE
< S II
<SI
Linergy
OF/AUX
SII
atic
Autom
SI
TPE
TA63D4S6304 50/60Hz
s
Ue: AC380V-440V
20kA/0.5s,25kA/0.1
Ie: 630A Icw:
AC-33B
IEC/EN
60947-6-1 < Load
0
10
12 14
1
6 7 16
No. 220403010005
5 8
84
GB/T14048.11
U 9 18
6 3 0 20
) 10
f 4 2 (
5 10
240
Connection Front connection flexible busbar - Must be made (2)
Accessories
Bare Cable Connector Long Terminal Shield Available Options Insulating Screen
Cable Size TranferPacT NSX Solution Long Terminal Shield
35 to 300 mm2 3P: TPSCON53 LV432479
+ TPSISO42
35 to 300 mm 2
TPSISO67
Auxiliary
Coupling Auxiliary Module
TPSAUX43 TPSAUX44
(1) Must use fixed frame LVS03371.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600 TOC E-57
Fupact ISFL
Vertical / 3P
Determining the busbars
Fusegear
Mounting Through cut-out front plate Through a 2/3 cut-out front plate Accessories
DD384443.EPS
DD384444.EPS
DD384445.EPS
40 150
0 650
Devices
ISFL160 ISFL160 ISFL250/400/630 ISFL 1250
Number of devices per row 9 10 5 2 -
Number of vertical modules 11 24 24 24 -
Mounting plates LVS03545 + (1) LVS03546 + (1) LVS03546 (1) + (2) LVS03546 + (2) -
Length adapter - + 5 x LV480870 (2) - - -
Conversion kit for direct conn. - + 5 x LV480854 (2) - - -
Front plates with cut-out LVS03736 [11] - - - -
[No. of vertical FAV 2/3 - LVS03735 [24 + 12] LVS03735 [24 + 12] LVS03735 [24 +12] -
mod.]
Side frame door cut-out LV480868 LV480868 LV480868 LV480868 -
LV480869 LV480869 LV480869 LV480869
Blanking plate LVS03740 LVS03740 LVS03741 (3) 2 x LVS03741 -
Busbars cover - - - - LVS04860
Characteristics b The fuses are installed on the b The fuses are installed on the horizontal bars which are in turn
horizontal bars which are in turn supported by a mounting plate
supported by a mounting plate b The front of the cubicle is made up of two parts:
b The front plates are secured to the v 2/3 cut-out front plate allowing introduction of the fuses
hinged front plate support frame. v 1/3 front plate support frame (12 modules) cat. number LVS08562
b The front may be covered either by on which the functional units are mounted
a cover frame or a plain or transparent b The front may be covered either by a cover frame or a plain or
door. transparent door.
b Current transformers can be b Current transformers can be installed behind ISFL fuse-switch-
installed behind ISFL fuse-switch- disconnectors.
disconnectors.
Connection Direct
Devices
ISFL160/630
Connection By cables or directly on the busbars with clamp fixing or pressure fixing
Distribution
Devices
ISFL160/630
Downstream connection With cable
(1) The bars are made by the customer: for choice of bars > pages G-2 to G-13.
(2) Adaptation accessories LV480870 + LV480855 used to:
b install two ISFL160 devices on a mounting plate LVS03546
b mix ISFL devices.
(3) Use 2 blanking plates per device.
Note:
b for ISFL160, by fixing screws only.
b for determining the busbar > page I-60.
E-58 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600
Fupact ISFT
Vertical / 3P
Installation on mounting plate or busbars
Determining the busbars Fusegear/Switch-disconnector
Mounting On base plate On busbars
Dd383589.eps
Dd383590.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices
ISFT100 ISFT100N ISFT160 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630 ISFT100N ISFT160
Number of vertical modules 6 8 6 9 9 10 8 6
Mounting plates LVS03554 LVS03553 LVS03556 LVS03557 LVS03557 LVS03557 LVS03555 LVS03555
Front plates with cut-out LVS03320 [6] LVS03325 [8] LVS03321 [6] LVS03322 [9] LVS03323 [9] LVS03324 [8] LVS03325 [8] LVS03321 [6]
[No. of vertical downstream - - - - - LVS03802 [2] - -
mod.]
Connection Direct
Devices
Connection
ISFT100
must be made
ISFT100N ISFT160 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630 ISFT100N ISFT160
E
Downstream, with cable or flexible bars
Long terminal shields - LV480756 LV480819 LV480824 LV480827 LV480831 - LV480819
Distribution
Linergy FH for 2 devices 49861 LV480811

for 3 devices 49862 LV480812
for 4 devices 49863 LV480813
Set of 3 connectors 49865 LV480818
(25 to 95 mm²)
Set of 3 distribution 49860 LV480814
connectors 3 x 10 mm²
Note: for determining the busbar > page I-60.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600 TOC E-59
Fupact GS
Horizontal / Vertical
Extended rotary handle
Fusegear/Switch-disconnector
Mounting Horizontal
650+150
DD384452.EPS
40 150
0 650
Devices
GS32 GS63 GS100 (1) GS160 (1) GS250 GS400
3P or 4P
Front plates with cut-out LVS03308 LVS03309 LVS03309 LVS03346 LVS03347
Nb of vertical downstream - - LVS03801 [1M]
modules
Upstream connection
Terminal 3P - - GS1AP33 GS1AP43
Cover 4P - - GS1AP34 GS1AP44
Mounting Vertical
650 + 150
DD381858.EPS
DD381859.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices
GS32 GS63 GS100 (1) GS160 (1) GS250 GS400
3P or 4P
Number of devices per row 3 2 1
Number of vertical modules 3 5 6
Front plates with cut-out LVS03308 LVS03309 LVS03349 LVS03349
Nb of vertical
modules downstream - - - -
Upstream connection
Terminal 3P - - GS1AP33 GS1AP43
Cover 4P - - GS1AP34 GS1AP44
Distribution Lateral busbars

DD384454.EPS
DD381860.EPS
Linergy LGYE, Linergy LGY or Linergy BS busbars (2)

Busbars connection Must be made
(1) For DIN fuses only.
(2) Selection of flexible bars for the connection Fupact GS y 400 A: > page I-60.
E-60 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5600
Power factor correction equipment
Others
Mounting Door with cut-outs Mounting plate
DD385372.eps
DD385426.eps
40 150
0 650
60 150
0 650

Characteristics Special standard cover panels are used. The mounting plates are designed for installation of capacitors,
However, a special IP30 door is used (W650 mm with hinges on contactors and devices protecting against internal faults.
left only) that has cut-outs, one for the VarplusLogic power factor The power factor correction modules are installed horizontally in the
controller and another in the bottom for a filter. cubicle.
Gasket gland plate NSYTPV is necessary for mounting plate wiring.
Mounting Ventilation accessories

DD385396.eps
Cover panels Roof with cut-out Fan + top hood Top hood without Outlet grill Fan with filter Spare filter
D = 400 mm D = 600 mm fan
Catalog number LVS08478 LVS08678 NSYCVF575M230MB NSYCAC228RMB NSYCAG291LPF NSYCVF850M230PF NSYCAF228R
Characteristics A roof with a cut-out Fan characteristics b Material: steel b Material: b P ower: 150/195 W For outlet grill
ensures natural b Power: 85 W b Finishing parts: Injected b Input voltage: or filter IP54,
ventilation of the b Input voltage: 230 V painted with thermoplastic 207 V... 244 V cut-out
equipment. b Throughput via outlet grill: epoxy-polyester (ASA PC). (230 V) 228 x 228 mm
It can also be equipped v with 1 outlet grill: 350 m3/hr resin, textured self- b Throughput via
with two fans. v Free with filter: 575 m3/hr RAL 7035 grey extinguishing outlet grill:
b Noise level: 64 dB. b IP54 according to v with 1 outlet grill
Top hood characteristics b Fixing to the top UL 94 V-0 (m3/h):
b Material: steel by means of b RAL 9003, 718 (50 Hz)
b Finishing parts: painted with caged nuts and white 568 (60 Hz)
epoxy-polyester resin, textured special screws b IP54 b Free with filter:
RAL 9003, white 838 (50 Hz)
b IP54 803 (60 Hz)
b Fixing to the top by means of b Noise level:
caged nuts and special screws 76/75 dB
Configuration 200 kvar 500 kvar

Door
Catalog number LVS03970 + LVS01110 LVS03970 + LVS01110
Designation W650 door IP30 with cut-out + W150 wicket door W650 door IP30 with cut-out + W150 wicket door
For front
Catalog number NSYCVF850M230PF NSYCAG291LPF
Designation Fan with filter Outlet grill
For rear
Catalog number LVS08748 LVS08749 + NSYCAG291LPF
Designation W800 Rear panel IP55 W800 Rear panel IP55 cut-out + outlet grill
Roof
Catalog number LVS08478 or LVS08678 LVS08478 or LVS08678
Designation Roof with cut-out Roof with cut-out
On roof
Catalog number NSYCAC228RMB x 2 NSYCVF575M230MB x 2
Designation 2 top hood without fan IP54 2 fans + top hood IP54
Mounting plate
Designation Mounting plate Mounting plate
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700 TOC E-61
Industrial control devices
Others
Mounting On a modular rail
DD381159.eps
Dd381166.eps
Dd381164.eps
Dd381165.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Contactor Circuit breaker Circuit breaker + contactor TeSys

Series D and GV2RT- GV2L- GV3 GV2 + Series D and K y TeSys modèle U
K y 40 A contactors GV2ME- GV2P 40 A contactors
GV2LE
Number of vertical modules 3 3 3 5 5 5 4 (1)
Useful length of rail (mm) 432 432 432 432
Modular rail (adjustable) LVS03402 LVS03401 (2) LVS03402 LVS03402 LVS03402 LVS03402
Front plates plain LVS03803 [3] - - - LVS03804 [4]
[No. of vertical transparent - - LVS03342 [4] - ou LVS03342
mod.] [4]
with cut-out - LVS03203 [3] LVS03203 [3] LVS03205 [5] - LVS03205 [5] -
downstream - - LVS03801 [1] -
Characteristics - Width of devices without lateral auxiliaries: 45 mm.
Mounting On a modular rail On a base plate
DD383817.eps
Dd381169.eps
DD383842.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Soft starters ATS01 LV/LV transformer

ATS01N103/106FT ATS01N109/112FT ATS01N222 to ATS01N230LY ATS01N272LY ABL6-TS/TD up to
ATS01N206 to 212 232 ATS01N244LY ATS01N285LY 2500 VA
ATS01N244Q ATS01N272Q ABL6-RT up to 960 W
ATS01N285Q ABL6-RF up to 480 W
Number of vertical modules 4 5 6 5 6 4
Useful length of rail (mm) 432 432 432 432 - -
Modular rail (adjustable) LVS03402 LVS03402 LVS03402 LVS03402 - -
Slotted mounting plates - - - - LVS03572 LVS03571
Front plate plain LVS03804 [4] LVS03805 [5] LVS03806 [6] LVS03805 [5] LVS03806 [6] LVS03804 [4]
Characteristics Width of devices (mm) -
22.5 45 45 180 180
(1) Version without communication module, auxiliary contact and reversing module.
(2) Non-adjustable.
Dedicated mounting plate for Motor Control functional units.

5 commercial references from 1 to 6 modules mounting plates are installed in 650 mm wide cubicle.
b Easy installation
b Switchboard upgradeability
b Mounting plate optimal stacking density
b Functional units reliability.
See PrismaSeT MCC catalog DESW049EN.
DB421196.eps
DB421197.eps
DB421198.eps
DB421195.eps
DB421194.eps
E-62 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700
Modular devices
Acti 9 y 63 A
Compatible with PowerTag Energy
Circuit breakers
Mounting Horizontal distances between centres: Horizontal distances between centres: 150 mm
200 mm
Dd380771.eps
Dd385399.eps
Dd385400.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices All modular devices Modular devices 40 A

Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 48 48 48
No. of vertical modules 4 (1) 3 8
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) LVS03401 LVS03401 3 x LVS03401
Modular front plates LVS03204 LVS03203 LVS03223
Blanking strip LVS03220 LVS03220 LVS03220
plate divisible LVS03221 LVS03221 LVS03221
Mounting Horizontal distances between centres: Horizontal distances between centres: 150 mm
200 mm
Dd382519.eps
650
400
E
Devices All modular devices Modular devices 40 A
Rail length (modules of 9 mm) 20 20
Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) LVS03404 (adjustable) LVS03404 (adjustable)
Modular front plates LVS03214 [4] LVS03213 [3]
Blanking plate strip LVS03220 LVS03220
divisible LVS03221 LVS03221
Connection Linergy FH comb busbar Distribution block Linergy FM 63 to 200 A row

Dd382484.eps
DD384088.EPS
Type of connected devices According devices All type

Comb busbars / distribution > page G-28 > page G-25
blocks
Linergy TR Terminal blocks: > page G-40.
EnerlinX devices
IFM I/O module IFE ComX200 ComX510
I6
C
I5
I4
vC
IFM.eps
+24V
IFE.eps
I3 0V
I2
IO.eps
Comx200.eps
C
I1
I6
C
I5
I4
C
I3
C
I2 Eth2
I1
+ Eth1
C
24VD
ER
POW
230V
100- ER
Turn off all power before working on this equipment.
POW
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death
HAZARD OF ELECTRIC SHOCK,
DANGER
A1
EXPLOSION, OR ARC FLASH
ER
POW
O1
EB
X2
100
-230
00
24V V
~
50/6 1.2A 0.6A
0 Hz
’X 200
Com
or serious injury.
Mad
e in
GER
MAN
Y
A1
T2
O3 T1
34
O2 33
24
O1 23
14
13
No. of vertical modules 4

Rail LVS03401 / LVS03404
Modular front plates LVS03204 / LVS03214
Characteristics Installation by clip on a modular rail.
(1) For a modular row with a 160 A (half row) and 200 A Linergy FM distribution block positioned directly below a non-modular mounting-plate (ComPacT, etc.),
or at the top of a switchboard, add one additional module (i.e. 4+1) and a plain upstream front plate (LVS03801).
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700 TOC E-63
Compatible with PowerTag Energy

Circuit breakers
Mounting Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors
DD380769.eps
DD380770.eps
400
650
Devices NG160, NG160NA NG125, NG125NA,Vigi NG125, ComPacT ComPacT INS-INV100/160

Vigi NG160 C120, Vigi C120, iC120, Vigi iC120 INS40/160 with long terminal shields
Rail (48 modules of 9 mm) LVS03402 (adjustable) (1) LVS03401 LVS03401 LVS03401
+ LVS04227
Modular front plates LVS03205 LVS03205 LVS03204 LVS03205
Blanking plate strip LVS03220 LVS03220
divisible LVS03221 LVS03221
Mounting Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors

Dd382520.eps
Dd382522.eps
650
400
Devices INS-INV100/160 with long terminal

NG160, NG160NA, NG125, NSA125/160 INS-INV40/160
shields
Rail (20 modules of 9 mm) LVS03404 (adjustable) (2) LVS03404 (adjustable) LVS03404 (adjustable)
Front plates modular LVS03214 [4] LVS03214 [4] LVS03214 [4]
[No. of vertical
modules] downstream LVS03811 [1] - LVS03811 [1]
Blanking plate strip LVS03220 LVS03220 LVS03220
divisible LVS03221 LVS03221 LVS03221
Connection Insulated Rear Linergy BS Linergy BS Linergy DP 1P, Linergy DX 4P, Linergy DS
Linergy BW busbars multi-stage 160 A 160 A multi-stage
busbars busbars distribution distribution distribution
block block
Dd382578.eps
Dd382628.eps
Dd383648.eps
DD381402.eps
Dd381308.eps
DD385267.eps
Type of connected devices All type All type All type All type All type All type
Distribution block / busbars > page G-9 > page G-11 > page G-14 > page G-22 > page G-26
Connection must be made must be made > page G-14 > page G-22 must be made
(1) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (cat. no. LVS04227) to instal modular devices on.
Note: width of NG160 circuit breakers: NG160 3P: 10 modules / NG160 4P: 14 modules
Vigi NG160 3P: 24 modules / Vigi NG160 4P: 27 modules
width of NG125 circuit breakers: NG125 3P: 9 modules / NG125 4P: 12 modules
Vigi NG125 3P y 63 A: fixed sensitivity 18 modules
adjustable sensitivity 20 modules
> 63 A : fixed sensitivity 20 modules
Vigi NG125 4P y 63 A : fixed sensitivity 21 modules
> 63 A : fixed sensitivity 23 modules
C120 or iC120 3P: 9 modules / C120 or iC120 4P: 12 modules
Vigi C120 or iC120 3P: 19 modules / Vigi C120 or iC120 4P: 22 modules
width of devices: INS-INV40/80: width 10 modules
INS-INV100/160: width 15 modules.
(2) Can be completed by a rail + raiser (LVS04227) to instal modular devices on.
Note: to mix an NSA125/160 circuit breaker with Multi 9 or Acti 9 modular devices, order (with the device) the symmetrical rail + raiser set (28041).
Width of devices: NSA125/160 3P: 10 modules / NSA125/160 4P: 14 modules.
E-64 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700
Metering
Single-phase and 3-phase kilowatt-hour meters
Class 1 & 2
Others
Mounting With 1 mounting plate
DD383114.eps
DD383112.eps
DD383113.eps
40 150
0 650
Devices Meter and connection block

Meter 3 Ph + N Connection block Meter + connection block
Number of devices per row 2 2 1+1
Front plates transparent LVS03343 [6] LVS03343 [6] LVS03343 [6]
[No. of vertical or plain LVS03806 [6] LVS03806 [6] LVS03806 [6]
mod.]
Mounting With 2 mounting plates

DD383116.eps
DD383117.eps
40 150
0 650

Meter 3 Ph + N Meter + connection block
Number of devices per row 4 2+2
Mounting plates 2 x LVS03508 2 x LVS03508
Front plates transparent 2 x LVS03343 [6] 2 x LVS03343 [6]
[No. of vertical or plain 2 x LVS03806 [6] 2 x LVS03806 [6]
mod.]
Mounting Behind front plate

DD382954.eps
DD382952.eps
40 150
0 650

Single-phase (Ph + N) 3-phase (3 Ph + N)
Mounting plates - LVS03152
Front plates transparent LVS03343 [6] LVS03344 [9]
[No. of vertical mod.] or plain LVS03806 [6] -
Insulating plate - -
Adapter LVS03595 LVS03595
Accessories M5 spacers for mounting plate > page F-24
Note: meters can be installed at different levels on the functional uprights of frameworks.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700 TOC E-65
Metering and human-switchboard interface

PowerLogic™ Meters
Others
Presentation Installation in a switchboard

On a metal front plate with cut-outs,
PowerLogic™ Meters H = 150 mm (3 modules)
Schneider Electric provides these tools via the world’s most
advanced energy intelligence technology: PowerLogic. The
Dd381689.eps
PowerLogic range of meters help manage all energy assets,
every second of the day.
PowerLogic PM5000 series

> Devices are attached directly to the metal
PB111776_r.eps
front plate.
> Blanking plates are available to blank off any
unused locations.
> Economical solution.
1
The ideal fit for cost management applications,
the PowerLogic™ PM5000 power meter provides : > In the device zone of enclosures and
> Sub-billing/tenant metering cubicles, like a front plate
> Equipment sub-billing
> Energy cost allocation
> Track real-time power conditions
> Monitor control functions
> Provide basic power quality values
> Monitor equipment and network status.
Acti 9 iEM2000 & iEM3000 series

2
pb108420_r.eps
>O n a door with cut-outs in a 300

or 400 mm wide cubicle
> On a inclined visor
Dd381684.eps
The Acti 9 iEM2000 & iEM3000 energy meter series offers a

cost-attractive, competitive range of DIN rail-mounted energy 40
A
60
meters ideal for :

10
60 0
40
10 A
0
> Bill checking to verify that you are only charged for the 40
A
60
energy you use

10
0
60
> Sub billing individual tenants for their energy consumption,

40
10 A
0
including WAGES
> Aggregation of energy consumption, including WAGES, and
allocating costs per area, per usage, per shift, or per time within
the same facility
> Basic metering of electrical parameters to better understand The degree of protection for installed devices is
the behavior of your electrical distribution system. IP30.
Combined with communication systems, like Smart Link, the Acti
9 iEM2000 & iEM3000 series makes it easy to integrate electrical Notes:
distribution measurements into facility management systems. • To maintain the IP55 degree of protection, the
It’s the right energy meter at the right price for the right job. measurement devices must be installed behind a
transparent door. If they are installed on a plain door, use
the corresponding mounting plates.
• With a power voltage > SELV (12 V), devices on front plates
Possible installation must be mounted with a front plate hinge kit (cat no.
Cat. number LVS LVS LVS LVS LVS LVS LVS LVS08585). The earthing braid must be connected to the
03904 03928 03910 03911 03913 03912 03914
front plate frame support (cat no. LVS08566, LVS08564,
Front plate frame b b b b b b b
LVS08560, LVS08562 or else).
support (LVS08566)
L300/L400 with b b b b b - - • With a power voltage > SELV (12 V) and a supply
cut-out (LVS08593, protection > 16 A, in addition to the preceding rule, the front
LVS08594) plate frame support (cat no. LVS08566, LVS08564,
Note: device mounting on door: earthing braid (cat. no. LVS08910) or earthing LVS08560, LVS08562 or else) must be connected to the
wire (cat. no. LVS08911) mandatory. cubicle frame, using an earthing braid (cat no. LVS08910 or
LVS08911). (standard NF / EN 61439-1 2011 edition).
E-66 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700
Others
Number and type of Metal front plate with
No. of Plastic Blanking plate or devices support
devices per row cut-out vertical mounting
mod. plates with
cut-out
W650 Mounting on an interface with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
- 1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Vigirex and others
DD385458.eps
5 x 72 x 72 - 1 device, 45 x 45
devices 72 x 72
LVS03902 LVS03900
3
Power Meter and others To blank-off or install:
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
4x
devices 96 x 96 -1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
or 96 x 96 - 1 device, 45 x 45
2x For PM200, 200P, PM5 - one 72 x 72 device
(2) & PM8 series meters LVS03904 LVS03903 LVS03901
W650 Mounting on an inclined visor by 30° with plastic mounting plates
DD385465.eps
DD385466.eps
- 1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
Vigirex and others - 1 device, 45 x 45
DD385459.eps
5 x 72 x 72
devices 72 x 72
LVS03902 LVS03900
3
Power Meter and others To blank-off or install:
DD385467.eps
DD385468.eps
4x
devices 96 x 96 -1 to 4 Ø 16 or 22 mm buttons
or 96 x 96 - 1 device, 45 x 45
2x - one 72 x 72 device
For PM200, 200P, PM5
(2) & PM8 series meters LVS03928 (1) LVS03903 LVS03901
W650 Direct mounting on a metal front plate with cut-outs
72 x 72 device
Direct mounting To blank-off or install: E
DD385460.eps
DD385469.eps
- 1 or 2 Ø 22 mm buttons
- 1 device, 45 x 45
Vigirex and others
6 x 72 x 72 3
devices 72 x 72
LVS03910 - LVS03907
96 x 96 device
Direct mounting To blank-off or install:
DD119465.eps
DD385470.eps
- 1 device, 45 x 45
3x 96 x 96 3 - one 72 x 72 device
devices 96 x 96
LVS03911 - LVS03908
DD385462.eps
DD385470.eps
- 1 device, 45 x 45
1 x 96 x 96 3 - one 72 x 72 device
devices 96 x 96
LVS03913 - LVS03908
144 x 144 device + 72 x 72 devices
DD385469.eps
144
1x x - 1 or 2 Ø 22 mm buttons
144 - 1 device, 45 x 45
144 x 144 device -
+ + 4
devices 72 x 72
4 x 72 x 72
- - LVS03907
W650 Pushbuttons and lamps Ø 22 mm
Direct mounting
DD385464.eps
12 x Ø 22 mm 2
LVS03914 - -
W400 Front plate
DD385860.eps
DD385470.eps
Power Meter and others - 1 device, 45 x 45
1 x 96 x 96 3
devices 96 x 96 - one 72 x 72 device
LVS03923 - LVS03908
(1) The visor (cat. no. LVS03928) can be installed on a plain door with cut-out.
(2) For PM200, 200P, PM5 & PM 8 series meters, use 2 no. blank off sheets between each meter.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700 TOC E-67

PowerLogic™ Meters
Vigilohm, Vigirex
Others
Mounting Powerlogic system
DD380769-iEM300.eps
Dd383019-modif.eps
150
Mounting_FDM128_L600.eps
40
0 650
1
1
t
s
m
Devices
FDM121, PM5000 & PM8000 series (2) PM3000 series, FDM128 (1) PM5RD, PM89RD96,
1 device 3 devices IEM2000 & iEM3000 series PM5563RD (3)
Number of vertical mod. 3 3 3 or 4 4 4
DIN rail - - LVS03402 - LVS03402
Front plates transparent - LVS03342 [4] - -
[No. of vert. plain - - LVS03804 [4] LVS03804 [4]
modules] with cut-out LVS03913 [3] LVS03911 [3] LVS03203 [3] - -
Front plate with cut-out for devices 96 x 96 hole ø 22 mm to be hole ø 30 mm to be
stamped stamped
Mounting Powerlogic system

Mounting_FDM128_L300.eps
Dd383019-L400.eps
50
400 6
1
1
t
s
m
Devices
FDM121, PM5000 series, FDM128 (1) PM5RD, PM89RD96,
PM8000 series (2) PM5563RD (3)
Number of vertical mod. 3 4 4
DIN rail - - LVS03404
Front plates with cut-out LVS03923 [3] - -
[No. of vert. plain - LVS03814 [4] LVS03814 [4]
modules]
Front plate with cut-out for devices 96 x 96 hole ø 22 mm to be stamped hole ø 30 mm to be stamped
Mounting Vigilohm
Dd381754.eps
Dd381720.eps
Dd383019-IM10.eps
40 150
0 650
10
9
8
7
Vigirex
RM12
GERIN
MERLIN
Vigirex
RH10M
on
Reset
fault
Test
no trip
Test
Devices
IM400 IM10, IM10H, IM20, IM20H IM10 / IM10H
with 3 XD301 or with 1 or 2 IFL12 HV-IM20, HV-IM400, IM9, IM9-OL IM20 / IM20H
Modular rail - LVS03401 -
Mounting plates LVS03930 - -
Front plates with cut-outs LVS03932 LVS03203 LVS03911
Characteristics Installation in the device compartment
Mounting Vigirex Acti 9

Dd381720.eps
Dd381722.eps
Dd381720.eps
40 150
0 650
4 5
3
2
MERLIN
GERIN
3
4 5 A MERLIN
GERIN
Vigirex 2 Vigirex
RH10M RH10M
on A on
Reset Reset
fault fault
Test Test
no trip no trip
Test Test
Devices
RH10/RH21/RH99/RH197M relays Lamps, pushbuttons Ammeter, voltmeter
Modular rail LVS03401 LVS03401 LVS03401
Front plates with cut-outs LVS03203 LVS03202 LVS03203
Blanking strip LVS03220 LVS03220 LVS03220
plate divisible LVS03221 LVS03221 LVS03221
Characteristics Installation in the device compartment
(1) For 72 x 72 mm cases > page E-66.
(2) Only for flush-mounted versions of PM5000 series and PM8000 series.
(3) Only for remote-display versions of PM5000 series and PM8000 series.
E-68 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700
www.se.com
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E5700 TOC E-69
Cubicles
PrismaSeT P Active - Cubicles www.se.com
Contents
Enclosures
Cover panels F-2
Cubicles
Frameworks F-5
Dimensions
Cubicles F-7
Enclosures
Cubicles
IP30/31 cover panels F-14
IP55 cover panels F-17
Plinth F-19
Cubicle handling and Lifting reinforcement kit F-20
Installation accessories F-21
Front plate accessories F-22
Others
Reserve space F-23
Fixing accessories F-24
Universal adapter
PrismaSeT G Active adapter - Mounting on a plain backplate F-25
Others devices
Mounting on a slotted plate - Mounting on a modular rail F-26
Cable running F-27
Connection accessories
Cable-tie supports, lateral and longitudinal cross-members F-28
Door handles and locks F-29
Ventilation accessories F
Panel installation F-30
Roof installation F-32
Heat F-33
Regulating F-34
Switchboard lighting F-35
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6000 TOC F-1
Cover panels
Enclosures
400 mm deep switchboard
DD385980.eps
For switchboards with front connections.
b front panels
Any of the following can be installed in front of the hinged
front plate frame support:
v a transparent door (IP30 or IP55)
v a plain door (IP30 or IP55)
v a fixed cover frame (IP30)
b rear panel = screw-on panel
b side panels = set of two panels
b plain roof
b gland plates (plain or in two parts).
Parts list for switchboard 1
1 LVS08406: framework, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
2 LVS08566: front plate frame support, W = 650
3 LVS08576: cover frame, W = 650
4 LVS08736: rear panel,W= 650 (two half panels)
LVS08751D: PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover + Wireless
5
Panel Server W650 +lateral panels D400
6 LVS08436: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
7 LVS08486: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 400
DD380607.eps
Switchboard 1 - IP30 cubicle with cover frame,W = 650.

DD385981.eps
For switchboards with front connections.

b front panels
Any of the following can be installed in front of the hinged
front plate frame support:
b plain roof
1 LVS08603:framework, W = 300, D = 600, H = 2000
4 LVS08566:front plate frame support, W = 650
5 LVS08513:plain door, W = 300
LVS08538:transparent door, W = 800 (supplied with barrier
6 for busbar compartment, W =150)
7 LVS08536: transparent door, W = 650
8 LVS08733: rear panel, W = 300 (two half panels)
9 LVS08738: rear panel, W = 800 (two half panels)
10 LVS08736: rear panel,W = 650 (two half panels)
LVS08761D: PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover + Wireless Panel
11
Server W650 + lateral panels D600
12 LVS08633: plain roof, W = 300, D = 600
13 LVS08638: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
14 LVS08636: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
17 LVS08686: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 600.
18 LVS08640: PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover W300
DD380611.eps
Switchboard 2 - combination of IP30 cubicles with transparent doors.
F-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6100
Cover panels
Enclosures
DD386036.eps
Made up of two cubicles back-to-back.
Rear connections are possible.
b front panels
Any of the following can be installed in front of the hinged front
plate frame support:
b plain roof

1 LVS08407 x 2 : 2 frameworks, W = 800, D = 400, H = 2000
2 LVS08406 x 2 : 2 frameworks, W = 650, D = 400, H = 2000
4 LVS08578: fixed cover frame, W = 800
(supplied with a wicket door, W = 150)
5 LVS08576: cover frame, W = 650
6 LVS08518: plain door, W = 800
(supplied with barrier for busbar compartment,
W= 150)
LVS08751D : PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover + Wireless Panel
8
Server W650 +lateral panels D400
9 LVS08438 x 2 : plain roofs, W=800, D=400
LVS08436 x 2 : plain roofs, W=650, D=400
F
10
11 LVS08487 x 2 : 2 plain gland plate, W = 800, D = 400 Combination of IP30 cubicles with cover frames.
12 LVS08486 x 2 : 2 plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 400
13 LVS08719 x 2 : double depth combination kit
14 LVS08753: PrismaSeT P Active rear access side panels D400
DD380615.eps
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6100 TOC F-3
Cover panels
Enclosures
DD386035.eps
Made up of two cubicles back-to-back.
Rear connections are possible.
b front panels
Any of the following can be installed in front of the hinged front
plate frame support:
b plain roof

6 LVS08538: transparent door, W =800 (supplied with barrier for
busbar compartment, W =150)
7 LVS08536: transparent door, W =650
8 LVS08518: plain door, W = 800 (supplied with barrier for
busbar compartment, W= 150)
10
12 LVS08638: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
13 LVS08636: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
14 LVS08438: plain roof, W = 800, D = 400
15 LVS08436: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
17 LVS08686: plain gland plate, W = 650, D = 600 Combination of cubicles with transparent doors.
20 LVS08719 x 2: double depth combination kit
Parts list for switchboard IP55
DD380613.eps

LVS08548: transparent door, W = 800 (supplied with barrier for
6 busbar compartment, W = 150)
7 LVS08546: transparent door, W = 650
8 LVS08528: plain door, W = 800 (supplied with barrier
for busbar compartment, W = 150)
10
12 LVS08658: plain roof, W = 800, D = 600
13 LVS08656: plain roof, W = 650, D = 600
14 LVS08458: plain roof, W = 800, D = 400
15 LVS08456: plain roof, W = 650, D = 400
20 LVS08719 x 2: double depth combination kit
21 LVS08717 x 2: IP55 sealing kit for side-by-side combinations
F-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6100
Cubicles
Frameworks
Enclosures
Mounting Frameworks
DD380572.ai
DD380575.ai
DD380577.ai
DD380573.ai
DD380574.ai
DD380576.ai
Width (mm) 300 400 650 800 800 300 400 650 800 800
(650 + 150) (650 + 150)
Depth 400 mm Depth 600 mm
Cat. no. LVS08403 LVS08404 LVS08406 LVS08408 LVS08407 LVS08603 LVS08604 LVS08606 LVS08608 LVS08607
Composition 2 frames 3 frames
- + 2 additional equipped with intermediate uprights for the mounting plates
uprights
b 4 cross-pieces.
b Mounting hardware.
b Framework combinations
Characteristics b Cubicles can be combined side-by-side and back-to-back.
b Can be equipped with IP30 or IP55 cover panels.
Note: for the 800 mm width, the busbar compartment can be on the left or right
Mounting Hinged front plate frame support Fixed front plate frame support
Dd381324.ai
Dd381325.ai
DD383935.eps
Width (mm) 400 650 650 F

Cat. no. LVS08564 LVS08566 (1) LVS03371
Characteristics b Reversible for left or right-hand opening.
b Secured at two points.
Note: can be mounted on 650 mm and 800 mm (650 + 150) wide cubicles.
(1) For drawout MasterPacT MTZ2, hinged front plate frame support must open towards left-hand side.
Partial hinged cover-frame supports

> page E-8.
Mounting Partial hinged cover-frame supports

DD385529.eps
DD385530.eps
Width (mm) 650

10 modules 12 modules
Cat. no. LVS08560 LVS08562
Characteristics b For drawout MasterPacT MTZ2, hinged front plate frame support b Use for Fupact ISFL configurations.
must open towards left-hand side. b For drawout MasterPacT MTZ2, when hinged front plate frame
support is left-hand opening.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-5
Cubicles
Frameworks
Enclosures
Framework combinations
DD380751.eps
DD380752.eps
x6
Dd381325.eps
x6
Type Side-by-side Back-to-back

IP55 sealing kit Double depth combination kit
Characteristics The 650 and 800 mm wide frameworks are supplied with a The kit is made up of:
combination kit comprising six M6 bolts. b a set of hardware for the mechanical connections between the
To maintain the IP55 degree of protection, an optional gasket must cross-pieces
be installed between the combined cubicles. b six assembly plates to connect the uprights
b the IP55 sealing kit.
Accessories
Dd381327.eps
Dd383048.eps
Type Commodities
Fixing screws and nuts
Characteristics Set of 20 screws + wing nuts for framework Set of 10 screws + combination accessories
F-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Dimensions
Frameworks, D = 400 mm
Dd381875.eps
Dd381822.eps
Dd381823.eps
Frameworks, D = 600 mm
Dd381824.eps
Dd381825.eps
Dd381826.eps
F
Dd381827.eps
Dd381893.eps
Fixing to floor
Without plinth With plinth
Dd381829.eps
Dd381830.eps
A B
300 262.5
400 362.5
650 612.5
800 762.5
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-7
Cubicles
Dimensions
Cubicle with cover panels
Height Width
Dd381831.eps
Dd385515.eps
Dd385516.eps
DD385518.eps
aSeT
Prism
1927
30
A + 60 A + B + 60
Depth
Door in front and panel in rear Doors front and rear
Dd382322.eps
Dd382323.eps
Dd382324.eps
Dd382325.ai
876/
1076
Door
IP30 door IP55 door
Dd381834.eps
Dd381835.eps
Dd381836.eps
Dd381837.eps
Dd381828.eps
Available space behind door

Dd382277.eps
F-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Dimensions
Linergy LGYE busbars
630 A - 1600 A 2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A
60 100
DD384597.eps
DD384598.eps
DD384599.eps
150
23
31
31
2000 2000 2000
Layout of horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars

DD384600.eps
DD384601.eps
DD384589.eps
DD384590.eps
Layout of vertical Linergy LGYE busbars
630 A - 1600 A
DD384591.eps
DD384592.eps
DD384593.eps
DD384594.eps
F
99 99 99
99
2000 A - 2500 A 3200 A - 4000 A
DD384595.eps
DD384596.eps
121,5
99 211,5
300
Horizontal Linergy BS busbars

Dd381849.eps
Dd386498.ai
10
Dd386499.ai
50/60/80
100/120
Layout of horizontal Linergy BS busbars

Dd381850.eps
Dd381851.eps
Dd381852.eps
Dd381853.eps
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-9
Cubicles
Dimensions
Vertical Linergy LGY busbars
Dd381855.eps
Dd381856.eps
Dd381857.eps
Dd381858.eps
630 A. 800 A. 1000 A.
DD385497.eps
DD385498.eps
1250 A. 1600 A.
Layout of Linergy LGY busbars

Dd381861.eps
Dd381862.eps
Dd381863.eps
Dd381864.eps
Dd381865.eps
Double Linergy LGY busbars
Layout of rear Linergy BS busbars

Dd381874.eps
D = 400 mm B 284
C 242
D = 600 mm B 484
C 442
F-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Dimensions
Vertical Linergy BS busbars
Dd119384.ai
Dd381866.eps
10
Dd119385.ai
50/60/80
100/120
Layout of lateral Linergy BS busbars

Dd381868.eps
Dd381869.eps
Dd381870.eps
Dd381871.eps
Dd381872.eps
Double Linergy BS busbars.
Layout of rear Linergy BS busbars

Dd381873.eps
A
50 60 80
D = 400 mm B 284 274 254
C 250 240 220
D = 600 mm B 484 474 454
C 450 440 420
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-11
Cubicles
Dimensions
Plain gland plates
Dd381838.eps
A C
300 110
400 210
650 460
800 610
Dd384558.eps
Dd381840.eps
Dd384559.eps
Dd381842.eps
F-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Dimensions
Two-part gland plates
Dd381838.eps
Dd381843.eps
Dd381844.eps
Dd381845.eps
Dd381846.eps
Dd381847.eps
Dd381848.eps
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-13
Cubicles
IP30/31 cover panels
Enclosures
Mounting Front doors
DD385485.eps
DD119390.ai
DD119388.ai
DD119389.ai
Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800
Plain door LVS08513 LVS08514 LVS08516 LVS08518
Transparent door - LVS08534 LVS08536 LVS08538
Door with cut-out LVS08593 LVS08594 - -
Reinforced plain door - LVS01224 LVS01225
Characteristics b Reversible for left or right-hand opening IP31.
b Equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).
b Plain door are IK10 with 3 hinges.
b Reinforced plain door are IK10 with 3 hinges.
b Transparent door are IK10 with 3 hinges.
For other possibilities > page F-29.
Note: the door with cut-out can be equipped with front plates for 72 x 72 or 96 x 96 instruments > page E-66.
The 800 mm door is supplied with a 150 mm barrier for the side compartment, plus a finishing accessory to improve the
appearance of the upright.
Cover frame - LVS08574 LVS08576 LVS08578 (1)
Mounting Rear panels

DD380603.eps
Dd385486.eps

Rear panel LVS08733 LVS08734 LVS08736 LVS08738
Characteristics b Made up of two half panels with vents.
b Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners.
(1) For 800 mm wide frameworks, the 650 mm frame is supplied with a plain wicket door, 150 mm wide.
F-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Enclosures
Mounting Kit: Side Panels + Voltage Presence Mounting Roof
Indicator/Wireless Panel Server +
DD380601.eps
adapted Green Cover

Plain roof D = 400 mm LVS08433 LVS08434 LVS08436 LVS08438
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600 Characteristics b Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners for mounting on
W 400 LVS08750D LVS08760D the framework
b With markings for cut-outs, if necessary.
W 650 LVS08751D LVS08761D
IP31 sealing kit LVS08711
W 800 LVS08752D LVS08762D
Characteristics The kit is made up of a self-adhesive gasket that
Characteristics bS upplied with quarter-turn fasteners. attaches to the roof and a deflector.
b Voltage Presence Indicator to be installed on It ensures the IP31 degree of protection for a 650 or 800
main incomer section. mm wide cubicle, or for two cubicles (800 + 400) when
they are equipped with plain or transparent front doors.
Green Cover to fix on top of each frame
Rear Side panels F

Characteristics b For combinations of two cubicles with different
depths like 800 (400+400) and 1000 (400+600).
b These panels cannot be installed on the front
cubicles.
Note : For dimensions, Refer page F-18 Side
panel dimensions. Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800
LVS08640 LVS08641 LVS08642 LVS08643
Characteristics To cover the top of each section which does not have
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 Voltage Presence Indicator.
Rear side panels LVS08753
Side panels for L
LVS08756
combinations
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-15
Cubicles
Right angle kit
kit IP30 for Linergy LGYE Right-angle Fish plates kit
DD385532.eps
40 65
0 650 0 400
630-1600 A 2000-2500 A 3200-4000 A

cat. number LVS08712 2 x LVS04610 2 x LVS04611 2 x LVS04613
Characteristics b Metal duct with busbar supports b Order the additional joint kit, comprising the 4 copper
b Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal connections and mounting hardware:
busbars between two cubicles installed at right angles.
b This kit needs a Linergy LGYE busbar of 1080 mm length.
kit IP30 for Linergy BS Right-angle Fish plates kit

Dd381337.eps
40 65
0 650 0 400
bars H 50/60 bars H 80/100

cat. number LVS08713 2 x LVS04640 2 x LVS04641
Characteristics b Metal duct Order:
b Used to create and protect the connection of horizontal b fixed support 2 x LVS04664 (if 100 x 10 bar, add 2 x LVS04671)
busbars between two cubicles installed at right angles. b free support 2 x LVS04662 (if 100 x 10 bar, add 2 x LVS04671)
Dd381336.eps
F-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
IP55 cover panels
Enclosures
Mounting Front doors
DD119389.ai
DD119388.ai
DD119390.ai
DD385485.eps

Plain door LVS08523 LVS08524 LVS08526 LVS08528
Transparent door LVS08544 LVS08546 LVS08548
Characteristics b Equipped with a factory-mounted polyurethane (PUR) gasket, IP55.
b Reversible for left or right-hand opening
b Equipped with a handle and keylock (key 405).
For other possibilities > page F-29.
For IP55 rated configurations, front or rear mounted doors, it is necessary to follow the temperature derating tables, to ensure a
convenient installation of devices.
Note: the 800 mm door is supplied with a 150 mm barrier for the side compartment, plus a finishing accessory to improve the
appearance of the upright.
Mounting Rear panels

F
DD385487.eps
Dd385488.eps

Rear panel LVS08743 LVS08744 LVS08746 LVS08748
Characteristics b Equipped with a factory-mounted polyurethane (PUR) gasket
b Supplied with mounting hardware.
b One-piece, reinforced panel designed to ensure the degree of protection.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-17
Cubicles
IP55 cover panels
Enclosures
Mounting Kit: Side Panels + Voltage Presence
Indicator/Wireless Panel Server + Mounting Roof
adapted Green Cover
DD380601.eps
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600
W 400 LVS08755D LVS08765D
W 650 LVS08756D LVS08766D
Characteristics b Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners for mounting on
W 800 LVS08757D LVS08767D the framework
Rear side panels LVS08763 - b With markings for cut-outs, if necessary.
Characteristics Supplied with quarter-turn fasteners.
b IP31 sealing kit LVS08711
Voltage Presence Indicator to be installed on
b Characteristics The kit is made up of a self-adhesive gasket that
main incomer section. attaches to the roof and a deflector.
It ensures the IP31 degree of protection for a 650 or 800
mm wide cubicle, or for two cubicles (800 + 400) when
they are equipped with plain or transparent front doors.
Green Cover to fix on top of each frame
Rear Side panels
Characteristics For combinations of two cubicles with different
b
depths like 800 (400+400) and 1000
(400+600).
These panels cannot be installed on the front
b
cubicles.
Dd381328.eps

LVS08640 LVS08641 LVS08642 LVS08643
Characteristics To cover the top of each section which does not have
Dd381329.eps
Voltage Presence Indicator.
Dimensions (mm) D = 400

Rear side panels LVS08763
Side panels for L LVS08756
combinations
Charecteristics Left or right combinations of two cubicles with
different depths(400 + 400 or 400 + 600). These
panels simply replace the standard side panels.
Dd381328_1.eps
Dd381329_1.eps
F-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cubicles
Plinth
Enclosures
Mounting Two-part gland plates IP55, gland plates
Dd381335.eps
Dd381334.eps
Degree of protection IP30/IP31 IP55
Dimensions (in mm) D400 D600 D400 D600
W = 800 mm (650 + 150) LVS08497 LVS08697 LVS08487 LVS08687
Mounting Plinth H = 100 mm

Dd381330.eps
F
Dimensions (mm) W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800 D = 400 D = 600
Four corner posts + two LVS08723 LVS08724 LVS08726 LVS08728 - -
cross-pieces (front and rear)
Two side plates - - - - LVS08720 LVS08721
Characteristics The plinth is made up of two Catalog numbers:
b one Catalog number comprising four corner posts + two cross-pieces (front and rear), that can be used in side-by-side
combinations or stacked to form a plinth 200 mm high (maximum)
b one Catalog number comprising two side plates (400 or 600 mm).
Each Catalog number is supplied with the necessary hardware.
Examples
Dd381331.eps
Dd381333.eps
Dd385527.eps
200 max.
Side-by-side combination of two cubicles Two stacked plinths. The front and rear cross-pieces can be
with a plinth. easily removed for a pallet-mover.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-19
Cubicles
Cubicle handling and Lifting reinforcement kit
Enclosures
Mounting Cubicle handling and rolling base
DD383845.eps
LVS08716
DD380652.eps
50
Dimensions (mm) D = 400 D = 600 L1200 to L1900 L2000 to L2550 L2650 to L3050
2 cubicle handling base end-pieces LVS08714 LVS08716 - - -
Cubicle handling - - - LVS08706 -
Characteristics This type of base is designed to avoid any risk of cubicle deformation during transport and handling.
Five different Catalog numbers offer 27 width possibilities (1200 to 3050 mm) for 400 and 600 mm deep cubicles.
b Two Catalog numbers each include 2 end-pieces for handling bases for 400 and 600 mm deep cubicles respectively and
the corresponding mounting hardware.
b Three Catalog numbers each include 2 lengths for the sides of handling bases for 1200 to 3050 mm wide cubicles
respectively and the corresponding mounting hardware.
Handling bases can be used for both side-by-side and back-to-back cubicle combinations.
In this case, the mounting hardware for one of the sets is used.
Mounting Lifting reinforcement kit

DD383838.eps
LVS08722 LVS08722 LVS08722
DD383839.eps
650 400 800 800 800 300
Dimensions (mm) D = 400, D = 600

Lifting reinforcement kit LVS08722
Characteristics Kit LVS08722 is recommended for lifting combined cubicles and can be used together with handling base end-pieces
LVS08714 or LVS08716 for severe transport or handling conditions.
Catalog number LVS08722 includes 3 reinforcement brackets for 400 or 600 mm deep cubicles and the corresponding
mounting hardware.
Mounting Seismic Kit

DD386005.ai
650 300
400 400 650 300
400 400
650 300 300
600 600 600 600
u M10
Foot part to be added in each bottom angle to reinforce the structure.

Reinforcement bracket LVS08710
Characteristics Catalog number ref LVS08710 includes 1 reinforcement bracket and 4 M6 screws.
b Plinths are not allowed with seismic kits.
Type of cubicle W300 W400 W650 W650 + W150

D = 400 D = 600 D = 400 D = 600 D = 400 D = 600 D = 400 D = 600
Framework LVS08403 LVS08603 LVS08404 LVS08604 LVS08406 LVS08606 LVS08407 LVS08607
Reinforcement bracket LVS08710 x 4 LVS08710 x 4 LVS08710 x 6
Longitudinal cross men LVS08773 LVS08774 LVS03587 x 2
Lateral cross member LVS03584 x 2 LVS03584 x 2 LVS03584 x LVS03584 x 2 LVS03584 x 2 LVS03584 x 2 +
+ 2 + LVS03586 x 2
LVS03586 x 2 LVS03586 x 2
M10 screw (not supplied) 4 6 4 6 4 6
Side panels IP55 mandatory for LVS08755 LVS08765 LVS08755 LVS08765D LVS08755 LVS08766D LVS08757D LVS08767D
IP30 and IP55 configurations
F-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Installation accessories
Enclosures
Mounting Lifting rings Framework stabiliser kit
Dd381541.ai
DD383846.ai
Characteristics b Set of four lifting rings screwed to the framework. b Made up of four blocks under the framework
b Use a set of lifting rings for each framework (W = 650 and b Suitable for all types of cubicles, whatever the width and depth
800 mm) containing devices. b Increases the stability of the cubicle during mounting of devices
b When two cubicles with devices have been combined, use a b Makes possible cubicle handling using a pallet mover or a forklift
lifting beam. b Protects the front, side and rear cover panels during handling
b can be installed and removed without removing the roof b Can be reused.
b even if they are left attached, the switchboard conserves its
original degree of protection.
Dd381542.eps
Dd381543.eps
Positions of the lifting rings for two combined cubicles containing

devices.
In this case, a liftingbeam must be used.
Mounting Levelling kit False floor fixing kit Floor/wall fixing kit
Dd381549.eps
Dd381547.ai
Dd381548.ai
F
Dd381550.ai
Dd381553.ai
Cat. no. LVS08702 LVS08703 LVS08704

Characteristics b Set of 4 fixtures b Made up of four independent clamps b Made up of two brackets and four clamps
b can be installed at any time, even when b clamp on: b can be used to offset the switchboard
the cubicle is already in position v “U” sections: H = 175 mm, W = 70 mm fixing points for easier access
b maximum adjustment range = 10 mm v “I” sections: H = 120 mm, W = 64 mm b the wall brackets ensure sufficient wall
b secures the cubicle to the floor. b clamp travel = 11 mm. clearance (at least 30 mm) for natural
convection.
Dd381551.eps
Dd381554.eps
Dd381552.ai
Recommended positions of the fixtures for

combined cubicles.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-21
Front plate accessories
Front plate accessories, blanking plates Enclosures

Used for Front plate hinge kit Blanking plates
DD383950.eps
DD384030.eps
DD384029.eps
OK
A
B
For modular devices For ComPacT NSX100/250

Cat. no. LVS08585 (1) LVS03220
LVS03221 LVS03249 LVS03222
Characteristics b Set of 2 hinges b Strip
b Divisible b Divisible b Divisible + electronic
b 1 earthing braid b H = 46 mm, L = 1 m
b Set of 4 b H = 85 mm, L = 147 mm trip unit
b H = 46 mm, L = 90 mm b Blanc RAL 9003
b White RAL 9003
(1) With a power voltage > SELV (12 V), devices on front plates must be mounted with a front plate hinge kit (cat no. LVS08585). The earthing braid must be
connected to the front plate frame support (cat no. LVS08566, LVS08564, LVS08560, LVS08562 or else).
With a power voltage > SELV (12 V) and a supply protection > 16 A, in addition to the preceding rule, the front plate frame support (cat no. LVS08566, LVS08564,
LVS08560, LVS08562 or else) must be connected to the cubicle frame, using an earthing braid (cat no. LVS08910 or LVS08911). (standard NF / EN 61439-1 2011 edition).
Identification labels
Used for Clip-on labels Engraving plates
Dd383975.eps
DD383974.eps
T
LIGH LIGH
T
Cat. no. LVS08913 LVS08915 LVS08917 LVS08914 LVS08916 LVS08918

Dimensions (mm) 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85 18 x 35 18 x 72 25 x 85
Characteristics b Set of 12. b Set of 12.
b The clip-on support is supplied with a paper label and a transparent b Simply replace the paper labels.
cover.
b It clips onto the front plate horizontally or vertically and can be
screwed to any support (plain door, plain front plate, etc.).
Used for Adhesive labels Symbol sheets

DD381752.eps
DD381751.eps
DD381715.eps
DD381753.eps
Cat. no. LVS08905 LVS08906 LVS08903 LVS08904 13735 13736

Dimensions (mm) 24 x 180 36 x 180 24 x 432 36 x 432
Characteristics b Set of 12. b Set of ten symbol sheets. b Set of ten symbol sheets
b The adhesive label holders are supplied with b Standard symbols: b Special symbols:
a paper label and a transparent cover v loads: sockets, lights, heating units, etc. v loads: lightning arrestor, gate, swimming pool, etc.
v rooms: bedroom, bathroom, etc. v rooms: technical room, computer room, etc
Adhesive labels for mimic diagrams

Used for Lines Outgoing arrows Incoming arrows Transformers
x 10 x 10 x 10 x 10
Cat. no. LVS01005 LVS01006 LVS01007 LVS01008

Characteristics 900 mm long and 7 mm thick
Set of 10
Accessories
Used for Switchboard identification plate Drawing holder Touch-up accessories
DD385306.eps
DD381208.eps
DD381721.eps
Cat. no. LVS08900 LVS08963 LVS08961

Characteristics Color: RAL 9003 Color: RAL 9003 Color: RAL 9003
F-22 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Reserve space
Others
Reserve space
DB417928.eps
400
Plain front plate W = 250 mm

H = 50 mm H = 100 mm H = 150 mm H = 200 mm H = 250 mm H = 300 mm H = 450 mm H = 600 mm
[No. of vertical mod.] [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [9] [13]
Catalog number LVS03811 LVS03812 LVS03813 LVS03814 LVS03815 LVS03816 LVS03817 LVS03722
DB417929.eps
Transparent front plate W = 250 mm

[No. of vertical mod.] - - - [4] - [6] [9] -
Catalog number - - - LVS03352 - LVS03353 LVS03354 -
Reserve space
DB417926.eps
650
Plain front plate W = 500 mm

H = 50 mm
[1]
H = 100 mm
[2]
H = 150 mm
[3]
H = 200 mm
[4]
H = 250 mm
[5]
H = 300 mm
[6]
-
-
H = 600 mm
[12] F
Catalog number LVS03801 LVS03802 LVS03803 LVS03804 LVS03805 LVS03806 - LVS03808
DB417927.eps
Transparent front plate W = 500 mm

[No. of vertical mod.] - - - [4] - [6] [9] [12]
Catalog number - - - LVS03342 - LVS03343 LVS03344 LVS03345
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-23
Fixing accessories
Others
Clip-nuts
Mounting For slotted mounting plates For modular rails For lateral and longitudinal
cross-members
Dd381313.eps
DD381312.eps
Dd381612.eps
M4 LVS03180 LVS03164 -
M5 LVS03181 LVS03165 -
M6 LVS03182 LVS03166 LVS03194
Characteristics Set of 20 Set of 20 Set of 20
Mounting of various devices Mounting of various devices Mounting in cubicles
Pratic raiser
Raiser
DD381576.eps
DD381314.eps
Catalog number LVS04224

Characteristics Set of 5
Height 10 mm, wide 27 mm
Color: RAL 9003, insulating material
Hexagonal spacers
Hexagonal spacers
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
Dd380828.eps
M5 LVS03185 LVS03186 - LVS03187 -

M6 LVS03195 LVS03196 LVS03198 LVS03197 -
M8 - - - - LVS03199
Characteristics Height: 9 mm Height: 23 mm Height: 25 mm Height: 55 mm Height: 40 + 10 mm
Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4 Set of 4
Universal angle brackets

Universal angle brackets
DD385531.eps
DD383657.eps
DD381577.eps
DD382920.eps
DD383078.eps
Catalog number LVS03580 LVS03581 LVS03582 LVS03583 LVS04667

Characteristics Set of 4 + vis Set of 2 6 universal inserts Set of 6 Set of 2
F-24 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Universal adapter
PrismaSeT G Active adapter
Mounting on a plain backplate
Others
PrismaSeT G Active adapter
W = 500 W = 250
DD381603.eps
Characteristics For installation in a device compartment W = 650 mm For installation in a device compartment W = 400 mm
Kit with four lateral and two longitudinal cross-members that can be depth adjusted.
Installation of components, notably the functional mounting plates, the Linergy BW insulated busbars and the 400 A rear
Linergy BS busbars.
Mounting on a plain backplate

Mounting Plain backplate Slide rails + angle brackets
Dd381174.ai
Dd381309.ai
40 150
0 650
Catalog number LVS03570 LVS03569 LVS03593

Characteristics 36 modules 510 mm wide 36 modules 660 mm wide Set of 2
for installation in a device compartment for installation for a cubicle for the installation and depth adjustment
W = 650 mm or W = 800 mm (650 + W = 800 mm
150)
Note: the adapter LVS03595 can be used for all mounting plates, except LVS03030.
The Linergy BW busbars can be positioned to the left, middle or right of the modular row.
Depth adjustable, the busbars can be supplied by a ComPacT INS-INV switch-disconnector or a fixed/withdrawable ComPacT NSX circuit breaker, whatever the
type of operating system (toggle, rotary handle, motor mechanism).
For Linergy BW busbars, order two adapters (LVS03595 x 2).
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-25
Others devices
Mounting on a slotted plate
Mounting on a modular rail
Others
Mounting on a slotted plate
Mounting Slotted mounting plates + lateral cross-members Slotted mounting plate
without lateral cross-
members
Dd381178.eps
Dd381175.eps
Dd381176.ai
40 150
0 650

Height (mm) 200 300 600
2 universal angle brackets - 2 x LVS03581 -
Characteristics Installation Galvanised, slotted metal mounting
b either in the device zone on the four lateral cross-members (depth adjustment is possible) plate
b or vertically at the rear of a cable compartment, W = 300 mm (LVS03571) Supplied with four angle brackets,
or W = 400 mm (LVS03572). they connect directly to the rear of a
framework, W = 650 mm or 800 mm
(650 + 150 mm)
The mounting plate can also be
installed using two sets of two slide
rails (LVS03593 x 2) for depth
adjustment.
Mounting on a modular rail

Mounting Modular rails Modular rail W = 650 mm
Dd381180.eps
Dd381187.eps
Dd381310.eps
Dd381186.ai
40 150
0 650
Catalog number LVS03401 LVS03402 LVS04226 (1) LVS03590

Characteristics Useful length: 432 mm Useful length: 432 mm Set of 2 rails, useful length: W = 650 mm
Modular rail (adjustable) 1600 mm with 4 holes, Ø 6.4 Supplied with two angle brackets for
mm, 450 mm between mounting on the framework
centres
(1) Example of a Linergy busbars installed in a busbar compartment, on a modular rail cat. no. LVS04226 + LVS03581 + LVS08794: > page G-38.
Dd381185.ai
F-26 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Cable running
Others
Straps and covers
Type Vertical cable straps Covers for vertical Horizontal cable Covers for horizontal
cable straps straps cable straps
Dd381622_R.eps
Dd381632.ai
DD381629.eps
Dd381633.eps
Dd381618.eps
Dd381621.eps
Catalog number LVS04262 LVS04263 LVS04239 LVS04243
Characteristics Set of 12 Set of 2 x 1 m Set of 12 Set of 4 covers of 430 mm
Horizontal cable straps have
the same capacity as
60 x 30 mm trunking.
Trunking supports
Type Horizontal trunking supports Adaptable support for horizontal trunking
Dd382924.eps
Dd382320.eps
Dd381626.eps
Dd382922.eps

Characteristics Set of 12 Set of 10
Aligns the cover of a horizontal trunking section (H = 60 or
80 mm) with that of a vertical trunking section (H = 80 mm)
Note: not designed for use with Pack enclosures.
Trunkings
Type Vertical trunkings 80 x 60 mm Horizontal trunkings 60 x 30 mm Cable trunkings for doors 30 x 30 mm
Dd381640.eps
Dd381639.eps
Dd381641.eps

Characteristics Set of 18 Set of 4 Set of 30 adhesive trunkings
L = 2000 mm L = 450 mm 30 x 30 mm
Supplied with supports L = 2000
Cable trunkings for doors, grommets

Type Flexible trunkings for Grommets
wiring to door
Dd382719.eps
Dd383653.eps
DD384168.eps
Catalog number LVS04235 LVS04234 LVS01215 87648

Characteristics W = 500 mm, inner Ø = 19 mm Set of 10. 5 square grommets 70 x 40. 50 grommets Ø22 mm.
For wiring through front.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-27
Connection accessories
Cable-tie supports, lateral and longitudinal cross-members
Others
Mounting Longitudinal cable-tie supports Lateral cable-tie supports
DD381557.ai
DD381556.ai
Dd381638.ai
Catalog number LVS08773 LVS08774 LVS08776 LVS08778 LVS08794 LVS08796
Characteristics W = 300 W = 400 W = 650 W = 800 D = 400 mm D = 200 mm
mm mm mm mm
Set of 4, supplied with the necessary hardware for For frameworks that are 400 mm deep, assign a 400 mm deep
connection to the framework. Cable-tie supports are support to a 200 mm deep support.
used to correctly position the cables in the connection
compartment.
Mounting C-shaped cable-tie supports
Dd383425.ai
Characteristics C-shaped 1600 mm long support, supplied with hardware for mounting on universal angle brackets and modular rails, that
can be cut to length as needed.
Can be secured to:
b universal angle bracket LVS03581 (for the longitudinal support)
b universal angle bracket LVS03582 (for the lateral support)
b modular rail LVS03593 (for depth adjustment).
Mounting Lateral cross-members Longitudinal cross-members

DD381316.eps
DD381581.eps
150
Dd381580.eps
40
0 650

Characteristics Set of 2 Set of 2 Set of 2
W = 400 mm: for frameworks that are W = 200 mm: can be added to W = 650 mm
400 mm deep the 400 mm crossmembers for They are connected directly to the
frameworks that are 600 mm deep. framework (W = 650 mm). They can also be
They can also be installed separately. mounted on the lateral cross-members.
Metallics, they offer numerous positioning holes for easier installation.
F-28 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200
Door handles and locks
Others
Handles and padlocking
EURO handle
Dd119386.ai
ASSA/ABLOY handle RAL 7016 rotary handle Padlocking
nnz3131101_1.eps
Dd119387.ai
nnz3131101-p_2.eps
Cat. no. LVS07932 LVS07933 LVS07931 LVS07938
Characteristics Supplied without barrel Supplied without barrel Supplied with barrel lock (key no. For new rotary handle
405) RAL 7016
New Barrel locks and inserts

The barrel locks and inserts below can mount on all the door handles of PrismaSeT P range after removing the standard barrel lock (key
n°405)”.
Rotary handle and inserts
Characteristics Catalog numbers
1 key no. 405 LVS07940
nnz3131101_1.eps
2 keys no. 455 LVS07941

2 keys no.1242E LVS07942
2 keys no.3113A LVS07943
2 keys no.2433A LVS07944
2 keys no.2432E LVS07956
DIN double bar insert LVS07945

F
Screwdriver slot LVS07946
insert
Male triangle insert 8 mm LVS07949
Male square insert 6 mm LVS07951

8 mm LVS07953
Earthing braid
Earthing braid is used to earth a door or wicket door with devices.
Earthing braid, 6 mm2 Earthing wire, 6 mm2
DD384368.eps
DD384368.eps
Catalog numbers LVS08910 LVS08911

Characteristics Equipped with a 4 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm diameter Equipped with a 5 mm diameter lug at one end and a 6 mm
lug on the other. W = 200 mm. diameter lug on the other. W = 200 mm
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6200 TOC F-29
PrismaSeT P - Cubicles www.se.com
Ventilation accessories
Panel installation
Others
Front plate Ventilated front plate
Dd381676.eps
Height 1 vertical module, 3 vertical modules,
H = 50 mm H = 150 mm
Characteristics Degree of protection: IP30.
Located at the top and bottom of the switchboard, ventilated front plates facilitate natural convection in the switchboard.
Surface area of the 80 cm2 250 cm2
openings
Forced-air 38 m3/hr 85 m3/hr 165 m3/hr 300 m3/hr 560 m3/hr 850 m3/hr
ventilation
PB501050_R.eps
PB501051_R.eps
PB501052_R.eps
PB501052_R.eps
PB501053_35.eps
PB501053_35.eps
Cat. no. NSYCVF38M230PF NSYCVF85M230PF NSYCVF165M230PF NSYCVF300M230PF NSYCVF560M230PF NSYCVF850M230PF
Unimpeded 50 Hz 38 85 165 300 562 838
throughput via 60 Hz 39 98 193 350 586 803
filter (m3/hr)
Throughput via 50 Hz 25 63 153 (1) 260 473 718
outlet grill (m3/hr) 60 Hz 26 72 171 (1) 307 477 568
Power drawn (W) 4,5/4,8 17/15 16.3/14.3 36/37 68/85 150/195
(max. intensity (A)) (0,16/0,17) (0.121/0.097) (0.12/0.94) (0.171/0.16) (0.52/0.370) (0.65/0.85)
Noise level (dB (A)) 40/41 46/49 50/51 55/56 59/59 76/75
External dimensions 137 x 117 x 49 170 x 150 x 62 268 x 248 x 104 268 x 248 x 116 336 x 316 x 161 336 x 316 x 162
(cutting) (92 x 92) (125 x 125) (223 x 223) (223 x 223) (291 x 291) (291 x 291)
Weight (kg) 0,220 0.780 1.140 1.3 3.2 4.1
Operating temperature -10...+70 °C -20...+60 °C -20...+60 °C -10...+70 °C -15...+60 °C -15...+60 °C
Outlet grill
Cat. no. NSYCAG92LPF NSYCAG125LPF NSYCAG223LPF NSYCAG223LPF NSYCAG291LPF NSYCAG291LPF
Filters for outlet grill

PB501046_35.eps
G2 M1 standard filters NSYCAF92 NSYCAF125 NSYCAF223 NSYCAF223 NSYCAF291 NSYCAF291

G3 M1 fine filters - NSYCAF125T NSYCAF223T NSYCAF223T NSYCAF291T NSYCAF291T
Characteristics Set of 5 (for replacement)
Synthetic filters
EMC cover
Cat. no. - NSYCAP125LE NSYCAP223LE NSYCAP223LE NSYCAP291LE NSYCAP291LE

(1) For 2 outlet grills 161 (50 Hz) / 175 (60 Hz).
Nota : For other usage voltage like 50V or 110V, see Universal Enclosures catalog, cat. no. UE12MK01EN.
F-30 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300
Panel installation
Others
Dimensions
NSYCVF38M230PF
13
DB300459.eps
DB300460.eps
DB300461.eps
137
92 x 92
91,85
80
117
49 9
NSYCVF85M230PF
15
DB300463.eps
DB300464.eps
DD385568.eps
170
124,85
119
125 x 125
150
62 9
NSYCVF165M230PF
18
DB300467.eps
DB300468.eps
DB300469.eps
268
222,7
119
223 x 223
248 F
104 9,5
NSYCVF300M230PF
18
DB300471.eps
DB300472.eps
DB300469.eps
268
222,7
172
223 x 223
248
116 9,5
NSYCVF560M230PF - NSYCVF850M230PF
A B Cat. no. 18 18
DB300475EN.eps
DD385319.eps
DB300474.eps
DB300476.eps
225 160.5 NSYCVF560M230PF

280 192 NSYCVF850M230PF
336
290.7
A
291 x 291
316
B 9.5 9.5
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300 TOC F-31
Roof installation
Others
Roof ventilation Width 650, IP31 Width 800, IP54
NSYCVF575M230MB 2 x NSYCVF575M230MB
DD385540.eps
DD385819.eps
or NSYCAC228RMB or 2 x NSYCAC228RMB
LVS08476 LVS08478 or
or LVS08678
LVS08676
Roof with a cut-out D = 400 mm D = 600 mm D = 400 mm D = 600 mm

Catalog numbers LVS08476 LVS08676 LVS08478 LVS08678
Characteristics IP31 IP31 IP54 IP54
Forced ventilation top hood with fan
Catalog numbers NSYCVF575M230MB
Characteristics Fan characteristics
b Power: 85 W
b Input voltage: 230 V
b Throughput via outlet grill :
v with 1 outlet grill:
350 m3/hr
v Free with filter: 575 m3/hr
v Finishing parts: painted with epoxy-polyester
resin, textured RAL 9003 white
b Noise level: 64 dB.
Natural ventilation top hood without fan
Catalog numbers NSYCAC228RMB
Characteristics b Material: steel
b Finishing parts: painted with epoxy-polyester resin, textured RAL 9003 white
b IP54
b Fixing to the top by means of caged nuts and special screws
Air-flow cross section = 304 cm² without electrical fan 2 x 304 cm²
F-32 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300
Heat
Others
Resistors
Resistors prevent condensation, corrosion and superficial leakage currents.They
maintain a positive temperature in the enclosures and cubicles when external
temperatures drop very low.
b Install heaters according to the desired power level at the bottom of the enclosure
b Respect a safety area of a least 10 cm around the device
b The heaters must be installed with a thermal controller to control the temperature
or the humidity inside the enclosure.
b The enclosure must be sealed to prevent the entry of air from the outside.
b An electrical protection device must be installed on the supply side of the unit.
b Surface temperature limited to 75 °C when the ambient temperature is -5 °C.
b Heaters equipped with a power cable with a length of 500 mm with silicon
insulation, or with a connection terminal block.
Aluminium PTC resistors Resistive heaters with fan

PB501146_32.eps
PB501025.eps
Power cord Terminal block Terminal block
Cat. no. NSYCR10WU2 NSYCR20WU2 NSYCR55WU2 NSYCR100WU2 NSYCR150WU2 NSYCR250W230VV NSYCR400W230VV
Power rating (W) 10 25 55 90 150 250 400
Voltage (V) 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 110-250 AC 230 AC 230 AC
Characteristics b Vertical mounting. b Vertical mounting.
b Aluminium case with fins. b Aluminium case with fins.
b Temperature: b Temperature:
v turns off at 60 °C, v turns off at 60 °C,
F
v turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the resistor itself). v turns on at 25-30 °C (temperature of the
b Equipped with a symetrical resistor itself).
b Equipped with a symetrical
Thermofan
Thermofan
PB501154_R.eps
Terminal block
Cat. no. NSYCRP1W230VTVC
Power rating (W) 400/550
Voltage (V) 230 AC
Characteristics b Combination of a resistance heater and an axial motor to ensure uniform heating of the enclosure.
b Fixing by clip on a DIN rail.
b Thermostat adjustable from 0…+60 °C.
b Visual operation indicator.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300 TOC F-33
Regulating
Others
Regulating
The thermostat can control the temperature inside electrical switchboards in
conjunction with heating resistors and fans.
This thermostat can control the activation of a fan and a heater and regulate their
temperature independently.
Mecanical thermostats Electronical thermostats
PB501172_R.eps
PB501162_30.eps
PB502513.eps
Thermostat Double thermostat Electronical Electronic Electronic hygrostat
with OF contact thermostat hygrotherm
Cat. no. NSYCCOTHI NSYCCOTHD NSYCCOTH230VID NSYCCOHYT230VID NSYCCOHY230VID
Colour of the button Black b Red: with normally closed - - -
contact (NC) for controlling
the resistance heaters.
b Blue: with normally open
contact (NO) for controlling
the fans, signalling systems
or alarms.
Contact Inverse, forced rupture 1 with normally closed Free with zero potential
contact (NC),
1 with normally open contact
(NO),
forced rupture
Internal sensor Bimetal Internal temperature - Internal humidity sensor
element sensor
Switching capacity 250 V AC ; 10 A (resistive 250 V AC ; 10 A - - -
load) 120 V AC ; 15 A
250 V AC/120 V AC : 2 A
(inductive load cos Ø= 0,6)
30 W DC
Max interrupting 250 V AC 4 A - - - -
capacity with direct (charge inductive Ø = 0,6)
current 30 W DC
Connection Four 2.5 mm² terminals Six 2.5 mm² terminals 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage) 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage) 2 x 2.5 mm² (input voltage)
+ 2 relays (2 x 2.5 mm² + 2 relays (2 x 2.5 mm² + 1 relay (2 x 2.5 mm²)
+ 2 x 2.5 mm²) + 2 x 2.5 mm²)
Dimensions (mm) 67 x 50 x 44 60 x 33 x 43 - - -
Weight (g) 100 40 - - -
Hysteresis 7° K 7° K Programmed 2 °K 3% 3%
Temperature setting +5...+60 °C 0...+60 °C -40 °C…+80 °C -40 °C…+80 °C -40 °C…+80 °C, humidity
range setting range:20 %…80 %
Characteristics b Ingress protection rating: IP20. b Ingress protection rating: IP20.
b Contact resistance: < 10 mW. b Certification : UL/UR.
b Service life: > 100 000 cycles. b Fixing: 4 different methods: on DIN rail, Spacial SF profile, on VDI cross-rail or on
b Fixing:by clip on a 35-mm DIN rail mounting plate
b Case : plastic UL 94 V-0, light grey. b Boîtier : plastique UL 94 V-0, gris clair.
b Operating temperature : -20...+80 °C (-4...+176 °F). b Operating temperature : -40 °C…+80 °C.
b Display : °C/°F. b Display : °C/°F.
b Max. command intensity: (NC) 5 A (NO) 10 A. b Max. command intensity: 8 (5) A 230 V AC / 5 A 30 V DC.
PTC external temperature sensor (double insulation)

PB501175_R.eps
Cat. no. NSYCCASTE

Characteristics b Sensor operation or reading range: -30 °C…+80 °C.
b IP67.
b Thermostat installation tips: the thermostat should be installed at the top of the enclosure (the hottest place). See the various operating
modes of each thermostat to choose the one that best meets your needs.
b Hygrostat installation tips: the hygrostat should be installed at the bottom of the enclosure. 60 % RH is the optimum value in the enclosure.

> page C-9.
F-34 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300
Switchboard lighting
Others
Lighting system
Fixed lighting
DD384098.eps
650

Presentation This system is generally used to illuminate the front of a switchboard.
b The kit is made up of:
v a base
v a neon tube
v a front plate with cut-out (1 module)
v a door contact.
Characteristics b Supply voltage: 220/240 V
b Power rating: 8 W
b Height: 1 vertical module (50 mm)
Switchboard portable lamp

Switchboard portable lamp
DD381675.eps
Catalog number LVS08965 F

Presentation b Lamp with a magnetic base for installation behind a door or directly on the cubicle framework.
b Supplied without a power cord.
b H x W x D: 90 x 345 x 42
Characteristics b Supply voltage: 220/240 V
b Power rating: 11 W
b Lamp: picoline OSRAM 8W (supplied)
b Class 2
b IP20
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E6300 TOC F-35
Linergy
distribution
systems
PrismaSeT P Active - Linergy distribution systems www.se.com
Contents
Power busbars
Linergy LGYE
Horizontal profiles up to 4000 A G-2
Linergy BS
Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A G-3
Linergy LGY
Lateral profiles up to 3200 A G-4
Linergy LGYE
Lateral profiles up to 4000 A G-5
Linergy BS
Lateral flat busbars up to 4000 A G-6
Linergy LGY
Rear profiles up to 1600 A G-7
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 1600 A G-8
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 630 A G-9
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A G-10
Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A G-11
Incomer accessories up to 630 A G-12
Linergy Busbars
Accessories G-13
Distribution blocks
Linergy DP
Quick distribution blocks - ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A G-14
Quick distribution blocks - ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A G-15
Device feeders
Linergy FC
Feeders for ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A G-16
Feeders for ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A G-18
Secondary distribution
Insulated flexible bars G-20
Distribution blocks
Linergy DX
Quick distribution blocks G-22
Device feeders
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders G-24
Distribution blocks
Linergy DS G
Screw distribution blocks G-26
Device feeders
Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125 G-28
Comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9 G-29
Comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60 G-31
Comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9 G-32
Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Domae G-33
Horizontal biconnect comb busbar for 18 mm pitch G-34
Terminal blocks and lines
Linergy TA
Auxiliary connections G-35
Linergy TB
Earth bars G-36
PE conductor G-37
Linergy TB terminal block support G-38
Electrical characteristics
Designing connection y 630 A
Auxiliary connections G-39
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks G-40
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7000 TOC G-1
Linergy LGYE
Horizontal profiles up to 4000 A
400 mm deep installation
Power busbars
Linergy LGYE profiles
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 2500 A Up to 4000 A
Linergy profiles, 2000 mm length
DD385350.eps
DD385354.eps
DD385355.eps
DD385356.eps
DD385357.eps
DD385349.eps
DD385352.eps
DD385353.eps
DD385351.eps
60 60 60 60 60 100 100
150 150
23 23 23 23 23 31 31
31 31
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

Permissible current for an IP y 31 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1650 A 2000 A 2440 A 3200 A 3620
ambient temperature of 35 °C
around the switchboard IP > 31 530 A 680 A 850 A 1050 A 1480 A 1650 A 2100 A 2800 A 3350
Number of profiles per phase 1
Total number of vertical modules (50 mm) 3 3 4
Catalog numbers LVS04560 LVS04561 LVS04562 LVS04563 LVS04564 LVS04565 LVS04566 LVS04567 LVS04568
Busbar supports

DD381225-LIN.eps
DD381226-LIN.eps
DD385514.eps
DD385513.eps
DD384520-LIN.eps
Fixed support LVS04664 Free support LVS04662 Fixed support LVS04665 Free support LVS04678
Characteristics Two fixed supports for 650 mm or 650 + 150 mm wide PrismaSeT P Active frameworks and one fixed support for 300/400
mm wide PrismaSeT P Active frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are required, use free supports.
Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace LVS04664 fixed support by LVS04665 and
LVS04662 free support by LVS04678.
In cubicle Number of y 15 2
W = 650 or supports y 25 2
W= depending on y 30 2
650+150 Icw (kA rms/1 s) y 40 - 2
busbar y 50 - 2
supports y 60 - 2+1 2
75 mm y 65 - 2+1
between y 75 - 2+1
centres y 85 - 2+1
y 100 - 2+3
Catalog Fixed LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware) LVS04664 + LVS04646 (2)
numbers support (hardware)
Free LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware) LVS04662 + LVS04646 (2)
support (hardware)
In cubicle Number of y 100 2 + 4 (3)
W = 800 supports
busbar depending on
supports Icw (kA rms/1 s)
75 mm Catalog Fixed LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware) LVS04664 + LVS04646 (2)
between numbers support (hardware)
centres Free LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware) LVS04662 + LVS04646 (2)
support (hardware)
In duct Number of y 60 1
W = 300 supports y 85 1+1
busbar depending on y 100 - 1+1
supports Icw (kA rms/1 s)
support (hardware)
In duct Number of y 50 1
W = 400 supports y 85 1+1
busbar depending on
supports Icw (kA rms/1 s) y 100 - 1+1
support (hardware)
Joints
Up to 1600 A Up to 2500 A Up to 4000 A
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A
DD384535-LIN.ai
DD384615-LIN.eps
DD384588-LIN.eps
LVS04620 LVS04623 LVS04624

Catalog numbers 3 x LVS04620 (3P) 3 x LVS04621 (3P) 3 x LVS04623 (3P)
4 x LVS04620 + LVS04624 (4P) 4 x LVS04621 + 4 x LVS04623 + LVS04624 (4P)
LVS04624 (4P)
Note LVS04624 is mandatory in case of jointed 4P Linergy LGYE busbars installations and must be installed only at the junction
on side-by-side frameworks combination. When installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.
(1) LVS04671: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 100 or 120 mm. Contains 2 threaded rods and 4 insulators.
(2) LVS04646: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 150 mm. Contains 2 threaded rods and 2 insulators.
(3) It is applicable for W800 control panel configuration only.
Note: for accessories > page G-13.
G-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy BS
Horizontal busbars up to 4000 A
Power busbars
Flat bars
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
Copper without holes, 2000 mm length
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1200 A 1400 A 1800 A 2050 A 2300 A 2820 A 3300 A 3760 A
temperature of 35 °C around the
IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1080 A 1250 A 1600 A 1850 A 2000 A 2500 A 2900 A 3340 A
switchboard
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 1 2 2 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2
Total number of vertical modules (50 mm) 3 4
Catalog numbers LVS04536 LVS04538 LVS04536 LVS04538 LVS04545 LVS04546 LVS04548 LVS04545 LVS04546 LVS04548 LVS04550 LVS04552
Busbar supports

DD381226-LIN-15.eps
DD381225-LIN-15.eps
DD385513.eps
spe.03-NIL-922183DD
DD385514.eps
Fixed support LVS04664 Free support LVS04662 Fixed support LVS04665 Free support LVS04678
Characteristics Two fixed supports for 650 mm, 650 + 150 mm wide frameworks and one fixed support for 300/400 mm wide
PrismaSeT P Active frameworks are mandatory. If more supports are required, use free supports.
Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace LVS04664 fixed support by LVS04665
and LVS04662 free support by LVS04678.
In cubicle Number of supports y 15 2
W = 650 or depending on Icw y 25 2+1 2
W = 650+150 (kA rms/1 s) y 30 2+1 2
busbar supports
y 40 2+1
75 mm between
centres y 50 - 2+1 2
y 60 - 2+1
y 65 - 2+1
y 75 - 2+2 2+1
y 85 - - 2+1
Catalog Fixed support LVS04664 LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
numbers Free support LVS04662 LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
In cubicle Number of y 100 2 + 4 (2)
W = 800 supports
busbar supports depending on
75 mm between Icw (kA rms/1 s)
centres Catalog Fixed support LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) LVS04664 + LVS04646 (2) (hardware)
numbers
Free support LVS04662
(hardware)
LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) LVS04662 + LVS04646 (2) (hardware) G
(hardware)
In duct Number of supports y 30 1
W = 300 depending on Icw y 50 1+1 1
busbar (kA rms/1 s) y 85 - 1+1
supports
75 mm between Catalog Fixed support LVS04664 LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
centres numbers Free support LVS04662 LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
In duct Number of supports y 25 1
W = 400 depending on Icw y 40 1+1 1
busbar (kA rms/1 s)
supports y 50 1+1
75 mm between y 85 - 1+1
centres Catalog Fixed support LVS04664 LVS04664 LVS04664 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
numbers Free support LVS04662 LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671 (1) (hardware)
Joints
Installation Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
1 bar per phase 2 bars per phase 1 bar per 2 bars per phase
phase
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Sliding joints with torque nut
DD381227-LIN.eps
DD381231-LIN.eps
DD385358.eps
LVS04640 LVS04641 LVS04643

Catalog numbers (1 joint per LVS04640 LVS04641 LVS04640 LVS04641 LVS04641 LVS04640 LVS04640 LVS04641 LVS04641 LVS04643
phase)
Note when installed at the bottom of cubicles, the busbars must be partitioned.
(1) LVS04671: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 100 or 120 mm. Containt 2 threaded rods and 4 insulators.
(2) It is appicable for W800 control panel configuration only.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-3
Linergy LGY
Lateral profiles up to 3200 A
Power busbars
Linergy LGY profiles
Up to 1600 A (simple busbars) Up to 3200 A (double busbars)
In duct W150 2 x W150
Linergy profiles, 1670 mm length
Dd381233-LIN-7.eps
DD381234-LIN-7.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2 x 1000 A 2 x 1250 A 2 x 1600 A
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 680 A 840 A 1040 A 1290 A 1650 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 590 A 760 A 950 A 1170 A 1480 A 1820 A 2260 A 2920 A
switchboard
Number of profiles per phase 1 2
Catalog numbers LVS04502 LVS04503 LVS04504 LVS04505 LVS04506 LVS04504 LVS04505 LVS04506
Busbar supports
DD381509.eps
DD380741-LIN.eps
387,5 mm
maxi
Fixed support LVS04651

Characteristics An end stop must be installed on the bottom support: LVS01109 (set of 12).
DD380742-LIN-12.eps
700 mm
maxi
700 mm Number of y 25 3 2x3

maxi
supports y 30 - 3 2x3
depending y 40 - 3 2x3
on Icw (kA y 50 - 4 2x3
rms/1 s) y 60 - 5 2x4
y 65 - 5 2x4
y 75 - 7 2x5
y 85 - 8 2x5
Catalog numbers Fixed support LVS04651
Chock LVS01109
Equipotential links
3 equipments - Connection
DD382576-LIN-30.eps
Dd382327R-20.ai
must be made with a

installed flat
between the 80 x 10 mm
busbars. busbar
between 2
W150 ducts
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS busbars

DD385427.eps
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied. Order 1 link per phase

Cat. no. Thickness 5 mm LVS04634 (1000 A) LVS04635 (1600 A) -
according to Thickness W y 80 mm LVS04636 2 x LVS04636
horizontal 10 mm W 100 mm LVS04636 + LVS04642 (2) 2 x LVS04636 + 2 x LVS04642
busbar size W 120 mm LVS04638 2 x LVS04638
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars
DD384557.EPS
y 1600 A
Characteristics Supplied with mounting hardware.
Catalog numbers include 1 connection only: 1 connection per phase.
Cat. no. according to horizontal busbar size LVS04602 (vertical connection)
LVS04603 (vertical shifted connection) (1)
(1) Dedicated connection LVS04603 for Linergy LGYE busbar in 150 mm duct with horizontal jointing
(2) LVS04642: mounting hardware for bars > 80 mm. Comprises 2 threaded rods.
G-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy LGYE
Lateral profiles up to 4000 A
Power busbars
Linergy LGYE profiles
Linergy profile, 2000 mm length (1) Linergy profile, 1625 mm length
In duct W150 W150 W300
Linergy profile
DD385350.eps
DD385357.eps
DD385349.eps
DD385352.eps
DD385354.eps
DD385355.eps
DD385353.eps
DD385356.eps
DD385351.eps
60 60 60 60 60
100 100
23 23 23 23 23
150 150
31 31
31 31
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A 2000 A 2500 A 3200 A 4000 A

Permissible current for an ambient temperature IP y 31 630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1650 A 2000 A 2440 A 3200 A 3620
of 35 °C around the switchboard IP > 31 530 A 680 A 850 A 1050 A 1480 A 1650 A 2100 A 2800 A 3350
Length to cut for side mounting 1675 mm - -
Catalog numbers LVS04560 LVS04561 LVS04562 LVS04563 LVS04564 LVS04507 LVS04508 LVS04509 LVS04510
Busbar supports
DD384607-LIN_1_1.eps
DD380829-LIN_1.eps
DD381650-LIN_1.eps
DD384851_L13.ai
Fixed support LVS04661 Free support LVS04662 Bottom support LVS04666
Characteristics Attach directly to the framework.
Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars.
If more than three supports are required, use additional free supports.
The bottom support maintains the bars in position.
It is not considered a busbar support.
Note: in case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace LVS04661 fixed support by LVS04668,
free support LVS04662 by LVS04678 and bottom support LVS04663 or LVS04666 by LVS04673.
Number y 30 3
depending y 40 - 3+2 3
on Icw y 50 - 3+2 3
(kA rms/1 s)
y 60 - 3+2 3
y 65 - 3+2
y 75 - 3+4 3+2
y 85 - 3+4
y 100 - 3+6
In duct Catalog Fixed support LVS04661 LVS04661 + LVS04671 LVS04661 + LVS04646
W150, W = 300
busbar supports
75 mm between
numbers
Free support LVS04662
(2)
LVS04662 + LVS04671
(2)
(3)
LVS04662 + LVS04646
(3)
G
centres
Busbars chocks
DD384577-LIN_1.eps
DD384576-LIN_1.eps
Chocks installed on a bottom support LVS04658 Chocks installed on a bottom support LVS04659
Characteristics The bottom support maintains the sections in position.
In duct Catalog Bottom support LVS04663 LVS04666 + LVS04661
W150, W = 300 numbers Chocks LVS04658 LVS04659
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars
DD385751.eps
DD384575-4vis-LIN_1.eps
DD384575-LIN_1.eps
630 to 1600 A 2000 to 2500 A 3200 to 4000 A

Characteristics Supplied with mounting hardware.
Catalog numbers include 1 connection only: 1 connection per phase.
Cat. no. according to horizontal busbar size LVS04602 (straight connection) LVS04604 (short LVS04607
LVS04603 (shifted connection) connection)
LVS04605 (long
connection)
(1) Linergy LGYE profiles up to 1600 A must be cut at the dimension of the cubicle : 1625 mm
(2) LVS04671: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 100 or 120 mm. Containt 2 threaded rods and 4 insulators.
(3) LVS04646: mounting hardware for bars or profile H = 150 mm. Containt 2 threaded rods and 3 insulators
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-5
Linergy BS
Lateral flat busbars up to 4000 A
Power busbars
Flat bars
Up to 1600 A Up to 4000 A
In duct W150 W150 2 x W150 W300
Copper with holes, 1675
DD381505-LIN.eps
mm length
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1200 A 1400 A 1800 A 2050 A 2300 A 2820 A 3200 A 3200 A 3760 A
temperature of 35 °C around the IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1080 A 1250 A 1600 A 1850 A 2000 A 2500 A 2820 A 2820 A 3340 A
switchboard
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 2 1 2
Catalog numbers LVS04516 LVS04518 LVS04516 LVS04518 LVS04525 LVS04526 LVS04528 LVS04525 LVS04526 LVS04528 LVS04528 LVS04550 (1) LVS04552 (1)
Busbar supports
Description Drilled bars.
DD385999.eps
IL[HG
Three fixed supports are required to maintain the busbars. If more than three supports are required, use additional free
supports.
The bottom support maintains the bars in position.
IUHH Note: In case of 600 mm depth with 115 mm between centers, replace LVS04661 fixed support by LVS04668 and
LVS04662 free support by LVS04678 and LVS04663 or LVS04666 bottom support by LVS04673.
IL[HG
Number of y 15 3 3 2x3
supports y 25 3+2 3 3 2x3
depending
y 30 3+2 3+2 3 2x3
on Icw
IUHH
(kA rms/1 s) y 40 3+4 3+2 3+2 2x3
y 50 - 3+4 3+2 2x3
y 60 - 3+4 3+2 2 x 3+2
IL[HG
y 65 - 3+4 3+2 2 x 3+2
FKRFNV y 75 - - 3+6 3+4 2 x 3+2
y 85 - - 3+4 2 x 3+2
In duct Catalog Fixed support LVS04661 2 x LVS04661 LVS04661 + LVS04671

W150, W = 300 numbers
busbar supports Free support LVS04662 2 x LVS04662 LVS04662 + LVS04671
75 mm between Bottom support LVS04663 2 x LVS04663 LVS04666 + LVS04661
centres
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS busbars
DD383844_R.eps
DD385418.eps
Characteristics For busbars with 75 mm between Catalog numbers LVS04636 and LVS04637 include 1 connection only.
centres, the bars must fully overlap. Order 1 connection per phase.
To satisfy safety clearances, the Reference LVS04642 consists of 2 M8 x 140 screws which can replace the original M8
assembly points on adjacent x 120 screws.
bars must be staggered as shown
above.
DD383399_R-LIN.eps
1 bar per phase 2 bars per phase 1 bar per phase 2 bars per phase
double 2 bars per phase
BB
Size of vertical bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10 80 x 10 100 x 10 120 x 10
Catalog number of the connecting part y 80 mm LVS04782 LVS04636 LVS04637 LVS04637 2 x LVS04637 LVS04645 LVS04645
according to the size of the horizontal 2 x LVS04637
bars LVS04636 + LVS04637
100 mm LVS04782 LVS04637 + LVS04642 +2x LVS04645 LVS04645
LVS04642 + LVS04642
LVS04642
120 mm LVS04782 LVS04638 LVS04638 LVS04638 2 xLVS04638 LVS04645 LVS04645
(1) Copper plain bars, 2000 mm length.
Drilling diagram for horizontal busbars, Drilling diagram for horizontal busbars,
5 mm thick. 10 mm thick.
12,5
DD384320-LIN.eps
DD383398-LIN.eps
50/60/80/100
35 35 12,5
55 11 55
75 75
111 111
50/60
80
100
Note: for more information > page J-3.
G-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy LGY
Rear profiles up to 1600 A
Power busbars
Linergy LGY profiles
Up to 1600 A
At the rear of the cubicle W650
Linergy profile, 1670 mm length
DD381234-LIN-7.eps
DD381235-LIN-7.eps
DD385495.eps
DD385496.eps
Dd381233-LIN-7.eps
630 A 800 A 1000 A 1250 A 1600 A
Permissible current for an ambient IP y 31 680 A 840 A 1040 A 1290 A 1650 A
temperature of 35 °C around the switchboard IP > 31 590 A 760 A 950 A 1170 A 1480 A
Catalog numbers LVS04502 LVS04503 LVS04504 LVS04505 LVS04506
Busbar supports
DD381242-LIN.eps
DD381241New_modif-LIN.eps
387,5 mm
maxi
350 mm
maxi
Fixed support LVS04652
Number of y 25 3
350 mm
maxi
supports y 30 - 4
depending
y 40 - 5
on Icw
350 mm (kA rms/1 s) y 50 - 7
maxi
Characteristics Stop to be installed on the bottom support. LVS01109
DD381243-LIN.eps
(set of 12).
350 mm
maxi
Catalog numbers Fixed support LVS04652

Chock LVS01109
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS flat busbars
DD381244-LIN.eps
9C-DD381245-ret-LIN.eps
G
Connection LVS04635 to horizontal Connection LVS04636 to horizontal busbars
busbars 5 mm thick. 10 mm thick.
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied, order 1 connection per phase.
For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Cat. no. according Thickness 5 mm LVS04635
to horizontal
Thickness W y 80 mm LVS04636
busbar size
10 mm
W > 80 mm LVS04636 + LVS04642
Connections to the horizontal Linergy LGYE flat busbars
DD384611.EPS
Connection LVS04602 to horizontal Linergy LGYE busbars

5 mm thick.
Characteristics Mounting hardware supplied, order 1 connection per phase.
For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Catalog numbers LVS04602
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-7
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 1600 A
Power busbars
Flat bars
Up to 1600 A
At the rear of the cubicle L650
Copper with holes,
DD381505-LIN.eps
1670 mm length
800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A 1000 A 1200 A 1600 A

Permissible current for an ambient temperature IP y 31 800 A 1000 A 1400 A 1800 A - - -
of 35 °C around the switchboard IP > 31 750 A 900 A 1250 A 1600 A 1080 A 1250 A 1600 A
Size of bars (mm) 60 x 5 80 x 5 60 x 5 80 x 5 50 x 10 60 x 10 80 x 10
Number of bars per phase 1 2 1
Catalog numbers LVS04516 LVS04518 LVS04516 LVS04518 LVS04525 LVS04526 LVS04528
Busbar supports
DD380732-LIN.eps
DD381652-LIN.eps
DD380734.eps
Fixed busbar supports LVS04653 Free busbar supports
Mounting chocks
LVS04669
Characteristics Three fixed supports cat. no. LVS04653 are required to maintain the busbars.
DD381503New_modif-LIN.eps
If more than three supports are required, use additional free supports cat. no. LVS04662.
PP A metal mounting chock, cat. no. LVS04669 (set of 100) 5 mm thick, is screwed to the bar. It rests on
PD[L a fixed support and maintains the position of the bar.
DD380815-LIN.eps
PP
PD[L
PP
PD[L
Chock: 1 bar/phase
DD380733-LIN.eps
PP
PD[L
Chock: 2 bars/phase
PP
PD[L
Number of y 15 3 3
supports y 25 3+2 3 3
depending
y 30 3+2 3+2
PP on Icw
PD[L (kA rms/1 s) y 40 3+4 3+2 3+2
y 50 - 3+4 3+2
y 60 - 3+4
y 65 - 3+4
y 75 - - 3+6
y 85 - -
Catalog numbers LVS04653 (fixed) + LVS04662 (free) + LVS04669 (chock)
Connections to the horizontal Linergy BS flat busbars
DD380730.eps
Connection LVS04636 to horizontal Connection LVS04636 to horizontal busbars

busbars Thickness 10 mm
Thickness 5 mm
Characteristics For part of the connection, flexible insulated busbars are needed.
Catalog numbers LVS04635 and LVS04636 include 1 connection only = 1 connection per phase.
Reference LVS04642 consists of 2 M8 x 140 screws which can replace the original M8 x 120
screws.
Cat. no. Thickness 5 mm LVS04635
according to Thickness W y 80 mm LVS04636 (1)
horizontal 10 mm
busbar size W > 80 mm LVS04636 + LVS04642 (1)
(1) To be made.
G-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy BS
Rear busbars up to 630 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2
Dd382628.eps
Description
The busbar can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 630 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
The insulating supports can receive a fifth bar, 15 x 5 mm or 20 x 5 mm, to create an
earth bar.
160 to 400 A copper busbars
DD381388-LIN.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kÂ 40 kÂ 55 kÂ 77 kÂ
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V AC 1000 V AC 1000 V AC 1000 VAC
Rated short-time current (Icc) 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
Thermal stress (I².t) 1.000 x 108 2.250 x 108 6.250 x 108 1.225 x 109
Conductor cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm 32 x 8 mm
Installation Threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up
Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs
Set of 4
Length (mm) 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400 1400
Insulating busbar support

DD381389-LIN.eps
G
Distance between supports y 10 kA eff / 1 s 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
depending on Icw/lpk (1) y 13 kA eff / 1 s - 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
y 15 kA eff / 1 s - 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
y 20 kA eff / 1 s - - 300 mm 300 mm
y 25 kA eff / 1 s - - 225 mm 225 mm
y 30 kA eff / 1 s - - - 225 mm
y 35 kA eff / 1 s - - - 175 mm
Installation On the rear uprights
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
Catalog numbers LVS04191 LVS04191 LVS04191 LGY4193
IPxxB insulating protective shield

Dd382629.eps
Length 470 mm
Height 100 mm
Composition Supplied with fixings.
Note: electrical characteristics > page G-39.
(1) Linergy FM 200 A distribution blocks with connections ref. LVS04029 can act as intermediate supports (max. distance apart 200 mm) in addition to the support
ref. LVS04191 at the top and bottom.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-9
Linergy BS
Multi-stage busbars up to 630 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2
Dd383648.eps
Description
Multi-stage busbars are installed in a sheath W = 400 mm.
We strongly recommend dividing the current between 2 cubicles or enclosures
joined on either sides.
All the connection points are easily accessible from the front.
The busbar orientation makes them easier to tighten and facilitates running the cables
between them.
The current can be 3-pole or 4-pole with ratings between 160 A and 630 A.
2 lengths are available: 1000 and 1400 mm, which can be cut as required.
The number of supports depends on the installation maximum rated current.
160 to 630 A copper busbars
DD381388-LIN.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC
Rated short-time withstand current (Icw) 10 kA rms/1 second 13 kA rms/1 second 15/20/25 kA rms/1 second 35 kA rms/1 second
Supply at incoming terminals Connection by: 16 to 50 mm2 flexible cables with crimped lugs.
Conductor cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm 32 x 8 mm
Installation Flat copper busbar with threaded M6 holes every 25 mm all the way up.
Set of 4
Width (mm) 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400 1000 1400
Catalog numbers LVS04161 LVS04171 LVS04162 LVS04172 LVS04163 LVS04173 To be made LVS04174
Insulating busbar support

DD381395-LIN.eps
Distance between y 10 kA rms/ 1 s / 30 kÂ 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm

supports y 13 kA rms/ 1 s / 40 kÂ - 450 mm 450 mm 450 mm
depending on Icw/Ipk y 15 kA rms/ 1 s / 40 kÂ - 450 mm 450 mm
y 20 kA rms/ 1 s / 45 kÂ - - 300 mm 300 mm
y 25 kA rms/ 0.6 s / 55 kÂ - - 300 mm -
y 25 kA rms/ 1 s / 55 kÂ - - - 300 mm
Installation Installation on functional uprights of duct (PrismaSeT).
Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (450 x 200 mm fixing centres)
IPxxB insulating protective shield

Dd383648.eps
Width 250 mm
Height 1500 mm
Composition Fixing accessories supplied with support cat. no. LVS04192.
G-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy BS
Multi-stage distribution block up to 630 A
Power busbars
IEC 61439-1 & 2
PB502514_60.eps
Description
The distribution block can be installed horizontally in the device zone or vertically in
the 300 mm wide duct of enclosures and cubicles.
The distribution block is made up of:
b two staggered supports made of an insulating material
b four slanted copper bars with holes every 25 mm.
Multi-stage distribution block
Dd383647-SE.eps
160 A 250 A 400 A 630 A

Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 750 V AC
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 8 kV
Total connection capacity 4 incomers per phase: Ø12.2 mm clearance holes
13 outgoers per phase 16 to 50 mm2: M6 tapped holes
Busbar cross-section 15 x 5 mm 20 x 5 mm 32 x 5 mm 32 x 8 mm
Dimensions (mm)
DD381344-LIN-40.eps
Installation Screwed onto a solid or pre-slotted plate (fixing centres 450 x 200 mm)
Screwed to an adapter cat. no. LVS03595.
Composition 2 multi-stage supports made of an insulating material
4 slanted copper busbars, with holes every 25 mm
1 pack of 36 M6 x 16 screws + contact washers
1 IPxxB front insulating shield
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-11
Linergy BS
Incomer accessories up to 630 A
Power busbars
Incomer accessories
E56852-15.eps
E56851-15.eps
E56850-15.eps
Connectors for copper or aluminium cables
Rated operational current at 40 °C (Ie) 160 A 250 A 400 A
Supply at incoming terminals 70 mm2Cables 16 - 185 mm2Cables 70 - 300 mm2Cables
Composition Supplied with fixings at busbar end.
Set of 4
Catalog numbers LVS07051 LVS07052 LVS07053
Outgoer accessories
DD381398-LIN.eps
Class 8.8 fixing accessories

Composition 20 M6 x 20 screws + 20 nuts 40 M6 x 16 screws
+ 40 contact washers + 40 contact washers
G-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100
Linergy Busbars
Accessories
Power busbars
Accessories
DD385390.eps
DD381219-LIN-15.eps
DD381222-LIN-10.eps
DD385489.eps
DD385391.eps
DD385392.eps

Linergy connection Steel flat washers Brass flat Markers Screwplate

hardware washers
Cat. no. LVS04766 LVS04767 LVS04772 LVS04773 LVS04774 LVS04775 LVS04794 LVS01130 LVS04768 LVS04769
Characteristics L 25 mm L 39 mm 20 mm ext. 24 mm 28 mm 20 mm 2 studs 2 studs 3 studs
Ø ext. Ø ext. Ø ext. Ø
Set of 20: 20 bolts M8 set of 20 M8 sold in 12 clip-on Linergy LGYE Set of 12 flat Set of 8 flat
+ 20 nuts + 20 contact lots of 20 for supports + N, busbars plates with 2 plates with 3
washers, class 8.8. connection L1, L2, L3, connection kit studs + 24 studs + 24
The screws slide into of y 25 mm2 PE, PEN spare part torque nuts + 24 torque nuts + 24
the profile and are then lugs to labels contact washers contact washers
locked in the desired Linergy The plates slide The plates slide
position. along the profile. along the profile.
M8 bolts
DD380737.eps
Linergy BS, Characteristics Set of 20 bolts + 20 nuts + 40 contact washers.

20 bolts Catalog M8 x 20 LVS04782
class 8.8 numbers M8 x 25 LVS04783
M8 x 30 LVS04784
M8 x 35 LVS04785
M8 x 40 LVS04786
M8 x 45 LVS04787
M8 x 50 LVS04788
Torque nuts
DD380735.eps
20 M8 torque Characteristics Can be used to obtain the correct tightening torque (28 Nm) recommended by the manufacturer, without
nuts using a torque wrench. Torque nuts may be used for all electrical connections.
Voltage tap-offs G
DD380736.eps
20 Voltage Characteristics For small lugs (on low-current cables or measurement tap-offs), insert a conducting washer (cat. no.
tap-offs M10 LVS04775) between the busbar and the lug.
pour 2 clips 6.35 Catalog numbers LVS04229
Connections on Linergy LGYE & LGY
InA (A) Connecting to Linergy LGYE Connecting to Linergy LGY

0 to 630 Cable - Insulated flexible bars 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used
800 to 1250 5 mm bars 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used 25 mm Linergy connection hardware used
1600 to 2500 5 mm or 10 mm bars Use of the 2 studs flat plate 39 mm Linergy connection hardware used
3200 to 4000 10 mm bars Use of the 3 studs flat plate -
Note: Jointing between 2 busbars (horizontal/vertical or horizontal/horizontal) must be mandatory done with studs plates.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7100 TOC G-13
Linergy DP
Quick distribution blocks - ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A
Distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-1 and 2
PB111455_50.eps
Description
b The Linergy DP quick distribution block is designed for installation directly
downstream of ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A. It can also be clipped onto
a modular rail.
Advantages
b It is quick to mount in the horizontal position. Electrical connections are made
directly to the device terminals.
b It is the same width as the devices and does not take up any additional space in
the switchboard.
b The connection terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and avoid exceeding
the bending radius of the flexible and rigid cables.
Quick distribution blocks for ComPacT devices Additional block

Number of poles 3P 4P 3P/4P
PB502519-11_r.eps
PB111455-15-r.eps
PB111454-15-r.eps
DD385533.eps
Rated operational current (Ie) 250 A 250 A 250 A
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 30 kA 30 kA 30 kA
Rated short-time current (Icw) 8.5 kA rms/1 s 8.5 kA rms/1 s
Thermal stress (I².t) 7.225 x 107 7.225 x 107
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals 27 connections: 36 connections: 2 connections:
6 x 10²/phase 6 x 10²/phase 2 x 35²/pole
3 x 16²/phase 3 x 16²/phase
Incomer terminals 1 cable lug 120 mm² per pole
Dimensions (H x W x D) 105 x 138 x 63 140 x 138 x 64
Installation On mounting plate or DIN rail On mounting plate
Product certifications ASEFA
Standard for installation inside PrismaSeT IEC 61439-1-2
Glow-wire 60695-2-11 960 °C
Catalog numbers LVS04033 LVS04034 LVS04155 (3P)
LVS04156 (4P)
Technical Data Installation

Common characteristics It can also be mounted downstream of
DD381402.eps
vertically mounted ComPacT NSX100/250

Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity
and ComPacT INS-INV250 devices in the
current of an assembly due to cascading in circuit-breaker
enclosures.
combinations is maintained.
In this case, the Linergy DP is mounted on a
The worst-case situations have
depth-adjustable modular rail.
been tested.
Network frequency 50/60 Hz
Directly on the mounting plates of
DD385361.eps
Degree of protection IPxxB

horizontally mounted ComPacT
Degree of pollution 3 NSX100/250 and ComPacT INS-INV250
Overvoltage category III devices in the enclosures.
Additional technical characteristics For details on mounting plates, refer pages

Reference temperature 40 °C E-20, E-21, E-22, E-23, and E-24.
Operating temperature -25 °C to 55 °C
Note: Electrical characteristics > page G-39.
G-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Linergy DP
Quick distribution blocks - ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A
Distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-1 and 2
DD435603.eps
Description
b The Linergy DP quick distribution block is designed for installation directly
downstream of ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A. It can also be clipped onto a modular
rail.
Advantages
b It is quick to mount in the horizontal position. Electrical connections are made
directly to the device terminals.
b It is the same width as the devices and does not take up any additional space in
the switchboard.
b The connection terminals are slanted to facilitate cable entry and avoid exceeding
the bending radius of the flexible and rigid cables.
Quick distribution blocks for ComPacT devices

Number of poles 3P 4P
DD435605.eps
DD435604.eps
Rated operational current (Ie) 160 A 160 A

Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 20 kA 20 kA
Rated short-time current (Icc) 70 kA 70 kA
Thermal stress (I².t) 4.7 x 106 A2S 4.7 x 106 A2S
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals 18 connections: 24 connections:
Incomer terminals 1 cable lug 70 mm² per pole
Dimensions (H x W x D) 140 X 81 X 58 mm 140 X 108 X 58 mm
Installation On mounting plate or DIN rail
Product certifications ASEFA
Standard for installation inside PrismaSeT IEC 61439-1-2
Glow-wire 60695-2-11 960 °C
G
Technical Data Installation
Common characteristics It can also be mounted downstream of
DD435606.eps
vertically mounted ComPacT NSXm

Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity
devices in the enclosures.
current of an assembly due to cascading in circuit-breaker
In this case, the Linergy DP is mounted on
combinations is maintained.
a depth-adjustable modular rail.
The worst-case situations have
been tested.
Degree of protection IPxxB
DD435607.eps
Directly on the mounting plates of

Degree of pollution 3 horizontally mounted ComPacT NSXm
devices in the enclosures.
Overvoltage category III
Additional technical characteristics For details on mounting plates, refer page
Reference temperature 40 °C E-35.
Note: Electrical characteristics > page G-39.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-15
Linergy FC
Feeders for ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A
Device feeders
IEC 61439-1 and 2
Description
PB502507-48_r.eps
Linergy FC is an insulated horizontal distribution block. It connects directly to the mounting

plate and can supply:
b Three 4P and four 3P ComPacT NSX circuit breakers, whatever the ratings (100, 160 or
250 A), the operating systems (toggle, rotary handle, motor mechanism), whether fixed or
plug-in, front or rear connection (the circuit breakers must be equipped with long terminal
shields downstream)
PB502363-48_r.eps
b Three 4P or four 3P ComPacT INS-INV switch-disconnectors, whatever the ratings

(100, 160 or 250 A), whether front or rear connection.
b The design and small size blend thoroughly with the devices.
b It can be supplied by Linergy BS or Linergy LGY busbars positioned to the left or right.
b Fully insulated, Linergy FC helps to protect life and property. Numerous and well
distributed vents ensure natural convection and optimum cooling of the conductors.
b The circuit breakers can be easily connected from the front. It is simple to interchange a
device or to add a device in a reserve slot.
b There are markings (N, L1, L2, L3) on the front and the sides for the phases.
b The running of auxiliary cables between the devices and the corresponding terminal
blocks is also taken into account. Spacious trunking is built into the blocks for the auxiliary
wiring.
ComPacT NSX100/250 - Rotary

ComPacT NSX100/250 &
ComPacT NSX100/250 & handle, motor mechanism - plug-in,
INS-INV250 - All controls,
INS-INV250 - Toggle, fixed fixed, ComPacT NSX100/250 - All
fixed and withdrawable
controls, withdrawable
DD435608.eps
PB502507-48_r.eps
PB502508-32_r.eps
Linergy FC with prefabricated Linergy FC with prefabricated Linergy FC without prefabricated
connections by insulated flexible bars (1) connections (1) connections (1)
Number of poles 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Linergy BS, Linergy LGY or Linergy LGYE Linergy BS, Linergy LGY or Linergy
Connection to Linergy LGY busbars
busbars LGYE busbars
Number of devices 4 3 4 3 4 3
Composition Self-adhesive labels to mark the phases for connections to the busbars.
Mounting plates
Toggle, Fixed, NSX100/250 LVS03420 LVS03420 - - LVS03420 LVS03420
Toggle, Plug-in, NSX100/250 - - LVS03423 LVS03423 LVS03423 LVS03423
Rotary handle, motor
mechanism - plug-in, Fixed, - - LVS03422 LVS03422 LVS03422 LVS03422
NSX100/250
Cat. no. LVS04403 LVS04404 LVS04405 LVS04406 LVS04407 (2) LVS04408 (2)
Implementation
DD381251-LIN-30.eps
DD381252-LIN-30.eps
DD381250-LIN.eps
Auxiliary wires running in the built-in trunking. Phase marking on the front of the distribution
block.
(1) The connection of a Linergy FC distribution block using pre-wired connectors or insulated flexible bars is not compatible with Form 2 partitioning (LVS04922).
In this case, use the form 2 restoration kit (LVS04924).
(2) For the connection, use insulated flexible bars, 32 x 8 mm cat. no. LVS04753; Each connection must not be longer than 500 mm. This size is validated with
Schneider Electric insulated flexible bars.
G-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Linergy FC
Feeders for ComPacT NSX and INS-INV up to 250 A
Device feeders
Accessories
DD383594-LIN-100.eps
PB502509-18_r.eps
Tooth caps
The caps block off the reserve terminals on a
Linergy FC distribution block.
Made of an insulating material, they simply clip on
from the front.
Characteristics
Common characteristics
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) Distribution-block derating follows the normal derating curves of ComPacT NSX and INS-INV
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is
maintained.
The worst-case situations have been tested.
The electrical characteristics are perfectly compatible with the connected devices.
Neither the temperature derating curves nor the performance levels of the circuit breakers and
switch-disconnectors are altered.
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 50 kA rms
Rated short-time current (Icc) 85 kA
with upstream protection of 85 kA Icc
Thermal stress (I².t) 2.500 x 107
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Short-circuit withstand current compatible with the breaking capacity of the ComPacT NSX
circuit breakers connected to the distribution block.
Linergy FC selection table for special cases

For most installations, the temperature around the switchboard is 40 °C, corresponding to an average temperature of 60 °C inside the
switchboard.
Under certain conditions, the temperature inside the switchboard may be different.
(A) Rated operational current as a function of the temperature inside the switchboard
Temperature (°C) 40 45 50 55 60 65 70
G
Inc (A) 3P 800 800 775 750 725 700 675
4P 675 675 655 635 615 595 570
To obtain the maximum permissible current for the linergy FC, apply the diversity factor K:
b Linergy FC 3P: K = 0.8
b Linergy FC 4P: RDF = 0.9.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-17
Linergy FC
Feeders for ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A
Device feeders
IEC 61439-1 and 2
Description
Linergy FC is an insulated horizontal distribution block. It connects directly to the mounting
plate and can supply:
DD435609.eps
b Four 4P and five 3P ComPacT NSXm circuit breakers (four 3P and 4P for ComPacT
NSXm Vigi), whatever the ratings (63, 100 or 160 A) with toggle and direct rotary handle
operating mechanism.
b The design and small size blend thoroughly with the devices.
DD435610.eps
b It can be supplied by Linergy BS, Linergy LGYE and Linergy LGY busbars positioned to
the left or right.
b Fully insulated, Linergy FC helps to protect life and property. Numerous and well
distributed vents ensure natural convection and optimum cooling of the conductors.
b The circuit breakers can be easily connected from the front. It is simple to interchange a
device or to add a device in a reserve slot.
b There are markings (N, L1, L2, L3) on the front and the sides for the phases.
b The running of auxiliary cables between the devices and the corresponding terminal
blocks is also considered. Spacious trunking is built into the blocks for the auxiliary wiring.
ComPacT NSXm - Toggle (with

ComPacT NSXm - Toggle/ DRH (with Everlink terminal)
Everlink terminal)
DD435610.eps
DD435611.eps
DD435609.eps
Linergy FC with prefabricated connections Linergy FC with prefabricated Linergy FC without prefabricated
by insulated flexible bars (1) connections (1) connections (1)
Number of poles 3P 4P 3P 4P 3P 4P
Connection to Linergy LGY busbars Linergy BS and Linergy LGYE busbars
Number of devices 5 (2) 4 5 (2) 4 5 (2) 4
Mounting plates LVS03416 LVS03416 LVS03416 LVS03416 LVS03416 LVS03416
LVS04410 LVS04412 LVS04419 (3)
Cat. no. LVS04411 LVS04413 LVS04420 (3)
LVS04416 (3) LVS04417 LVS04418 (3) (4)
Implementation
DD435612.eps
DD435613.eps
D
C
B
A D
m
FC NSX C
Linergy B
A
E
E
D
C
B
A
D
C
B
A
Auxiliary wires running in the built-in trunking.

(1) The connection of a Linergy FC distribution block using pre-wired connectors or insulated flexible bars is not compatible with Form 2 partitioning (LVS04922).
In this case, use the form 2 restoration kit (LVS04924).
(2) Linergy FC configuration having NSXm with Vigi can mount four devices in a row for both 3P and 4P.
(3) For the connection, use insulated flexible bars, 32 x 6 mm cat. no. LVS04752; Each connection must not be longer than 500 mm. This size is validated with
Schneider Electric insulated flexible bars.
(4) The Catalog reference number is used only with NSXm Vigi.
G-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Linergy FC
Feeders for ComPacT NSXm up to 160 A
Device feeders
Accessories
DD435614
C
DD435615
B
A
D
C
B
A
Tooth caps
The caps block off the reserve terminals on a Linergy
FC distribution block.
Made of an insulating material, they simply clip on and
install the screw from the front.
Characteristics
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) Distribution-block derating follows the normal derating curves of ComPacT NSXm
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is
maintained.
The electrical characteristics are perfectly compatible with the connected devices.
Neither the temperature derating curves nor the performance levels of the circuit breakers and
switch-disconnectors are altered.
Rated peak withstand current (Ipk) 18 kA
Rated short-time current (Icc) 50 kA
with upstream protection of 85 kA Icc
Thermal stress (I².t) 4.5 x 106 A2S
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly Short-circuit withstand current compatible with the breaking capacity of the ComPacT NSXm
circuit breakers connected to the distribution block.
Linergy FC selection table for special cases

For most installations, the temperature around the switchboard is 40 °C, corresponding to an average temperature of 60 °C inside the
switchboard.
Under certain conditions, the temperature inside the switchboard may be different.
G
(A) Rated operational current as a function of the temperature inside the switchboard
Ambient Air Temperature outside panel (°C) 35 40 45 50
IP31 (A) 3P 600 575 550 525
4P 500 480 460 440
IP55 (A) 3P 515 500 475 450
4P 460 440 420 400
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-19
Insulated flexible bars
The insulated flexible bars are tested in a type-tested switchboard environment.
DD381659.eps
Their design takes into account the switchboard architecture where they are often in
close proximity to a protection device (circuit breaker or fuse) with significant heat
losses.
The sizes for the flexible bars indicated below take into account the heat losses of
Schneider Electric devices in a PrismaSeT switchboard.
Characteristics
Length 1800 mm
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 1000 V
Maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material 125 °C
Connection between device and busbars

The flexible bars are determined taking into account the connected device, whatever
the internal temperature of the switchboard.
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Devices Size (mm) Catalog number
NSX100 20 x 2 LVS04742
NSX160/250 20 x 3 (1) LVS04743
NSX400 32 x 5 LVS04751
NSX630 32 x 8 (2) LVS04753
NSX100 ELCB 20 x 2 LVS04742
NSX160/250 ELCB 20 x 3 (1) LVS04743
NSX400 ELCB 32 x 5 LVS04751
NSX630 ELCB 32 x 8 (2) LVS04753
INS-INV125/160 20 x 2 LVS04742
INS-INV250 20 x 3 LVS04743
INS-INV400 32 x 5 LVS04751
INS-INV630 32 x 6 LVS04752
FM 200 A Linergy 20 x 3 LVS04743
FC 3P Linergy 32 x 8 (2) (3) (4) LVS04753
FC 4P Linergy 32 x 8 (2) (3) (4) LVS04753
Fupact 250 24 x 5 LVS04746
Fupact 400 32 x 5 LVS04751
Fupact 630 32 x 8 (2) LVS04753
(1) To connect a ComPacT NSX250 and NSX150 ELCB to Linergy BW busbars, use a
24 x 5 mm flexible bar (LVS04746).
(2) The insulated flexible bars is not compatible with Form 2 partitioning (LVS04922).
In this case, use the form 2 restoration kit LVS04924 > page H-5.
(3) In case of use of 32 x 6 insulated flexible bar, please contact Schneider Electric.
(4) Max length 500 mm per connection
The references 87646 (3P) and 87647 (4P) can be used up to 250 A, when binding of
DD385905.eps
insulated flexible bars, to withstand Icw.
Nota : For NSXm connection, there is no flat insulated flexible bar available. Choose a cable
prefabricated connection > page E-35 and page E-36
G-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Insulated flexible bars
Connection between busbars
DD382008.eps
Copper flexible bars are designed for connections between busbars taking into
account the following characteristics:
b a maximum temperature of 60 °C inside the switchboard. This corresponds to the
average temperature inside a switchboard for an ambient temperature of 35 °C
b the maximum withstand temperature for the insulating material is 125 °C.
Ie (1) max Size (mm) Catalog numbers

200 A 20 x 2 LVS04742
250 A 20 x 3 LVS04743
400 A 24 x 5 LVS04746
520 A 32 x 5 LVS04751
580 A 32 x 6 LVS04752
660 A 32 x 8 LVS04753
(1) Rated operational current.
Designing connections
> page G-20.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-21
Linergy DX
Distribution blocks
IEC 60947-7-1, CEI 61439-2
Description
PB104499-7.eps
PB111415-19_r.eps
b Downstream circuits are connected from the front, to spring terminals.

b Contact pressure automatically adapts to the size of the conductor.
b Contacts are insensitive to vibrations and thermal variations.
b Only one cable (flexible or rigid) can be inserted per terminal.

Number of poles 4P, upstream incoming 4P, downstream incoming
PB104500-6.eps
PB104499-6.eps
Rated operational current at 40° (Ie) 63 A 63 A
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an (Isc) The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is maintained.
assembly The worst-case situations have been tested.
150 kA with upstream protection of 150 kA Icc
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC 500 V AC
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 440 V AC 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 6 kV
Rated short-time current (Icc) 150 kA 150 kA
Rated operational frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection IPxxB IPxxB
Incoming terminals 1 tunnel terminal 25²/phase 1 tunnel terminal 25²/phase
Total connection capacity, outgoing terminals 24 connections: 24 connections:

12 x 6²/neutre 12 x 6²/neutre
Dimensions (H x W x D) 96.5 x 72 x 62 96.5 x 72 x 62

8 x 9 mm pitch 8 x 9 mm pitch
Installation Clipped onto a DIN rail Clipped onto a DIN rail
Others
Standard for installation inside PrismaSeT IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2

Glow-wire 60695-2-11 960 °C 960 °C
Degree of pollution 3 3
Accessories
Catalog numbers - -
G-22 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Linergy DX
Distribution blocks
Advantages
b A reliable electrical connection, no maintenance required (tightness guaranteed
over time).
b Quick connection.
b Easy phase balancing.
b Ease of rewiring if the switchboard is expanded or modified.
4P 1P
PB111415-19_r.eps
DD386251.eps
PB111453-8-r.eps
125 A 160 A 160 A
The reinforced breaking capacity due to cascading in circuit breaker combinations is maintained.
20 kA 20 kA 24 kA
750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC
690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC
8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
150 kA 150 kA 150 kA
2.025 x 107 2.025 x 107 3.025 x 107
50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
IPxxB IPxxB IPxxB
1 tunnel terminal 35²/phase Supplied with a prefabricated flexible connection 1 tunnel terminal 70²/phase
equipped with tunnel terminals (for INS-INV100/160
use adaptator 28947 (3P) 28948 (4P)
52 connections: 52 connections: 6 connections:
7 x 4²/phase 7 x 4²/phase 6 x 16²/phase
1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal) 1 x 16²/phase (screw terminal)
127 x 108 x 48 127 x 108 x 48 95 x 36 x 70
12 x 9 mm pitch 12 x 9 mm pitch 4 x 9 mm pitch
Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail Screwed to plain or slotted backplate or onto DIN rail
Possible to combine 2 terminal blocks
(2nd terminal block supplied from enclosed terminals
Onto DIN rail
G
in the 1st, Imax of 2nd terminal block: 80 A)
IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2 IEC 61439-2
960 °C 960 °C 960 °C
3 3 3
LVS04045 LVS04046 (1) LVS04031
4 x 125 A flexible connections, L = 240 mm 4 x 160 A flexible connections, L = 380 mm with

with 1 end fitting for tunnel terminals. 2 x 45 mm² end fittings for tunnel terminals.
LVS04047 (1) - LVS04149
Dd383654.eps
PB502370-55.eps

(1) To be adapted with reference 28947 and 28948 fir INS-INV160.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-23
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders
Device feeders
Description
PB104505-50.eps
b Distribution over full rows of modular devices.

b The distribution block is generally supplied by busbars in enclosures and cubicles.
b Mix of devices and functions in the same row.
b Installation u 160 A: clipped onto the back of a modular rail or screwed onto a solid
or pre-slotted plate.
Distribution blocks
PB104501-52-r.eps
63 A PB502496-31_r.eps 80 A
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case
Rated conditional short-circuit current of scenarios have been tested. The characteristics are exactly right for the connected devices. Circuit breakers
(Isc)
an assembly and switches still have their temperature derating curves, and their whole performance is maintained.
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) 500 V AC 500 V AC
Rated voltage (Ue) 440 V AC 440 V AC
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) 6 kV 8 kV
Maximum current (Imax) - -
Rated operational frequency 50/60 Hz 50/60 Hz
Degree of protection IPxxB IPxxB
9 mm modules 24 48
Width
18 mm modules 12 24
Supply at incoming terminals Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2 Enclosed terminals for cables up to 25 mm2
Phase 6 7
Downstream Max. 4 mm2
Neutral 4 13
connection Phase 2 2
capacity, cable to Max. 6 mm 2
be used without Neutral 4 4

ferrules Phase - -
Max. 10 mm 2
Neutral - -
Pre-stripped copper connections 10 x 4 mm2 + 6 x 6 mm2 (W = 100 mm) 20 x 4 mm² + 6 x 6 mm² (W = 100 mm)
Accessories
Protection cover - -
included
Fixing legs 2 3
Installation
DB124196-LIN.eps
DD381664-LIN.eps
DB124195-LIN.eps
Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw Clipped onto the back of a modular rail. Clipped onto the back of a modular rail, or screw fixing.
fixing.
G-24 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders
Device feeders
PD390661R.eps
4P 1P+N 3P 4P 4P
PB502500-18_r.eps
PB502499-23_r.eps
PB502501-27_r.eps
PB502498-27_r.eps
PB502497-27-r.eps
160 A 200 A 200 A 200 A 200 A
20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA 20 kA
The cascading reinforced breaking capacity when combining circuit breakers is maintained. The worst-case
scenarios have been tested. The characteristics are exactly right for the connected devices. Circuit breakers
and switches still have their temperature derating curves, and their whole performance is maintained.
750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC 750 V AC
690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC 690 V AC
8 kV 8 kV 8 kV 8 kV
50 A for feeder for 10 mm2 cable/63 A for feeder for 2 10 mm2 cables
3600 x 107 3600 x 107 3600 x 107 3600 x 107
50/60 Hz
IPxxB
24 48 72
12 24 36
Direct onto the row by cable 50 mm2 with crimped lug, or flexible bar 20 x 3 from busbar with prefabricated connection -
- - -
- - -
- - -
- - -
6 12 -
6 18 -
12 x 10 mm2 24 x 10 mm2 24 x 10 mm2 24 x 10 mm2 36 x 10 mm2
4
2
LVS04018 (1)
2
4
LVS04012 (1) (2)
3
4
LVS04013 (1)
4
4
LVS04014 (1) (2)
4
6
LVS04026 (1)
G
Connections to the distribution block
DD385348.eps
Dd383655.eps
4P 200 A connection 4P 200 A connection 4P 200 A connection 4P 160 A connection for

(supplied with fixings) (supplied with fixings) (supplied with fixings) Linergy FM 1/2 row
Allows power supply from Linergy BW busbars Linergy BS busbar Rear Linergy BS busbar Devices
Spare parts
PB502502-8_r.eps
4 covers for 160/200 A Linergy FM rows

Catalog LVS01202
numbers

(1) Cable to be used without tip.
(2) Use Linergy FM 200 (LVS04012 and LVS04014) in Direct Current is possible. It is mùandatory to locate on the device the nature of the terminals + and - at
upstream and downstream. For more information, please contact our customer service.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7300 TOC G-25
Linergy DS
Screw distribution blocks
Distribution blocks
IEC/EN 60947-7-1, IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2
PB111254-30_1.eps
Description
b Single-pole or four-pole distribution block that can be installed on a standard DIN
rail or on a mounting plate.
b Compatible with PrismaSeT G Active and PrismaSeT P Active, Pragma, Mini
Pragma and Resbo series switchboards.
b Incomers and feeders are connected to screw terminals that accept rigid or
flexible cables with ferrule.
b Optional: additional neutral terminal strip for four-pole distribution block.
PB111253-30_1.eps
Avantages
b Simplified power supply for main incomers.
b Easy, effortless cabling due to excellent accessibility.
b Visible cabling.
b Insulation between phases.
b The single-pole distribution blocks are adjacent and bridgeable via the second
incoming hole for parallel connection.

PB111250-20_1.eps
PB111251-20_1.eps
PB111243-20_1.eps
PB111252-20_1.eps
Rating 125 A 160 A 250 A 100 A

Total connection capacity 10 13 14 4x7
Terminal capacity
Diameter 2 x Ø9.5 mm 2 x Ø12 mm 1 x Ø15.3 mm 2 x Ø7.5 mm
2 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø7.5 mm 1 x Ø10 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm
6 x Ø5.8 mm 8 x Ø5.8 mm 4 x Ø6 mm -
- - 8 x Ø7.5 mm -
Rated peak Ipk/60 ms 25 kÂ 36 kÂ 60 kÂ 14 kÂ
withstand Ipk/6 ms - - - 24 kÂ
current (Ipk)
Rated short-time withstand 36 kA 36 kA 36 kA 20 kA
current (Icc)
(IEC/EN 60947-7-1)
Width 3 4 5 8
(number of 9 mm pitches)
Dimensions (H x W x D) 85 x 27 x 50.5 85 x 36 x 50.5 85 x 45 x 50.5 100 x 71 x 50.5
Weight (g) 125 163 239 210
Neutral terminal strip - - - LGYN1007
(optional)
Catalog numbers LGY112510 LGY116013 LGY125014 LGY410028
G-26 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400
Linergy DS
Distribution blocks
Technical data
In compliance with IEC/EN 60947-7-1 and IEC/EN 61439-1 & 2
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 230 V AC (L/N)
440 V AC (L/L)
Rated conditional short-circuit current of an Up to the breaking capacity of
DB406005_1.eps
assembly Schneider Electric feeder circuit breakers,

even in cascading configuration
Degree of pollution 3
Overvoltage category III
Additional technical characteristics

Reference temperature 40 °C
On LGY412560 and LGY416048 references.
Dielectric withstand (IEC/EN 60947-1) 2500 V AC
Input cabling facilitated by side terminals.
Neutral terminal strip

PB111244-20_1.eps
PB111245-20_1.eps
PB111246-20_1.eps
PB111247-20_1.eps
PB111248-20_1.eps
PB111249-20_1.eps
125 A 160 A 100 A 125 A
4 x 12 4 x 15 4 x 12 7 12 15
1 x Ø9 mm 1 x Ø9.5 mm 1 x Ø12 mm 2 x Ø7.5 mm 1 x Ø9 mm 1 x Ø9.5 mm

7 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm 3 x Ø9 mm 5 x Ø5.5 mm 7 x Ø7.5 mm 3 x Ø8.5 mm
4 x Ø6.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm 8 x Ø7.5 mm - 4 x Ø6.5 mm 11 x Ø6.5 mm
- - - - - -
18 kÂ 18 kÂ 22 kÂ - - -
G
26 kÂ 28 kÂ 36 kÂ - - -
36 kA 36 kA 36 kA - - -
14 20 18 7 14 17
100 x 126 x 50.5 100 x 162 x 50.5 100 x 174 x 50.5 20 x 70 x 35 20 x 125 x 35 20 x 155 x 35
390 559 567 63 111 149
LGYN12512 LGYN12515 LGYN12512 - - -
LGY412548 LGY412560 LGY416048 LGYN1007 LGYN12512 LGYN12515
Terminal technical data

Type PZ2 screw
Diameter Ø5.5 mm Ø5.8 mm Ø6 mm Ø6.5 mm Ø7.5 mm Ø8.5 mm Ø9 mm Ø9.5 mm
Section rigid cable 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 2.5 to 25 mm² 6 to 35 mm² 10 to 35 mm² 10 to 35 mm²
Section flexible cable 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 10 mm² 1.5 to 16 mm² 4 to 25 mm² 4 to 25 mm² 6 to 35 mm²
or with ferrule
Tightening torque 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2 N.m 2.5 N.m 2.5 N.m
Type HC screw
Diameter Ø9.5 mm Ø10 mm Ø12 mm Ø15.3 mm
Section rigid cable 10 to 35 mm² 1.5 to 50 mm² 25 to 70 mm² 35 to 120 mm²
Ø y 15 mm
Section flexible cable 6 to 35 mm² 1.5 to 35 mm² 16 to 50 mm² 25 to 95 mm²

or with ferrule
Tightening torque 8 N.m 4 N.m 1P: 9 N.m 4P: 5 N.m 14 N.m
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400 TOC G-27
Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 27 mm pitch for C120, NG125
Device feeders
IEC 60664-1
030920d-30.eps
Description
Comb busbars make it easier to install C120 and NG125 circuit breaker.
b Supplied with 2 lateral end-caps, to reinforce copper bars insulating (IP2).
b Allowing circuit identification.
b Easy cut to length thanks to cutting marks on the insulating material and copper
bars.
C120, NG125 27 mm poles, cuttable

030920d-60.eps
Each com busbar reference includes:
b 1 x single or 2 pole comb busbar + 8 tooth-caps + 2 side plates
b 1 x 3 or 4 pole comb busbar + 4 tooth-caps + 2 side plates
To insulate teeth that have been left free can be insulated by tooth-caps
Rated operational current to (Ie) 125 A (63 A max by outgoer)
40 °C
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of C120 and NG125 circuit breakers
current of an assembly
Rated voltage (Ue) 500 V AC
Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s
Colour RAL 7016 (anthracite grey)
Use
Power supply by connector recommended
Number of 27 mm modules 16 16 15 16
Set of 1
Catalog numbers 14811 14812 14813 14814
Installation
DB105974-LIN-20.eps
1 2
Comb busbars allow dismountability of switchgear.
Accessories
Number of poles 1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
PB502505.eps
030921d-15.eps
Tooth caps Insulated connector

Compatible with all Schneider Electric comb busbars
Clip onto the comb busbar's insulating material, which gives them very great stability
Receive clip-on markers allowing circuit identification
Use
For 25 mm2 semi-rigid cable
Set of 20 4
Catalog numbers 14818 14885
Installation
DB105977-35.eps
DB105976-30.eps
G-28 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400
Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Acti 9
Device feeders
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2
PB502379-30.eps
Description
Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit breakers.
b Can be sawn and cut in a single pass, with a metal saw (the end-caps are compulsory
after cutting).
b Supplied with two lateral end-caps to reinforce copper bars insulating (IP2) except for
57 module references.The side plates are compulsory after cutting.
b Easy cut to length thanks to cutting marks on the insulating material and copper bars.
b The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for installation
in all positions.
b The special comb busbars for circuit breakers with 9 mm auxiliaries have a 9 mm gap
for inserting iOF and iSD.
Acti 9 18 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3 (N+P) Aux+1P Aux+2P Aux+3P Aux+4P 3 (Aux+1P) 3 (Aux+N+1P)
PB110252-65.eps
Rated operational (Ie) 100 A
current at 40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
short-circuit current
of an assembly
Rated insulation (Ui) 500 V AC
voltage
Fire resistance to Self-extinguishing 960 °C, 30 s
IEC 695-2-1
Use
Type L1… L1L2… L1L2L3... NL1L2L3… NL1NL2… AuxL1... AuxL1L2… AuxL1L2L3 AuxNL1… AuxL1… AuxL1…
…NL3 …L2L3 …AuxL2… …AuxL2…
…AuxL3 …AuxL3
Set of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Catalog numbers
6 modules of 18 mm A9XPH106 - - - - - - - - - -
12 modules of 18 mm A9XPH112 A9XPH212 A9XPH312 A9XPH412 A9XPH512 (1) - - - - - -
18 modules of 18 mm
24 modules of 18 mm
- - - - A9XPH518 (1) -
A9XPH124 A9XPH224 A9XPH324 A9XPH424 A9XPH524 (1) -
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
- G
57 modules of 18 mm A9XPH157 A9XPH257 A9XPH357 A9XPH457 A9XPH557 (1) A9XAH157 A9XAH257 A9XAH357 A9XAH457 A9XAH657 A9XAH557 (1)
(1) This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
Installation
PB110290-20.eps
PB110793-20.eps
Accessories
Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P - - -
DB404806.eps
DB404808.eps
PB110258-7.eps
PB110259-7.eps
Side plates Tooth covers Connectors

Monoconnect Double terminals
Lateral end-caps providing IP20 protection To insulate teeth that Comb busbar power supply. Horizontal incomer on
have been left free each side. For 35 mm cable. Tightening torque 4 N.m
2
PB108138-20.eps
Set of 10 10 10 10 20 4 4
Catalog numbers A9XPE110 A9XPE210 A9XPE310 A9XPE410 A9XPT920 A9XPCM04 A9XPCD04
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400 TOC G-29
Linergy FH
Device feeders
IEC 60947-7-1, IEC 61439-2
Description
PB502380-30.eps
b Comb busbars make it easier to install Acti 9 circuit breakers.

b The phases are identified by symbols on each side of the comb busbar for
installation in all positions.
Acti 9 18 mm poles, not cuttable

Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3 (N + P)
PB110231-15.eps
Rated operational current to 40 °C (Ie) 100 A
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
Use
Type L1 L1L2 L1L2L3 NL1L2L3 NL1NL2NL3
Set of 1 1 1 1 1
Catalog numbers - A9XPM212 - A9XPM412 A9XPM512 (1)
12 modules of 18 mm
Installation
PB110290-25.eps
PB110793-25.eps
Accessories
PB110257-10.eps
PB110258-7.eps
PB110259-7.eps
Tooth caps Connectors

Monoconnect Double terminals
To insulate teeth that have been left free Comb busbar power supply
Use
Horizontal incomer on each side
For 35 mm2 cable
Tightening torque 4 N.m
Set of 20 4 4
Catalog numbers A9XPT920 A9XPCM04 A9XPCD04
Installation
PB108162-35.eps
PB108164-35.eps
(1) This comb busbar is only compatible in top feeding for simple lug devices and bottom feeding on double lug devices.
G-30 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400
Linergy FH
Comb busbar for 9 mm pitch for Acti 9, C60
Device feeders
IEC 60439-1
Description
Comb busbars ensure:
PB502382-70.eps
b Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V, BP and Cm switchgear:
tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by indexing of copper
parts.
C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars contain two different parts:
b connection of Group Feeder switchgear: C60 (3P + N) or ID (3P + N) circuit
breaker in 18 mm modules, powered by cables, through the bottom, directly by the
terminals
b connection of Acti 9 switchgear in 9 mm modules.
Acti 9 L + N 9 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P + N 3P + N
DB123729.eps
DB123730.eps
21501 21505
Complete comb busbars (supplied with 4 side plates and 1 tooth cap)
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 C60 and circuit breakers
Rated voltage (Ue) 230 V AC (P + N) - 400 V AC (3P + N)
Degree of protection IP20
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules Comb busbar 12 18 24 12 18 24
Tooth cap 3 3 6 3 3 6
Catalog numbers 21501 19512 21503 21505 19516 21507
Comb busbars alone
Number of 18 mm modules Comb 48 48
busbar
Catalog numbers 21089 21093
C60/ID Group Feeder comb busbars alone

Number of poles 3P + N
G
PB502506-60-r.eps

Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules 12 48 48
Power supply Through left-hand Through left-hand Through right-hand
Catalog numbers 10545 10546 10547
Accessories
DB123733.eps
DB123731.eps
DB123732.eps
Side plates Tooth caps Tooth caps Connectors (grey)

(3 x 18-mm modules) (1 x 18-mm modules)
Set of 40 12 10 4
Catalog numbers 21094 21095 21096 10405 21098
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400 TOC G-31
Linergy FH
Device feeders
IEC 60439-1
PB502383-10.eps
Description
b Connection of Clario, Prodis and Librio switchgear in 9 mm modules.
b The special comb busbars for circuit breaker have a gap of 9 mm for inserting OF,
SD, OF-SD/OF auxiliaries.
b The comb busbars for 3P + N circuit breakers and auxiliaries are compatible with
PrismaSeT switchboard.
b 1P+N comb busbars are compatible with PrismaSeT and Pragma 24.
Acti 9 9 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P + N 3P + N 1P + N 3P + N
PB110801-10.eps
A9N21036
Comb busbars DPN Vigi comb busbars
Rated conditional short-circuit (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Acti 9 circuit breakers
Colour RAL 7035
Number of 18 mm modules 56 56 56 56
Catalog numbers A9N21035 A9N21036 A9N21037 A9N21038
Accessories
PB110805-10.eps
PB110806-10.eps
PB110807-10.eps
PB110804-10.eps
Side plates Connectors (grey) Neutral connectors (blue) Tooth cap (1 x 18 mm module)
Set of 20 10 10 10
Catalog numbers A9N21039 A9N21040 A9N21041 A9N21042 A9N21050
G-32 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400
Linergy FH
Horizontal comb busbar for 18 mm pitch for Domae
Device feeders
IEC 60439-1, IEC 60664
Description
PB101626-30.eps
Comb busbars:
b Comb busbars ensure: Easy, reliable mounting of 1P+N and 3P+N, TL, CT, ID, V,
BP and Cm switchgear: tooth positioning opposite the device terminals is ensured by
indexing of copper parts
b Can be sawn and cut in a single pass, with a metal saw (the end-caps are
compulsory after cutting).
b A re supplied with 2 (IP20) lateral end-caps (mandatory).
b Teeth that have been left free can be insulated by tooth-caps.
Domae 18 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 1P 2P 3P 4P 3P (N + P)
PB502372.eps
Rated operational (Ie) 63 A
current to 40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of circuit breakers
short-circuit current
of an assembly
Rated voltage (Ue) L/N 230 V AC
L/L 400 V AC
Fire resistance to IEC 695-2-1 Auto-extinguible to 850 °C 30 secondes
Colour RAL 7035
Power supply By 16 mm2 semi-rigid cables or 10 mm2 flexible cables
By connector
Number of 18 mm modules 12 57 12 57 12 57 12 57 57
Catalog numbers 10387 10388 10389 10390 10391 10392 10393 10394 10395
Installation
PB101630_SE-45.eps
Accessories
PB502373.eps
PB101632-10.eps
PB502376-40.eps
PB110898-25.eps
Type Connectors Side plates (2 phases) Side plates (3 phases) Side plates (4 phases) Tooth caps
(4 x 35 mm²)
Set of 1 10 10 10 10
Catalog numbers 10397 10398 10399 10405 10396
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400 TOC G-33
Linergy FH
Horizontal biconnect comb busbar for 18 mm pitch
Device feeders
IEC 60664-1
PB502381-30.eps
Description
b Distribution and sub-distribution of the electric power supply.
b Fast assembly and disassembly of connected devices.
Comb horizontal 18 mm poles, cuttable

bi-connection
PB110876-25.eps
PB110879-25.eps
PB110882-25.eps
PB110885-25.eps
Rated operational current to (Ie) 63 A
40 °C
Rated conditional (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of circuit breakers
short-circuit
L/L 400 V AC
Colour RAL 7035 (grey)
Use
Power supply: directly on terminal (25 mm² rigid or 16 mm² flexible) or by connector (35 mm² rigid or 25 mm² flexible with
ferrule)
Type L1 L1L2 L1L2L3 L1L2L3L4
Number of 18 mm modules 12 18 57 12 18 57 12 18 57 12 18 57
Set of 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Catalog numbers R9XFH112 R9XFH118 R9XFH157 R9XFH212 R9XFH218 R9XFH257 R9XFH312 R9XFH318 R9XFH357 R9XFH412 R9XFH418 R9XFH457
Installation
DB405995-20.eps
Comb busbars horizontal bi-connection 18 mm poles, cuttable

Number of poles 4P
PB110888-30.eps
PB110889-30.eps

Rated conditional short-circuit current of an assembly (Isc) Compatible with the breaking capacity of Schneider Electric circuit breakers
L/L 400 V AC
Colour RAL 7035 (grey)
Use
Type NL1L2L3L4 - NL1NL2NL3 NL1NL2NL3
Number of 18 mm modules 18 18 57
Set of 1 1 1
Catalog numbers R9XFH518G R9XFH518 R9XFH557
Installation
DB405995-20.eps
Accessories
PB110895-10.eps
PB110898-25.eps
PB110899-10.eps
Side plates Tooth caps Connectors

Set of 10 20 4
Catalog numbers R9XE110 R9XE210 R9XE310 R9XE410 R9XT20 R9XFC04
G-34 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7400
Linergy TA
Auxiliary connections

Connectors
For plug & play interconnection between electrical switchboard for control and communication wires.
DD385854.ai
RJ45 female-female connector with mounting plate

Connector type 8 wires RJ45; 1 Gbps
For ethernet cable CAT5e SFTP (IEC 11801) or higher
Degree of protection IP67 for direct mount
Dimensions (H x W x D) (mm) 75 x 70 x 45
Catalog number LGY4230
8P male-female connector with mounting plate

Rated operational current at 40 °C (Ie) 12 A
DD385855.ai
Rated operational voltage (Ue) 320 V

Connection method Push-in spring connection
Connection capacity Input 8
Output 8
Dimensions (H x W x D) (mm) 75 x 70 x 45
Wire size 0.2 to 2.5 mm2
Catalog number LGY4231
USB and RJ45 ports

XB5_633_CPSCT16028A_24.eps
Description Panel-mounted USB and RJ45 ports in 22.5 mm hole with notch
Interface type USB interface, Ethernet interface, Plastic Rigid plastic Metal
jack type A RJ45 jack protection protection protection
cover IP65/ cover IP65/ cover IP65/
IP67 IP67 IP67/IP69K
Connection type USB port 3.0 A-A RJ45 port Cat. 6 Ø 22 mm/0.866 in.
USB and RJ45 ports
Others characteristics IP20 Black Transparent Silver
ZBSP2_24.ai
IP65, IP67, IP69K with protection cover quantity:10 quantity:1 quantity:1

Catalog number XB5PUSB3 XB5PRJ45 ZBSP1 ZBSP2 ZBSP3
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500 TOC G-35
Linergy TB
Earth bars

Description
DD385394.eps
This range of earth bars is installed:

b in the duct which can constitute a dedicated area, completely separate from the
equipment
b or in the switchgear compartment, at the top or the bottom .
Fast-connecting earth bar
DD381560-LIN.eps
Copper earth bar
Cross-section (mm) 12 x 3
Effective length (mm) 330
Total length (mm) 450
Composition Copper bar with 1 terminal 16 to 35 mm2
Rated short time withstand current 9 kA rms/0.5 s
(Icw)
Accessories
75 mm 37 mm
DD381560-LIN.eps
DD381560-LIN.eps
Earth blocks with terminals
Spring-fixing (clip onto the earth bar)
Total connection capacity 12 x 4 mm2 3 x 16 mm2
Composition 4 earth blocks 4 earth blocks
Rated short time withstand current 1 kA rms/0.5 s 4 kA rms/0.5 s
(Icw)
Accessories
DD381516-LIN.eps
Copper earth bar with jumper

Total connection capacity 40 x 2.5 to 16 mm2 20 x 2.5 to 16 mm2
Cross-section (mm) 12 x 3 12 x 3
Length (mm) 450 200
Composition 40 jumpers and a terminal 20 jumpers and a terminal
(16 to 35 mm2) (16 to 35 mm2)
Rated short time withstand current 9 kA rms/0.5 s 9 kA rms/0.5 s
(Icw)
Accessories
DD381519-LIN-45.eps
Dd381517-LIN.eps
Neutral bar Earth bar

Converts an earth bar to a neutral bar
Composition 2 insulating spacers 2 supports for earth bar on modular
rail
Catalog LVS04210 LVS04205
numbers
G-36 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500
Linergy TB
PE conductor
PE conductor
DD381183-LIN.eps
DD381182-LIN.eps
DD381184-LIN.eps
Vertical PE conductor Vertical PE conductor Horizontal PE conductor
with Linergy LGY profile with Linergy BS busbar with Linergy BS busbar
(W = 1670 mm) (W = 1675 mm)
Rated short-time (Isc) y 65 > 65... y 80 = 100 y 40 > 40 y 40 > 40
current
Permissible current (A) 630 800 1250 400 600 400 600
Bar size (mm) 25 x 5 50 x 5 25 x 5 50 x 5
Characteristics Drilled flat bar Ø10.6 Drilled flat bar Ø10.6
mm (one 10.6 mm mm (two 10.6 mm
hole every 25 mm hole every 25 mm
along the entire along the entire
length) length)
Support selection
Composition Three supports for one vertical PE Three supports for one vertical PE Two supports for one horizontal PE
(supplied with PE marking) to secure to the (supplied with PE marking) to secure to the
framework framework
Catalog numbers LVS04657 LVS04657 LVS04667
Connection between PE conductors

DD381158-LIN.eps
G
Connection plates for horizontal/vertical PE bars Linergy connection hardware
Composition 2 copper angle brackets 20 M8 bolts (W = 25 mm) + 20 nuts + 20 contact washers for
connection to cable lugs or flexible bars
PEN conductor
DD384616.eps
Linergy TB PEN installation kit with 1600 A connection 10 mm horizontal Linergy LGYE vertical connection
LGY vertical profile busbar with Linergy LGY profile 1600 A
Catalog numbers LVS04656 (1) LVS04636 LVS04602
Note: for further details > page I-12.
(1) For LGYE HBB, additional fish plate need to be manufactured as per the drawing supplied by Schneider Electric.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500 TOC G-37
Linergy TB terminal block support
Introduction
In PrismaSeT P Active cubicles, terminal blocks are commonly installed in a lateral
Dd383711.eps
compartment, generally 300 or 400 mm wide.

They may also be installed at the top or bottom of the cubicle.
Installation at top or bottom Installation in a lateral Installation on a device

of a cubicle compartment mounting plate
Dd381512.ai
Dd381513.ai
Dd381514.ai
Modular rail, depth adjustable (W = 432 mm)
LVS03402 - -
2 modular rails W = 1600 mm
LVS04226 LVS04226 -
2 universal angle brackets
LVS03581 LVS03581 -
Set of two lateral cross-members W = 400 mm
LVS03584 - -
Characteristics Terminal blocks are grouped on The terminal block is generally Terminal blocks can be directly
modular rails that can be depth installed in the cable installed on the mounting plates
adjusted behind a plain front plate. compartment, W = 300 or for horizontally mounted
400 mm. ComPacT NSX100/630 and
The terminal blocks clip onto a vertically mounted ComPacT
modular rail. The rail is secured to NS630b/1600 for connection of
cable-tie supports using universal auxiliary wires.
angle brackets for precise
positioning of the terminal blocks.
Width of standard terminal blocks

Max. cable CSA (mm²) 4 6 10 16
Width of terminal block (mm) 6 8 10 12
Height required in switchboard

Max. cable CSA (mm²) 4 6 10 16
Plain front plate LVS03803 LVS03803 LVS03805 LVS03806
G-38 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500
Designing connection y 630 A

Auxiliary connections
Device
Ambient temperature around the switchboard
25°C 30°c 35°C 40°C 45°C 50°C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
Rated current of a circuit Inc (A)
Linergy BW
Insulated bus bar Linergy BW 125A 134 125 129 120 125 116 120 111 116 106 110 b
Insulated bus bar Linergy BW 250 267 250 259 241 250 231 241 222 231 211 222 b
Linergy BS
Rear flat busbars 160 A 171 160 166 154 160 148 154 142 148 135 142 b
Linergy BS
Multi-stage busbars 160 A 171 160 166 154 160 148 154 142 148 135 142 b
Multi-stage busbars 250 A 267 250 259 241 250 231 241 222 231 211 222 b
Multi-stage busbars block 400A 428 400 414 385 400 370 385 355 370 338 355 b
Multi-stage busbars block 630 A 673 630 652 607 630 583 607 558 583 532 558 b
Linergy BS
Multi-stage distribution block 160 A 171 160 166 154 160 148 154 142 148 135 142 b
Multi-stage distribution block 400A 428 400 414 385 400 370 385 355 370 338 355 b
Linergy DX
Quick distribution block 134 125 129 120 125 116 120 111 116 106 111 b
Linergy DX 4P 125A
Linergy DX 4P 160A
Linergy DX 1P 1P 160A
Linergy DP
Quick distribution block
Linergy DP 3P-4P 160A
160 160 155 155 150 150 145 145 140 140 135 b G
Linergy DP 3P-4P 250A
Linergy FM
Quick device feeders 67 63 65 61 63 58 61 56 58 53 56 b
Linergy FM 4P 63A
Linergy FM 4P 80A
Linergy FM 4P 160A
Linergy FM 2P 200A
Linergy FM 3P 200A
Linergy FM 4P 200A
Linergy FM 4P 200A (36 modules)
b Check the concordance between Linergy derating value and upstream protection device derating value.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500 TOC G-39
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks
Connection technology
Type of Cross section Color Screw tech Spring tech Push-in tech Miniature Miniature Miniature
terminal area screw for 15 spring for 15 spring for
block mm DIN rail mm DIN rail direct mount
Passthrough 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV22 NSYTRR22 NSYTRP22 NSYTRV22M NSYTRR22M NSYTRR22MF
Blue NSYTRV22BL NSYTRR22BL NSYTRP22BL NSYTRV22MBL NSYTRR22MBL NSYTRR22MFBL
Orange NSYTRV22AR NSYTRR22AR NSYTRP22AR - - NSYTRR22MFF *
2.5 mm² (3 pts) Grey NSYTRV23 NSYTRR23 NSYTRP23 - - -
Blue NSYTRV23BL NSYTRR23BL NSYTRP23BL - - -
Orange - NSYTRR23AR NSYTRP23AR - - -
2.5 mm² (4 pts) Grey NSYTRV24 NSYTRR24 NSYTRP24 - NSYTRR24M NSYTRR24M
Blue NSYTRV24BL NSYTRR24BL NSYTRP24BL - NSYTRR24MBL NSYTRR24MBL
2.5 mm² Grey NSYTRV24D NSYTRR24D NSYTRP24D - - -
(4 pts, 2 levels) Blue NSYTRV24DBL NSYTRR24DBL NSYTRP24DBL - - -
2.5 mm² Grey NSYTRV26T NSYTRR26T NSYTRP26T - - -
(6 pts, 3 levels) Blue NSYTRV26TBL NSYTRR26TBL NSYTRP26TBL - - -
4 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV42 NSYTRR42 NSYTRP42 NSYTRV42M - -
Blue NSYTRV42BL NSYTRR42BL NSYTRP42BL NSYTRV42MBL - -
Orange NSYTRV42AR NSYTRR42AR - - - -
4 mm² (3 pts) Grey NSYTRV43 NSYTRR43 NSYTRP43 - - -
4 mm² (4 pts) Grey NSYTRV44 NSYTRR44 NSYTRP44 - - -
4 mm² Grey NSYTRV44D NSYTRR44D - - - -
(4 pts, 2 levels) Blue NSYTRV44DBL NSYTRR44DBL - - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV62 NSYTRR62 - - - -
Blue NSYTRV62BL NSYTRR62BL - - - -
Earth 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV22PE NSYTRR22PE NSYTRP22PE NSYTRV22MPE NSYTRR22MPE -
protection 2.5 mm² (3 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV23PE NSYTRR23PE NSYTRP23PE - - -
2.5 mm² (4 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV24PE NSYTRR24PE NSYTRP24PE - - -
4 mm² (2 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV42PE NSYTRR42PE NSYTRP42PE NSYTRV42MPE - -
4 mm² (3 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV43PE NSYTRR43PE NSYTRP43PE - - -
4 mm² (4 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV44PE NSYTRR44PE NSYTRP44PE - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV62PE NSYTRR62PE - - - -
Knife 2.5 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV22SC NSYTRR22SC NSYTRP22SC - - -
Disconnect Orange NSYTRV22ST (1) NSYTRR22SCAR - - - -
2.5 mm² (3 pts) Grey - NSYTRR23SC NSYTRP23SC - - -
Orange - NSYTRR23SCAR - - - -
2.5 mm² (2 levels) Grey NSYTRV24SCD NSYTRR24SCD - - - -
Fuse 4 mm² (2 pts) Black NSYTRV42SF5 - - - - -
Disconnect 5 x 20 mm fuse Black (12 V) NSYTRV42SF5LD (2) - - - - -
Black (230 V) NSYTRV42SF5LA (2) - - - - -
Basic 4 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV42TB NSYTRR42TB NSYTRP42TB - - -
Disconnect (3)
Measuring 6 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV62TTD - - - - -
transducer Disconnect
6 mm² (2 pts) Grey NSYTRV62TT - - - - -
6 mm² (2 pts) Green/Yellow NSYTRV62TTPE - - - - -
* Grey terminal with flange. (1) Grey disconnect terminal with 2 test points.
(2) With light indicator.
(3) Fuse or component carrier not supplied.
G-40 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500
Linergy TR
Terminal blocks
Accessories Cable ends compatible

with all technologies
Miniature spring End plate End plate for End plate for Plug-in bridge Marking strips 10 Wires corss References
for direct mount for screw TBs spring TBs push-in TBs characters section area
NSYTRR22MP NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR22 NSYTRAL22 NSYTRABF510 0.5 mm² DZ5CE005

NSYTRR22MPBL NSYTRAC22BL NSYTRACR22BL NSYTRACR22BL NSYTRAL23 NSYTRABF520 DZ5CA005
- - - NSYTRAL24 NSYTRABF530 0.75 mm² DZ5CE007
- NSYTRAC23 NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACR23 DZ5CA007
NSYTRAL25 NSYTRABF540
1 mm² DZ5CE010
- - NSYTRACR23BL NSYTRACR23BL NSYTRAL210 NSYTRABF550
DZ5CA010
- - - - NSYTRAL210BL NSYTRAB560 1.5 mm² DZ5CE015
NSYTRR24MP NSYTRAC24 NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACR24 NSYTRAL210GR NSYTRAB570 DZ5CA015
NSYTRR24MPBL - NSYTRACR24BL NSYTRACR24BL NSYTRAL220 NSYTRAB580 2.5 mm² DZ5CE025
- NSYTRACE24 NSYTRACRE24 NSYTRACRE24 DZ5CA025
NSYTRAB590
- - - - 4 mm² DZ5CE042
NSYTRAB5100
- NSYTRACE26 NSYTRACRE26 NSYTRACPE26 DZ5CA042
NSYTRAB51100
- - - - 6 mm² DZ5CE062
- NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRACR42 NSYTRAL42 NSYTRAB610 DZ5CA062
- NSYTRAC22BL - - NSYTRAL43 NSYTRAB620 10 mm² DZ5CE102
- - - - DZ5CA102
NSYTRAL44 NSYTRAB630
16 mm² DZ5CE162
- NSYTRAC23 NSYTRACR43 NSYTRACP43 NSYTRAL45 NSYTRAB640
DZ5CA162
- - - - NSYTRAL410 …
25 mm² DZ5CE252
- NSYTRAC24 NSYTRACR44 NSYTRACP44 NSYTRAL410BL NSYTRAB690
DZ5CA253
- - - - NSYTRAL410GR NSYTRAB6100 35 mm² DZ5CE352
- NSYTRACE24 NSYTRACRE44 - NSYTRAL420 NSYTRAB61100 DZ5CA352
- - - - 50 mm² DZ5CE502
- NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR62 - NSYTRAL62 NSYTRAB810 DZ5CA502
- NSYTRAC22BL - - NSYTRAL65 NSYTRAB820 DZ5CE*** = standard insulated cable ends.
- NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR102 - NSYTRAL102 NSYTRAB1010 DZ5CA*** = markable insulated cable ends.
-
-
NSYTRAC22BL
NSYTRAC162
-
NSYTRACR162
-
- NSYTRAL162
NSYTRAB1020
NSYTRAB1010 G
- - - - NSYTRAB1020
- NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR22 NSYTRACR22
- NSYTRAC23 NSYTRACR43 NSYTRACP43
- NSYTRAC24 NSYTRACR44 NSYTRACP44
- NSYTRAC22 NSYTRACR62 -
- NSYTRAC23 NSYTRACR23 NSYTRACPK22
- NSYTRAC23 - -
- - NSYTRACR24 NSYTRACPK23
- - - -
- NSYTRACED24 Included -
- Included - -
- Included - -
- Included - -
- Included Included NSYTRACR42
- NSYTRACT22 - -
- NSYTRACT22 - -
- NSYTRACT22 - -
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E7500 TOC G-41
Functional
www.se.com
partitioning
2 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8000
PrismaSeT P Active - Partitioning www.se.com
Contents
Main distribution
IS Service Indices
Presentation H-2
Form partitioning
Presentation H-3
Form 1 partitioning
Covering the supply terminals on the incoming device H-4
Form 2 partitioning H-5
Other partitions H-8
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8000 TOC H-1
IS Service Indices
Presentation
What is the service index?

b The service index is a tool for characterizing the functional units of low voltage
switchboards.
b It allows users to express their needs in relation to the switchboard lifecycle
(operation, maintenance, evolution) to meet the requirements of their site.
How is it characterized?
b The SI is a value expressed in a three digits format (from 1 to 3) which respectively
translate the level of:
v operation,
v maintenance,
v and evolution of the LV switchboard
b The value 1 offers the lowest service index and the value 3 the highest service
index.
b The minimum index is 111 and the maximum is 333.
Note: The service index may be different in the same switchboard, for incomers or outgoings,
in order to meet the customer needs.
1st digit 2nd digit 3rd digit

Exploitation Maintenance Upgrade
The exploitation includes all the operations on Maintenance includes the maintenance Upgrade is an adaptation of the installation by
the installation likely to be carried out by operations, repair and control operations to adding or replacing components.
personnel electrician or non-electrician. sustain the characteristics of the switchboard. Some upgrades require an interruption of the
Assured by qualified personnel, they go from functional unit concerned: power increase,
diagnosis to defective parts replacement. change of technology, etc.
Other evolutions can be done without interruption
of the functional unit: addition of outgoings, etc.
1 I accept that this operation will cause the

complete shutdown of the switchboard.
I accept the complete stop of the switchboard. I accept the complete stop of the switchboard.
2 I want this operation to result only in the complete I want a limited interruption to the functional
shutdown of the only functional unit (1) unit (1) concerned only. The refitting will be done
I want that the possible interruption be limited to
the functional unit (1) concerned only.
concerned. by an intervention on the connections. A stock of some predefined functional units is
assured.
3 I want that this operation only stops the power of I want a limited interruption to the functional
the functional unit (1) concerned, but enables unit (1) concerned only. The refitting will be done
I want an operation limited to the functional
unit (1) concerned, with no interruption of the
automation tests that allow testing the installation without any intervention on the connections. switchboard.
in full size before restarting. The evolution is free, within the limits imposed by
the switchboard manufacturer.
(1) Functional unit: part of an assembly comprising all the mechanical and electrical
components that contribute to the performance of a single feature.
Service indices achievable in PrismaSeT P Active

IS 211 IS 231 or 232 IS 331 or 332 IS 223
Fixed Plug-in base Withdrawable on chassis Scalable system
under power
IS 211 IS 231 IS 232 IS 331 IS 332 IS 233

functional unit equipped functional unit equipped reserve functional unit functional unit equipped reserve functional unit possible under conditions.
with fixed circuit with a plug-in circuit- equipped with an empty with a withdrawable equipped with an empty Consult us
breakers breaker plug-in base circuit breakers on chassis
chassis
H-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100
Forms partitioning
Presentation
What are the forms? Form 2a Form 3a Form 4a

b The forms are metal partitions or molded material, removable by using tools or
keys, which ensure the protection of operators against direct contact with power
conductors when working on low voltage switchboards.
b They also protect internal elements of the switchboard against external
aggressions (dust, pests, water ...).
b These forms are graduated from 1 to 4, with indices “a” or “b”. Their use
contributes to the level of service continuity required by the user.
b Forms have a cumulative effect (a higher form integrates the characteristics of the
forms that precede it). Form 2b Form 3b Form 4b
b The choice of a form is the subject to an agreement between the manufacturer
and the user.
b The electrical panel must comply with the degree of protection IP 2X, according to
standard IEC 61439-1 & 2.
PrismaSeT P Active offers solutions for forms 1, 2a, 2b, 3a, 3b, 4a, 4b.
Form 1 Form 2
No internal separation Separation between horizontal busbars, vertical busbars
and functional units
Form 3 Form 4
Form 2 + separation of functional units from one another Form 3 + separation of the terminals of the functional units
from one another
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100 TOC H-3
Form 1 partitioning
Covering the supply terminals on the incoming device
Main distribution
Front connection with cables Canalis front connection
Dd382019.eps
Dd382020.eps
40 60
0 650 0 650
MTZ2 Only MTZ1 and

ComPacT
Devices Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With

device drawable device drawable
MasterPacT ComPacT MasterPacT ComPacT
MTZ2 MTZ1 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 MTZ2 MTZ1 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Cover LVS04861 LVS04852 LVS04851 LVS04852 LVS04861 LVS04852 LVS04851 LVS04852
Canalis additional cover - - - - LVS04871 LVS04871 LVS04871 LVS04871
Rear connection with cables Canalis rear connection

Dd382021.eps
Dd382022.eps
40 40
0 0
60 40
0 650 0 650
MTZ2 Only MTZ1 and

ComPacT
Devices Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With Fixed or withdrawable Fixed With

device drawable device drawable
MasterPacT ComPacT MasterPacT ComPacT
MTZ2 MTZ1 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600 MTZ2 MTZ1 NS630b/1600 NS630b/1600
Cover LVS04863 LVS04854 LVS04853 LVS04854 LVS04863 LVS04854 LVS04853 LVS04854
Canalis additional cover - - - - LVS04871 LVS04871 LVS04871 LVS04871
Covering of the connection between an incoming device and lateral busbars

Dd382041.eps
MasterPacT MTZ2 MasterPacT MTZ1 ComPacT ComPacT ComPacT

NS630b/1600 NS1600b/3200 (1) INS-INV630b/2500
Cover with copper connection LVS04926 LVS04926 LVS04926 LVS04926 LVS04926
Additional cover LVS04927 - - - -
Cover with Linergy LGYE connection LVS04925 LVS04925 - - -
Additional cover LVS04928 - - - -
Form partition depth 600 400 400 400 (1) 400
(1) For more information > page E-14.
Note: Cubicle depth based on the depth of the incoming device.
H-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100
Form 2 partitioning
Main distribution
Lateral partitioning
b Made of:
v four supports that clip to the framework
v five extruded slats that clip to the supports
v two metal plates at the top and bottom that can be cut out to pass a PE or PEN
conductor, or one or two 30 x 60 mm trunking sections
b Compliance with standard IEC 695.2.1 concerning withstand to fire.
Side barrier Dd383712.eps

Restoration kit Front or rear barrier
DD385402.eps
Dd383714.eps
Dd381588.eps
DD382528.eps
Dd381589.eps
W = 150 mm W = 300 mm
Characteristicsb Vertical barrier made of b This kit enables passage of the Can be installed in the front and rear of the busbar compartment.
insulating slats connection between a device > Protects against direct contact with the busbars.
b can be installed on both sides of 1600 A (MTZ2, INS-INV) and b For 800 mm cubicles :
Linergy BS or Linergy LGY lateral vertical busbars. v the door is systematically supplied with a barrier.
busbars b It is made up of an insulated v the cover frame is supplied with a wicket door, W = 150 mm, on
b The space between the slats is plate (six modules high = 300 mm) which devices can be mounted. A front barrier is indispensable.
sufficient for prefabricated that can be cut as required, b A barrier is required at the rear of the busbar compartment in
connections (one copper bar, 5 or supplied with supports and the cubicles that are 600,800 and 1000 mm deep.
10 mm thick, or insulated flexible necessary hardware.
bars) or for cables up to 35 mm², b Has to be use with MTZ2
while maintaining the degree of interlocking mounting plate
protection IP2X
Catalog number LVS04922 LVS04924 LVS04921 LVS04920
Horizontal partitioning
DD384521.EPS
b Set of two barriers (front and rear), plus a slotted rear panel for efficient natural
convection in the switchboard.
b The set can be used to partition horizontal busbars installed at the top or bottom
of the cubicle.
b The space required for the busbars is not increased.
LVS04976
H
Linergy LGYE Linergy BS
Top position Bottom position Top position Bottom position
In y 2500 A u 3200 A y 2500 A u 3200 A y 3200 A 4000 A y 3200 A
Nb of module 3 4 3 4 3 4 3
D400
Cover W = 300 LVS04973 LVS04963 LVS04973 + LVS04915 LVS04963 + LVS04915 LVS04973 LVS04963 LVS04973 + LVS04915
W = 400 LVS04974 LVS04964 LVS04974 + LVS04915 LVS04964 + LVS04915 LVS04974 LVS04964 LVS04974 + LVS04915
W650 LVS04976 LVS04966 LVS04976 + LVS04919 LVS04966 + LVS04919 LVS04976 LVS04966 LVS04976 + LVS04919
W650 + 150 LVS04976 LVS04966 LVS04976 + LVS04919 LVS04966 + LVS04919 LVS04976 LVS04966 LVS04976 + LVS04919
D600
Cover W = 300 LVS04983 LVS04963 LVS04983 + LVS04915 LVS04963 + LVS04915 LVS04983 LVS04963 LVS04983 + LVS04915
W = 400 LVS04984 LVS04964 LVS04984 + LVS04915 LVS04964 + LVS04915 LVS04984 LVS04964 LVS04984 + LVS04915
W650 + 150 LVS04986 LVS04966 LVS04986 + LVS04919 LVS04966 + LVS04919 LVS04986 LVS04966 LVS04986 + LVS04919
Note: when the busbars are at the bottom of the cubicle, gland plates are mandatory > page F-19.
Note: to protect horizontal busbars installed at the bottom of the cubicle, the slotted horizontal panel must be replaced by a plain barrier.(LVS04915 or
LVS04919) and add a free support LVS04662.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100 TOC H-5
Form 3 partitioning
Main distribution
Form 3 partitioning
Front connection Rear connection
DD383107.eps
DD385525.eps
DD385526.eps
Dd383081.eps
Rear support for partitions 6 universal angle brackets Horizontal metal partition Rear connection
W = 650 mm W = 650 mm
Characteristics Two uprights secured to the A set of brackets can be used to A horizontal metal partition can be Vertical partitions (two cat. no. per
framework (400 mm install partial Form 3 partitioning in used to physically separate functional unit)
deep) or to the intermediate the cubicle.It does not take up any functional units from one another.
uprights (600 mm deep useful space in the switchboard. It does not take up any useful 3 to 4 modules 5 to 6 modules
frameworks). space in the switchboard.
Catalog LVS04943 LVS03583 LVS04901 LVS04955 LVS04956
numbers
H-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100
Form 4 partitioning
Main distribution
Form 4a partitioning
Form 4 - direct connection to the device
Front connection Rear connection
DD385406.eps
DD385407.eps
DD385407.eps
DD385405.eps
DD385406.eps
Backplate Gland plate
Characteristics b a backplate (one cat. no. per b a plastic gland plate that can be easily cut out (one b a gland plate at the rear of each functional unit. It is
cubicle) made up to two metal for each functional unit) and is mounted on the connected directly to the rear supports for Form 3
half panels mounted on the rear framework. partitions
supports for Form 3 partitions.
This backplate is not 3 to 4 modules 5 to 6 modules 3 to 5 modules 4 to 6 modules
indispensable for 400 mm deep
frameworks
numbers
Form 4b partitioning
Forme 4b - connection transfer
In a lateral compartment At the rear of the cubicle
Dd383604.eps
DD385405.eps
Dd383090.eps
Dd382035.eps
Dd382036.eps
Dd382039.eps
Dd382038.eps
Backplate Cover
H
Characteristics b a backplate (one cat. no. per b a cover with plastic gland plates that can be easily b It comprises two height-adjustable metal flanges
cubicle) made up to two metal cut out on the side and bottom. and plastic gland plates that can be easily cut out at
half panels mounted on the rear the rear and bottom.
supports for Form 3 partitions. 3 to 5 modules W150 4 to 6 modules W200 3 to 5 modules 4 to 6 modules
This backplate is not
indispensable for 400 mm deep
frameworks
numbers
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100 TOC H-7
www.se.com
PrismaSeT P Active - Partitioning
Other partitions
Main distribution
Inter-cubicle partition
DD383720.eps
Dd383722.eps
D400 D600
Characteristics Metal partition, used to separate two adjacent cubicles.
It is made up of two panels, each 850 mm high.
The top and bottom ends have knock-outs for busbars, PE/PEN conductors or auxiliary wiring.
Supplied with the necessary supports and hardware, the partition is mounted on the framework and does not hinder installation of
the functional mounting plates.
Catalog numbers LVS04911 LVS04911 + LVS04931
H-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100
www.se.com
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E8100 TOC H-9
Additional
information
PrismaSeT P Active - Additional information www.se.com
Contents
Spare parts
After-sales accessories I-4
Optimise electrical networks
Improving power quality I-9
Additional equipment to optimise electrical installations I-10
Designing PrismaSeT P Active power circuits
Presentation and approach I-11
Designing horizontal busbars
Linergy LGYE I-14
Linergy BS I-15
Designing vertical busbars
Linergy LGY I-16
Linergy LGYE I-17
Linergy BS I-18
Designing rear busbars
Linergy LGYE, Linergy BS I-19
Designing connections between a device and busbars
Prefabricated connections for ComPacT NS630b to NS1600 I-20
Prefabricated connections for MasterPacT 06-16 I-21
Fixed MasterPacT 08-16 I-23
Drawout MasterPacT 08-16 I-25
Dedicated cubicle
Drawout MasterPact 08-32 I-28
Linergy LGYE I-29
Linergy BS I-30
Linergy LGY I-31
Linergy LGYE I-32
Linergy BS I-33
Designing rear busbars I-34
I
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9000 TOC I-1
Contents
Designing connections y 630 A I-42

Device connections I-42
ComPacT circuit breakers NSX100 to NSX630
Insulated flexible copper bars I-43
Copper cable I-44
ComPacT circuit breakers NSXm up to 160
Copper cable I-45
Designing cable connections
Tubular lugs I-46
Designing customer connections
Connection transfer assembly for fixed ComPacT NS630b to NS1000 I-49
MasterPacT 08-40 withdrawable I-53
Fixed ComPacT NS1600b to NS3200 I-56
Fixed ComPacT NS630b to NS1600 I-57
Withdrawable ComPacT NS630b to NS1600 I-58
Fixed ComPacT NS630b to NS1000 Horizontal mounting I-59
Designing busbars
Fupact GS, ISFT, ISFL Linergy BS busbars I-60
Fupact GS, ISFT Vertical Linergy LGYE, LGY busbars I-61
Fupact GS, ISFT Vertical Linergy BS busbars I-62
Selection of enclosures according to the premises I-63
Dedicated cubicle - W = 400 mm I-72
I-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9000
www.se.com
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9000 TOC I-3
After-sales accessories
Spare parts
Linergy BW busbar accessories
Linergy BW accessories, 160/400 A LVS01210
2 end plugs
DD385483.eps
2 angle brackets support

2 screws
Accessoires Linergy BW 630 A LVS01211

2 end plugs
2 metal angle brackets
2 brackets for support
2 hexagonal blocks
2 self-tapping screws
2 IPxxB clipon covers for Linergy BW, 160 to 400 A LVS01201
Linergy FM busbar accessories (IP30)

4 terminal covers for 200 A Linergy FM LVS01202
DD384561.EPS
Linergy busbar accessories (IP30)

12 chocks for Linergy busbars LVS01109
DD384574.EPS
Framework accessories
Framework accessories LVS01104
4 top sealing components
DD384562.EPS

4 bottom sealing components
4 bottom cross-piece plugs
2 adjacent mounting spacer tubes
2 mounting hardware

12 conical washers
I-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100
Spare parts
Front-plate accessories
10 sets of 2 grips quarter turn LVS01094
DD384582.eps
Accessory
Plain wicket door, W = 150 mm LVS01110
DD384565.EPS
Linergy LGYE busbar accessories

Linergy LGYE connection screwplate kit LVS01130
4 plates for 2000 - 4000 A joint
DD385489.eps

4 flat plates for 3200 - 4000 A connection
16 conical contact washer Ø8
16 torque nut M8

Rear accessories
Accessories IP55 LVS01101
4 IP55 framework plugs
DD385379.eps
1 2 3 4
4 stop doors
base + screw + washer + nut
8 cage nuts
5 6 7 3 white grommet plugs
2 IP55 roof and rear panel fixing systems
6 IP55 rear panel fixing systems
Rear panel accessories LVS01106

8 IP30 rear panel fixing systems
DD385977.eps
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100 TOC I-5
Spare parts
Side panel accessories
Side panel accessories LVS01100
16 fixing system IP30
DD385979.eps
Accessories for IP55 side panel LVS01102

16 fixing system IP55
DD384568.EPS
1 2
16 cage nuts
Accessories for IP55 roof LVS01103

4 lifting ring plugs
DD385380.eps
3
6 cage nuts
6 mounting sets of screw fixing IP55 for roof
Roof accessories
Roof accessories LVS01112
4 lifting ring plugs
DD385978.eps
Front plate support frames

Front plate support striker kit for LVS08564 - LVS08566 LVS01123
DD384571.EPS
x4
Side-by-side combination kit

PrismaSeT P Active/Prisma P Beige PrismaSeT P Active/PrismaSeT 6300 A
DD383847.eps
Dd382926.eps
Catalog number - LVS01198

Characteristics b To add a PrismaSeT P Active cubicle to an existing Primsa P b PrismaSeT 6300 A/PrismaSeT P Active side-by-side
Beige installation, use the combination kit and a 400 mm wide combination kit
frame.
Note: When combining PrismaSeT 6300 A and
PrismaSeT P Active IP55 enclosures, use the IP55 sealing kit for
side-by-side combinations (LVS08717) together with the side-by-
side combination kit (LVS01198).
DD385278.eps
Dd385279.eps
PrismaSeT P Active PrismaSeT P Active Prisma P Beige PrismaSeT PH PrismaSeT P Active

400 mm
300-700-900
I-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100
Spare parts
Frame bottom cross-member W650 to use with LVS08566 LVS01120 (1)
DD384572.EPS
Frame bottom cross-member W150+650 to use with LVS08566 LVS01121 (1)
(1) Spare parts on stock in RAL 9003 only.
Door accessories
Closing accessories LVS01105
4 screws THF M6 x 16
DD384617.eps
4 door strikes
1 2 3
3 1/4 turn studs
2 stop doors
3 hinge pins
7 captive nuts for frame
4 5 6
Door strike IP30/55 Ipc Arc LVS01124

4 screws MSC HXG SK M6 x 20
DD435601.eps
1 2 4 door strike stoppers

4 washers
4 captive nuts for frame
3 4
PrismaSeT P Rotary Handle Spare Parts LVS01219

Handle housing block
nnz3131101_1.eps
P adapter link part

Screw, pan head, M5x8
The key of 405
1 crosshead screw
Omega fix part
Driver block
Hex locking screw, M6x10
Self tapping screw, pan head, ST3.5x15
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100 TOC I-7
Cover accessories
Cover accessories
Set of 2 side panels D400 PrismaSeT P Active LVS08755
Set of 2 side panels D600 PrismaSeT P LVS08760
Green Cover W400 P for Wireless PaS LVS01126
Connectivity accessories
Connectivity accessories
Cable Extender for LoRa Antenna SMT10015
Cables for Wireless Panel Server 2m 3P + N SMT10016
PrismaSeT Wireless Panel Server electronic part (without cables) SMT10019
I-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100

Improving power quality
Spare parts
To improve power quality, Schneider Electric proposes
two power-factor correction systems, VarplusCan.
Both are designed for optimum installation in
PrismaSeT P Active.
PrismaSeT P Active enclosures are designed for installation of the new VarplusCan
DD385373.eps
power factor correction modules that improve the quality of the electrical distribution
system and reduce consumption of reactive energy.
The modules are made up of capacitors, contactors and devices protecting against
internal faults.
Installation
> page F-21 for information on installation in the enclosure.
The modules can be supplied by vertical busbars, e.g. Linergy.

DD385374.EPS
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100 TOC I-9

Additional equipment to optimise electrical installations
Spare parts
During design or during subsequent operation,
electrical installations are increasingly outfitted with
components designed to optimise energy
consumption.
With PrismaSeT P Active, most of these products can
already be added to the switchboard.
By limiting the temperature within the switchboard, it is
possible to extend the life of the equipment and
optimise its use.
In addition, electricity consumption is reduced because
equipment in good condition has lower losses.
Heaters Heaters contribute to equipment optimisation by limiting condensation, corrosion

and, above all, leakage currents along surfaces.
Dd381666.eps
Dd381667.eps
Installation and characteristics

> page F-33
Fans Several types of fans are available: enclosure wall or roof-mount versions. They are
particularly useful for switchboards installed in temperate environments or when the
DD381703.eps
DD385819.eps
degree of protection of the enclosure is high (IP55).

> page F-32.
Thermostat Thermostats are used to limit the temperature inside switchboards when heaters and
fans are installed, thus reducing heat losses.
Dd381668.eps

> page F-34.
Installation Heaters and thermostats simply clip onto a modular rail.

DD384054.eps
See Universal Enclosures catalog, cat. no. UE12MK01EN.
I-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100

Presentation and approach
PrismaSeT P Active takes into account the installation In the following pages you will find a number of examples, validated for PrismaSeT P
and connection conditions of Schneider Electric Active switchboards, intended to assist in determining the busbars as well as the
devices. upstream and downstream connections for the installation.
The entire installation complies with standard The examples assume that the devices have already been selected.
IEC 60439-1. The result is a type tested switchboard. A complete process involves a number of steps before making final choices
(transformer, conductors, protection, etc.).
Schneider Electric offers a number of tools to assist in designing a complete
installation (technical guides, software).
PB116588.eps
Busbar sizing The factors that must be taken into account in determining the size of busbars include:
b the diversity factor.
Not all the loads supplied by a set of busbars are used at full rated load or at the
same time. The diversity factor is the means to determine the maximum load current
used to size the busbars.
Standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 §4.7 specifies the table below.
Number of circuits Diversity factor
2 and 3 0,9
4 and 5 0,8
6 and 9 0,7
10 and more 0,6
b the degree of protection IP.

b the ambient temperature around the switchboard.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100 TOC I-11

Busbars The maximum load current for a set of busbars is a function of the thermal
environment.
DD381459.eps
The type and the size of the conductors must be determined in view of carrying the
required currents taking into account the temperatures reached in the switchboard.
These conductors are subjected to additional heat rise caused by the flowing current
(joule effect) and the connected devices.
The temperatures reached by the conductors and the insulating materials, etc. must
not exceed the maximum temperatures for which the products were designed.
Schneider Electric busbars and distribution blocks are sized to operate without any
particular constraints for the assemblies in PrismaSeT P Active switchboards
operating under normal environmental conditions (standard switchboard
configuration, 35 °C outside the switchboard, etc.).
To determine Linergy LGY busbars or Linergy LGYE required

> pages I-14, I-16 and I-17.
They can be used to determine:
b the type of Linergy LGY busbars or Linergy LGYE, as a function of:
v the current
v the IP value
v the ambient temperature around the switchboard
v ICW/1s.
b Linergy LGY busbars: I y 1600 A

b Double Linergy LGY busbars: 1600 A < I y 3200 A
b Linergy LGYE busbars: y 4000 A.
To determine the required Linergy BS busbars:

DD381460.eps
horizontal busbars > page I-15

vertical busbars > page I-18.
They can be used to determine:
b the permissible current as a function of:
v the size of the busbars
v the number of bars
v the ambient temperature around the switchboard
v the IP value
v ICW/1s.
b Linergy BS copper busbars 5 mm thick: I y 1600 A.

b Linergy BS copper busbars 10 mm thick: I y 3200 A.
Connection of devices u 630 A To determine the size of upstream and downstream connections for devices
> page I-42.
and busbar connections They can be used to determine:
b the size of copper busbars
b the maximum permissible current.
As a function of:
b the type of circuit breaker
b the IP value
b the ambient temperature around the switchboard
b the type of installation.
I-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100

Designing the PE protective The protective conductor must be sufficiently sized and securely installed in the
switchboard to accept the thermal and electrodynamic constraints of the fault
conductor current.
It must be connected to the exposed conductive parts of the switchboard.
DD381471.eps
It must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and on site.

Optimised calculation method
Use the calculation equation indicated in standard IEC 61439-1 & 2:
l 2t
SPE=
k
b SPE: cross-sectional area of the PE in mm²
b I: value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60 % of the value of the phasetophase
fault current (IEC 61439-1 §8.2.4.2)
b t: time the fault current flows in seconds
b k: coefficient that depends on the type of metal, k = 143 for a copper conductor
with PVC insulation.
Example:
v IIsc = 36 kA rms C the value of the phase-to-earth fault current = 60 % of the value
of the phase-to-phase fault current (standard IEC 61439-1 and 2 § 8.4.3.2.3 and
10.11.5.6), i.e.: 36 x 0.6 = 21.6 kA
v maximum time delay for the control unit: 0,5 s
v k = 143 for copper conductors with PVC insulation.
The calculation is therefore:
2
21600 x 0,5 2
SPE = 143
= 106,8 mm
The PE conductor must therefore be a 25 x 5 mm bar (= 125 mm2).
Simplified method (based on the equation above)

Use the table below to determine the size of the PE conductor as a function of device
short-circuit current Isc.
Size of PE conductor All Schneider Electric devices
Icc y 40 kA 1 Linergy BS bar, 25 x 5 mm
Icc y 65 kA 1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 630 - LVS04502
Icc > 65 kA but < 80 kA 1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 800 - LVS04503
Icc = 100 kA 1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 5 mm Linergy LGY 1000 - LVS04505
Implementing the PEN protective The size of the PEN is determined in the same manner as a neutral conductor, i.e.:
b for copper single-phase circuits or sized y 16mm², it must be the same size as the
conductor phase conductors
b for copper three-phase circuits sized > 16 mm², it can be:
v the same size as the phase conductors
DD384616.eps
v smaller on the condition that:

- the current likely to flow in the neutral during normal operation is less than the
permissible current for the conductor
- the power rating of single-phase loads does not exceed 10 % of the total rating.
The conductor must be accessible to enable connections both in the factory and
on site, as well as checks on the tightness of connections.
Practical guidelines to install PEN

According to standard IEC 61439-1 and 2, the practical guidelines for implementing
the PEN are the following:
I
b at the entry to the assembly, the PEN connection must be next to the phase
connections
b within the assembly, the PEN does not need to be insulated from the exposed
conductive parts (except on sites where there is a risk of fire or explosion)
b the size of the conductor must be at least equal to that of the neutral
b the size must remain constant throughout the main busbars
b the change from a TNC to a TNS system must take place at a single point in the
switchboard, via a marked neutral-disconnection bar that is accessible and can be
dismantled to facilitate the impedance measurement of the fault loop
b after the TNS creation point, it is forbidden to recreate a TNC system.
The PE and the neutral must meet their specific requirements.
Linergy LGY PEN kit

> page G-37
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9100 TOC I-13

Linergy LGYE
Permissible current and selection of Linergy LGYE busbars
Up to 4000 A
Linergy LGYE section
Type of bars Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Size per phase IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 b
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 b
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 b
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 b
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 b
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 b
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 b
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 b
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 b
b Connection impossible due to the operating-temperature limits of the devices installed in the switchboard.
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section 630 A. Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. LVS04560. Cat. No. LVS04561. Cat. No. LVS04562. Cat. No. LVS04563. Cat. No. LVS04564.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps
Section 2000 A. Section 2500 A. Section 3200 A. Section 4000 A.

Cat. No. LVS04565. Cat. No. LVS04566. Cat. No. LVS04567. Cat. No. LVS04568.
I-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of horizontal busbar
The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and operating criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Linergy BS bars, 5 mm thick
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
2 Linergy BS bars, 60 x 5 1580 1420 1500 1350 1400 1250 1350 1180 1260 1090 1180 b
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
Example:
Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2160 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature
of 30 °C around the switchboard.
Where possible, use of 10 mm bars is worthwhile in terms of the In/Isc:
b gain in time during switchboard mounting given, where applicable, the lesser number of bars
installed
b for short-circuits, the rigidity of the bars means fewer busbar supports.
Recommendation:
Use 5 mm bars for In y 1600 A and low Icw values (40 kA rms).
Use 10 mm bars for In > 1600 A and medium to high Icw values (> 40 kA rms).
Note: the values indicated above have been validated for PrismaSeT P Active switchboards.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-15

Linergy LGY
Permissible current and selection of Linergy LGY busbars
Up to 3200 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 b
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b
Linergy LGY 2000 (2 x 1000) 2200 2000 2100 1900 2000 1820 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 b
Linergy LGY 2500 (2 x 1250) 2740 2500 2620 2380 2500 2260 2380 2120 2260 2020 2120 b
Linergy LGY 3200 (2 x 1600) 3480 3200 3340 3060 3200 2920 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 b
Example:
A Linergy LGY channelled bar can be used for a 1650 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature around the switchboard of 35 °C.
DD381233.eps
DD381234.eps
DD381235.eps
DD385507.eps

DD385508.eps
Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. LVS04506.
I-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Linergy LGYE
Up to 4000 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 b
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 b
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 b
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 b
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 b
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 b
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 b
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 b
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 b
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
630 A. Cat. No. LVS04561. Cat. No. LVS04562. Cat. No. LVS04563. Cat. No. LVS04564.
Cat. No. LVS04560.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps

Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-17

Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of vertical busbar
Up to 1600 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 100 x 10 2370 2150 2260 2030 2150 1900 2030 1780 1900 1650 1780 b
2 x 1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 3540 3200 3370 3020 3200 2820 3020 2650 2840 2450 2650 b
Example
Two 80 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2820 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient
temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
Two 80 x 10 mm bars installed separately in two busbar compartments can be used for a 3200 A
current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
I-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Linergy LGYE, Linergy BS
The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and
operating criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 b
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b
Up to 1600 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 3200 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
2 Linergy BS bars, 80 x 10 3110 2820 2970 2660 2820 2500 2660
2330 2500 2160 2330 b I
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-19

Prefabricated connections for ComPacT NS630b to NS1600
DD383537.eps
Vertical mounting
Front or rear connection
Top or bottom incoming
Vertical busbars on the left or right
Linergy LGY busbars
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the permissible current for a
prefabricated connection between a vertical ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, fixed or
withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
around the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
Prefabricated connection
Device and cat. no. Permissible current (A)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04485 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
4P cat. no. LVS04486
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04485 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04485 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NS1250 3P cat. no. LVS04485 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NS1600 3P cat. no. LVS04487 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 b
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04477 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04477 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NS1250 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
NS1600 3P cat. no. LVS04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
Example:
For a fixed ComPacT NS1600, 4P, where the ambient temperature around
the switchboard is 35°C and the IP > 31:
the maximum permissible current for the prefabricated connection (LVS04488) is 1450 A.
I-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Prefabricated connections for MasterPacT 06-16
MasterPact MTZ106 to 16
Dd383666.eps
Vertical mounting
Linergy LGY busbars
prefabricated connection between a vertical MasterPact MTZ1 06/NT16, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature around
the switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. LVS04475 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
& MTZ1 4P cat. no. LVS04476
NT08 3P cat. no. LVS04475 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NT10 3P cat. no. LVS04475 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NT12 3P cat. no. LVS04475 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NT16 3P cat. no. LVS04489 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 b
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06
& MTZ1
3P cat. no. LVS04477 630
630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
I
NT08 3P cat. no. LVS04477 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NT10 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NT12 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NT16 3P cat. no. LVS04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
Example:
For a drawout MasterPact MTZ1 16 , 4P, where the ambient temperature around the switchboard
is 35°C and the IP > 31: the maximum permissible current for the prefabricated connection
(LVS04492) is 1380 A.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-21

ComPacT NS630b à NS1000
Dd383538.eps
Horizontal mounting
Left or right incoming
Linergy LGY vertical busbars
prefabricated connection between a horizontal ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, fixed
or withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04473 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04473 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04473 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
I-22 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Fixed MasterPacT 08-16
DD385984.eps
Fixed
Linergy LGY, BS busbars
Connections drawings supplied by
Schneider Electric
1 Liaison
2 Horizontal link.
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and
the maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for a
vertical, fixed MasterPacT NW08/16, front or rear connection, taking into account the
ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
Flat bars, 5 mm thick
Device Permissible current (A)
Ambient temperature around the switchboard (1)
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08 & Size per phase 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 1b 80 x 5 b
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
Horizontal link
I
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
(1) In the case of a door mounted at the rear of cubicle, add 10 °C.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-23

DD385985.eps
Fixed
Linergy LGYE, LGY, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ2 08/32, front or rear connection, taking into account
the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
MTZ2 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
MTZ2 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
MTZ2 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
NW32 & Size per phase 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 2b 100 x10 b
MTZ2 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
I-24 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Drawout MasterPacT 08-16
DD385986.eps
Drawout
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
the maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for
a vertical, drawout MasterPact MTZ2 08/16, front or rear connection, taking into
account the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
I
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-25

DD385987.eps
Drawout
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
MTZ2 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
MTZ2 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
MTZ2 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
MTZ2 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
I-26 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200

Dedicated cubicle
DD385988.eps
Fixed
Dedicated cubicle
Linergy LGYE, BS busbars
Schneider Electric
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
MTZ2 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
NW32 & Size per phase 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10 3b 80 x 10
MTZ2 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000
3b 80 x 10
2730
3b 80 x 10
2910
3b 80 x 10
2630
3b 80 x 10
2820
b
I
Note: contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9200 TOC I-27

Dedicated cubicle
Drawout MasterPact 08-32
MasterPact MTZ2 08 to 32
DD385989.eps
MasterPact MTZ2 08 to 32
Drawout
Dedicated cubicle
Schneider Electric
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
MTZ2 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
MTZ2 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Note: contact Schneider Electric for 4000 A dedicated cubicle
I-28 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

Linergy LGYE
Up to 4000 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 b
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 b
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 b
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 b
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 b
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 b
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 b
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 b
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 b
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section 630 A. Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. LVS04560. Cat. No. LVS04561. Cat. No. LVS04562. Cat. No. LVS04563. Cat. No. LVS04564.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps

Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-29

Linergy BS
Permissible current and selection of horizontal busbar
Up to 1600 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
Example:
Two 50 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2160 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature
of 30 °C around the switchboard.
Where possible, use of 10 mm bars is worthwhile in terms of the In/Isc:
b gain in time during switchboard mounting given, where applicable, the lesser number of bars
installed
b for short-circuits, the rigidity of the bars means fewer busbar supports.
Recommendation:
Use 5 mm bars for In y 1600 A and low Icw values (40 kA rms).
Use 10 mm bars for In > 1600 A and medium to high Icw values (> 40 kA rms).
I-30 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

Linergy LGY
Permissible current and selection of Linergy LGY busbars
Up to 3200 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 b
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b
Linergy LGY 2000 (2 x 1000) 2200 2000 2100 1900 2000 1820 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 b
Linergy LGY 2500 (2 x 1250) 2740 2500 2620 2380 2500 2260 2380 2120 2260 2020 2120 b
Linergy LGY 3200 (2 x 1600) 3480 3200 3340 3060 3200 2920 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 b
Example:
A Linergy LGY channelled bar can be used for a 1650 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature around the switchboard of 35 °C.
DD381233.eps
DD381234.eps
DD381235.eps
DD385507.eps

DD385508.eps
Section 1600 A.
Cat. No. LVS04506.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-31

Linergy LGYE
Up to 4000 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 680 580 650 550 630 530 590 500 550 470 520 b
Linergy LGYE 800 860 740 830 710 800 680 750 630 700 600 660 b
Linergy LGYE 1000 1080 920 1040 884 1000 850 940 790 880 750 830 b
Linergy LGYE 1250 1350 1150 1300 1100 1250 1050 1170 1000 1100 930 1020 b
Linergy LGYE 1600 1730 1580 1690 1530 1650 1480 1550 1380 1450 1300 1350 b
Linergy LGYE 2000 2200 1810 2100 1730 2000 1650 1900 1560 1810 1480 1720 b
Linergy LGYE 2500 2640 2230 2540 2160 2440 2100 2310 2000 2240 1930 2120 b
Linergy LGYE 3200 3400 3020 3300 2900 3200 2800 3040 2660 2890 2520 2750 b
Linergy LGYE 4000 3800 3510 3710 3430 3620 3350 3450 3180 3280 3020 3120 b
DD384545.eps
DD384546.eps
DD384547.eps
DD384548.eps
DD384549.eps
Section Section 800 A. Section 1000 A. Section 1250 A. Section 1600 A.
630 A. Cat. No. LVS04561. Cat. No. LVS04562. Cat. No. LVS04563. Cat. No. LVS04564.
Cat. No. LVS04560.
DD384550.eps
DD384551.eps
DD384552.eps
DD384553.eps

I-32 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

Linergy BS
Up to 1600 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 3200 A
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 100 x 10 2370 2150 2260 2030 2150 1900 2030 1780 1900 1650 1780 b
Example
Two 80 x 10 mm bars can be used for a 2820 A current with an IP y 31 and an ambient
temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
Two 80 x 10 mm bars installed separately in two busbar compartments can be used for a 3200 A
current with an IP y 31 and an ambient temperature of 35°C around the switchboard.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-33

Linergy LGYE, Linergy BS
The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and
operating criteria.
Up to 1600 A
Linergy LGY section
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 750 680 710 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 b
Linergy LGY 800 920 840 880 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 b
Linergy LGY 1000 1140 1040 1090 990 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 b
Linergy LGY 1250 1410 1290 1350 1230 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1050 1100 b
Linergy LGY 1600 1800 1650 1720 1580 1650 1480 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 b
Up to 1600 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 890 840 850 790 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1130 1050 1080 990 1000 900 970 870 910 810 860 b
Up to 3200 A

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1330 1220 1260 1160 1200 1080 1130 1010 1060 940 990 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1550 1400 1470 1320 1400 1250 1320 1160 1240 1070 1160 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1990 1800 1890 1700 1800 1600 1700 1500 1600 1390 1500 b
I-34 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

DD383537.eps
Vertical mounting
Linergy LGY busbars
withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04485 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04485 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04485 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NS1250 3P cat. no. LVS04485 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NS1600 3P cat. no. LVS04487 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 b
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04477 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04477 800
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
I
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NS1250 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
NS1600 3P cat. no. LVS04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
Example:
For a fixed ComPacT NS1600, 4P, where the ambient temperature around
the switchboard is 35°C and the IP > 31:
the maximum permissible current for the prefabricated connection (LVS04488) is 1450 A.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-35

Dd383666.eps
Vertical mounting
Linergy LGY busbars
prefabricated connection between a vertical MasterPact MTZ1 06/NT16, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature around
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. LVS04475 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NT08 3P cat. no. LVS04475 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NT10 3P cat. no. LVS04475 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NT12 3P cat. no. LVS04475 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NT16 3P cat. no. LVS04489 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 b
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. LVS04477 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NT08 3P cat. no. LVS04477 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NT10 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
NT12 3P cat. no. LVS04477 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
NT16 3P cat. no. LVS04491 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
Example:
For a drawout MasterPact MTZ1 16 , 4P, where the ambient temperature around the switchboard
is 35°C and the IP > 31: the maximum permissible current for the prefabricated connection
(LVS04492) is 1380 A.
I-36 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

ComPacT NS630b à NS1000
Dd383538.eps
Horizontal mounting
Left or right incoming
Linergy LGY vertical busbars
prefabricated connection between a horizontal ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, fixed
or withdrawable, and Linergy LGY busbars depending on the ambient temperature
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04473 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04473 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04473 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-37

DD385984.eps
Fixed
Schneider Electric
1 Liaison
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed MasterPacT NW08/16, front or rear connection, taking into account the
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I-38 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

DD385985.eps
Fixed
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ2 08/32, front or rear connection, taking into account
the ambient temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
MTZ2 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
MTZ2 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
Horizontal link
25 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
30 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
35 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
40 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
45 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31
I
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
MTZ2 I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
MTZ2 I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
MTZ2 I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-39

DD385986.eps
Drawout
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I-40 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300

DD385987.eps
Drawout
Schneider Electric
1 Connection.
2 Horizontal link.
Connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
MTZ2 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
MTZ2 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Horizontal link
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C I
MTZ2 I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
MTZ2 I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
MTZ2 I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
MTZ2 I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
MTZ2 I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
MTZ2 I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
MTZ2 I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9300 TOC I-41
Designing connections y 630 A

Device connections
Flexible copper bars Switchboards that comply with standard
with an insulating sheath IEC 61439-1/2
It is imperative to use the values indicated below that have been validated for the installation
of devices in PrismaSeT switchboards.
The parameters determining the size of flexible bars are:
b the environment in which the devices are installed:
v position in the enclosure
v dimensions of other conductors in the circuit
v ambient temperature around the switchboard
b the characteristics of the connected devices:
v device heat losses
v the type of installation (horizontal or vertical)
v the type of device (fixed or withdrawable).
Only the equipment manufacturer with in-depth knowledge on:

b the characteristics of the installed devices
b the configuration of the installation in the enclosure can provide the correct sizes of flexible
bars for a given permissible current.
Insulated, flexible bars make for easy, fast and flexible implementation up to 630 A, but
higher ratings require sizes that cancel these advantages.
For high Isc values, it is advised to use rigid bars which require fewer supports.
Insulated flexible bars are better than cables, they offer:
b better insulation temperature withstand (125 °C for bars, 105 °C for cables) and a larger
exchange surface for an equivalent size, i.e. a smaller size for a given current
b greater rigidity offering better electrodynamic characteristics for short-circuit currents
b no intermediate parts (lugs) for a direct connection between the device and the busbars
therefore less temperature rise and less risk of error
b fast implementation of prefabricated connections already cut to length, formed and drilled.
b length limited to 500 mm.
Technical characteristics
b thickness of the insulation: variable depending on the bar size, 2 mm on average
b rated insulation level Ui = 1000 V
b impulse withstand voltage Uimp = 12 kV
b maximum withstand temperature of insulating material = 125 °C.
Connection In all cubicles with IP y 55 :

b the switchboard internal temperature is 60 °C
b the withstand temperature of the insulating material is 125 °C.
If the withstand temperature of the insulation is only 105 °C,
use the next largest size of flexible bar given for standard insulated flexible bars
(withstand temperature = 125 °C)
The bar sizes indicated below take into account the derating curves of devices.
Connection of devices to busbars
Device INS- INS- INS- INS-INV320 INS-INV500 GS250 GS400 GS630
INV125 INV160 INV250 INS-INV400 INS-INV630 ISFT250 ISFT400 ISFT630
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 3 32 x 5 32 x 6 24 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 8
Connection of distribution blocks to busbars

Distribution Linergy FM 200 A Linergy FC 3P Linergy FC 4P
block
S (mm) 20 x 3 32 x 8 32 x 8
Connection of disconnectors, Linergy TB, connections, busbars to

busbars
I max. (60 °C) 200 A 250 A 400 A 400 A 480 A 520 A 580 A 660 A
S (mm) 20 x 2 20 x 3 24 x 5 24 x 5 24 x 6 32 x 5 32 x 6 32 x 8
Note: The values indicated above have been validated for PrismaSeT P Active switchboards.
I-42 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

Insulated flexible copper bars (1)
ComPacT NSX100 to NSX630
Insulated flexible copper bars (withstand temperature = 125 °C)
We recommend insulated flexible copper bars for ComPacT NSX connections from 100 to 630 A
Devices Permissible current (A)

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31
NSX100 Size per phase 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2 20 x 2
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
NSX160 (2) Size per phase 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3 20 x 3
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 250 244 238 231 225 219
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 250 245 237 230 225 220
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L Size per phase 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5
fixed Inc (A) 400 400 400 390 380 370
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L with Vigi Size per phase 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5 32 x 5
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L ELCB Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
withdrawable Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
fixed Inc (A) 630 615 600 585 570 550
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L with Vigi or withdrawable Size per phase 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L ELCB Inc (A) 570 550 535 520 505 490
IP > 31
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 238 231 225 219 213 207
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
fixed
Vigi NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L
Inc (A)
Size per phase
400
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
400
32 x 5
390
32 x 5
380
32 x 5
370
32 x 5
I
NSX400B/F/N/H/S/L Vigi (ELCB) Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
withdrawable Inc (A) 400 390 380 370 360 350
fixed Inc (A) 600 585 570 550 535 520
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L withdrawable Size per phase 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8 32 x 8
Vigi NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L Inc (A) 535 520 505 490 475 420
NSX630B/F/N/H/S/L Vigi (ELCB)
(1) We recommend insulated flexible copper bars instead of copper cables for all NSX100 to NSX630 connection.
(2) For a withdrawable NSX160/250 equipped with a Vigi or NSX Vigi 160/250 (ELCB) or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.9 .
(3) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with Vigi or NSX Vigi 250 (ELCB) or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.86.
To connect a ComPacT NSX250 and NSX Vigi 250 ELCB to a Linergy BW busbars, use a 24 x 5 flexible bar cat. no. LVS04746.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-43

Copper cable
Cables: pratical guidelines
This section doesn’t concern customer’s loads connection (see IEC 61439-1,
IEC 60364).
Schneider Electric provides cabling recommendations according to the rating of the
circuit breaker.
The size of cables must be selected according to:
b the level of current
b the ambient temperature around the conductors
b the degree of protection for the switchboard.
The tables below take into account the installation conditions for each type of device
(permissible temperature at connection terminals, etc.).
They follow the temperature derating values for installed devices in all cubicles with
cover panels rated IP y 55.
b switchboard internal temperature 60 °C
b connections using copper cables.
The withstand temperature of insulating material of cable = 105°C.
The withstand voltage of insulating material of cable u 1000 V.
ComPacT NSX100 to NSX250

Copper cable, withstand temperature = 105 °C
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31
NSX100 Size per phase 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm² 50 mm²
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
NSX160 (1) Size per phase 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm² 95 mm²
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 250 244 238 231 225 219
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 250 245 237 230 225 220
IP > 31
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 100 100 100 97.5 95 92.5
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 125 125 125 122 119 115
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 160 160 160 156 152 148
TMD-TMG Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
STR Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 100 100
STR Inc (A) 160 160 160 160 160 160
STR Inc (A) 237 230 225 220 215 210
(1) For a withdrawable NSX160/250 equipped with a Vigi or NSX Vigi 160/250 (ELCB) or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.9.
(2) For a withdrawable NSX250 equipped with a Vigi or NSX Vigi 250 (ELCB) or an insulation-monitoring module, multiply the In values by 0.86.
Note: Schneider Electric recommends connecting ComPacT NSX400/630 circuit breakers with insulated flexible bars or rigid bars > page I-43.
I-44 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

ComPacT circuit breakers NSXm up to 160
Copper cable
ComPacT NSXm up to 160
Copper cable, withstand temperature = 105°C
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31
NSXm100 Size per phase (mm²) 50 50 50 50 50 50
Inc (A) 100 100 96 94 90 87
Inc (A) 125 125 120 117 113 109
Inc (A) 160 155 149 144 139 133
NSXm 100 ELCB Size per phase (mm²) 50 50 50 50 50 50
Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 96 93
Inc (A) 160 155 150 145 140 135
IP > 31
Inc (A) 100 100 96 94 90 87
Inc (A) 125 120 117 113 109 104
Inc (A) 160 155 149 144 139 133
Inc (A) 100 100 100 100 96 93
Inc (A) 160 155 150 145 140 135
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-45
Designing cable connections

Tubular lugs
Tubular lugs for incoming connection Maximum size of lugs for connection to the different incoming connection blocks.
blocks Standard Cu Narrow Cu Narrow

lugs lugs bimetal lugs
Incoming connection block for 150 mm² 240 mm² 185 mm²
ComPacT NSX-INS-INV250 supplied via the top or
the bottom, cat. no. LVS04066 et LVS04067
In-duct incoming connection block for 240 mm² 300 mm² 300 mm²
ComPacT NSX630 supplied via the top or the
bottom cat. no. LVS04076
Narrow bimetal lugs

DD382788.eps
Cat. no. selection

Cat. no. Cable size Quantity
(mm²)
Lugs for aluminium cable (1)
29504 150 3
29505 150 4
29506 185 3
29507 185 4
32504 240 3
32505 240 4
32506 300 3
32507 300 4
Customer connection Maximum size and number of cables for connection to terminal extension bars
(according to busbar drawing supplied) for customer connection of ComPacT NSX
of devices u 630 A and MasterPact MTZ1 /MTZ2 and NT devices.
Cable size Quantity
(mm²)
Size and number of cables
Copper lugs 300 12
Bimetal lugs 240 12
(1) Supplied with 2 or 3 interphase barriers.
I-46 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

DD383540.eps
Vertical mounting
Incoming via top or bottom
withdrawable, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around
Fixed
Prefabricated connections
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NS800 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1000 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1250 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. 33642

IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
630 630 630 630
IP y 31
630
IP > 31
630
IP y 31
630
IP > 31
630
IP y 31
630
IP > 31
630
IP y 31
630
IP > 31
b
I
4P cat. no. 33643
NS800 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1000 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NS1250 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NS1600 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-47

Dd383673.eps
Vertical mounting
prefabricated connection between a vertical MasterPact MTZ1 06/16, fixed or
drawout, and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around the
switchboard and the IP value.
Fixed
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT08 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT10 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT12 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NT16 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
Withdrawable
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 3P cat. no. 33642 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT08 3P cat. no. 33642 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT10 3P cat. no. 33642 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
4P cat. no. 33643
NT12 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
NT16 3P réf.33642 + 33644 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330 b
4P réf.33643 + 33645
I-48 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

Connection transfer assembly for fixed ComPacT NS630b to NS1000
ComPacT NS630b to NS1000, fixed
Dd383541.eps
Horizontal mounting
Installation on the left or right
prefabricated connection between a horizontal, fixed ComPacT NS630b/NS1000
and Linergy busbars depending on the ambient temperature around the switchboard
and the IP value.
Connection transfer assemblies

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NS630b 3P cat. no. LVS04483 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 b
NS800 3P cat. no. LVS04483 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 b
NS1000 3P cat. no. LVS04483 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 b
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-49

Dd383674.eps
Fixed
Vertical mounting
Busbar drawings supplied by
Schneider Electric
Using the data below, it is possible to determine the size of the copper bars and the
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connection for
a vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ1 06/16, taking into account the ambient
temperature around the switchboard and the IP value.
Connection to be made according to the busbar drawings supplied.
For connection cable cross-sections and quantities > page I-46.
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08 Size per phase 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 2b 60 x 5 b
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I-50 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

Dd383675.eps
Fixed
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NW08 Size per phase 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 1b 60 x10 1b 60 x 10 b
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250
I (A) 1600 1600 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950
NW25 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b
I (A) 2500 2500 2500 2500 2500 2460 2500 2380 2500 2300 2460
I (A) 3200 3000 3170 2910 3080 2820 3000 2730 2910 2630 2820
NW40 Size per phase (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) b
I (A) (1)
Canalis connection For Canalis connections, apply the appropriate derating coefficient K.
Device NW08 NW10 NW12 NW16 NW20 NW25 NW32 NW40

I
Derating 1 1 1 0,98 0,98 0,97 0,97 (2)
coefficient K
(1) For NW40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.

Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-51

Dd383676.eps
Drawout
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a front or rear customer connections to
busbars for a vertical, drawout MasterPacT MTZ1 08/16, taking into account the
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1200 1230 1160 1200
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I-52 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400

MasterPacT 08-40 withdrawable
Dd383677.eps
Drawout
Vertical mounting
Schneider Electric
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1180 1210 1140 1180 1100 1140
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2960 2730 2890 2630 2820 2530 2730 2450 2630 2370 2530
NW40 Size per phase (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) (2) b
I (A) (1)
Canalis connection
For Canalis connections, apply the appropriate derating coefficient K. I
Device NW08 NW10 NW12 NW16 NW20 NW25 NW32
Derating 1 1 1 0,98 0,98 0,97 0,97

coefficient K
(1) For NW40 IP >31, performances realized with forced ventilation.

Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9400 TOC I-53

Dd383678.eps
Fixed
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
busbars for a vertical, fixed MasterPact MTZ1 06/16, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
NT06 Size per phase 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 1b 60 x 5 b
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230
NT16 Size per phase 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x b
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
I (A) 1600 1570 1600 1520 1570 1470 1520 1420 1470 1370 1420
Canalis connection
For Canalis connections, apply the appropriate derating coefficient K.
Device NT06b NT08 NT10 NT12 NT16
Derating coefficient K 1 1 1 1 0,98
I-54 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500

Dd383679.eps
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a customer connections to busbars for
a vertical, drawout MasterPact MTZ1 06/16, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
NT08 Size per phase
I (A)
1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10
800 800 800 800 800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
b
I
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
NT16 Size per phase 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x 1b100 x b
10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Canalis connection
Device NT06 NT08 NT10 NT12 NT16
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500 TOC I-55

Fixed ComPacT NS1600b to NS3200
ComPacT NS1600b/3200 fixed
Dd383542.eps
Schneider Electric
busbars for a vertical, fixed ComPacT NS1600b/NS3200, taking into account the
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP>31
NS1600b Size per phase 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 1b 80 x 10 b
I (A) 1560 1480 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
NS2000 Size per phase 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 2b 80 x 10 b
I (A) 2000 2000 2000 1950 2000 1900 1950 1830 1900 1760 1830
NS2500 Size per phase 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 2b100 x 10 b
I (A) 2470 2280 2410 2210 2350 2140 2280 2070 2210 2000 2140
I (A) 2860 2630 2790 2530 2720 2430 2630 2350 2530 2270 2430
I-56 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500

Dd383543.eps
Fixed
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a rear customer connection for a
vertical, fixed ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1200 1250 1150 1200
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 970 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1600 1550 1600 1500 1550 1450 1500 1400 1450 1350 1400
Canalis connection
Device NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500 TOC I-57

Withdrawable ComPacT NS630b to NS1600
DD383807.eps
Withdrawable
Rear connection
Schneider Electric
maximum permissible currents when making a rear customer connection for a
vertical, withdrawable ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1230 1250 1180 1230 1130 1180
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 960 1000
I (A) 1250 1250 1250 1250 1250 1210 1250 1160 1210 1110 1160
I (A) 1560 1430 1520 1430 1480 1380 1430 1330 1380 1280 1330
Canalis connection
Device NS630b NS800 NS1000 NS1250 NS1600
I-58 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500

Fixed ComPacT NS630b to NS1000 Horizontal mounting
Dd383545.eps
Horizontal mounting
Front connection
Installation on the left or right
maximum permissible currents when making the connections to busbars for a
horizontal, fixed ComPacT NS630b/NS1600, taking into account the ambient
Customer connection
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40°C 45 °C 50 °C
I (A) 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
I (A) 800 800 800 800 800
NS1000 Size per phase 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10 1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10
800
1b 50 x 10 b
I
I (A) 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500 TOC I-59
Designing busbars
Fupact GS, ISFT, ISFL Linergy BS busbars
Permissible current and selection of horizontal Linergy BS busbars
The goal is to optimise busbar size according to the installation and operating
criteria.
Horizontal Linergy BS busbars

Fupact GS/ISFT/ISFL
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 600 610 550 560 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1000 910 970 860 910 810 860 750 810 700 750 b

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1150 1000 1080 930 1000 850 930 760 850 670 760 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1400 1250 1320 1160 1250 1070 1160 980 1070 880 980 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 b
Rear horizontal Linergy BS bars

Fupact ISFT/ISFL
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
ISFT 160 1 bar Linergy BS 730 680 680 630 630 570 570 510 510 450 450 b
30 x 10
ISFL 160 1 bar Linergy BS 1400 1250 1320 1160 1250 1070 1160 980 1070 880 980 b
60 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 b
80 x 10
ISFL 250/400/630 1 bar Linergy BS 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 b
80 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 2050 1800 1930 1680 1800 1540 1680 1400 1540 1240 1400 b
100 x 10
1 bar Linergy BS 2390 2100 2250 1950 2100 1800 1950 1630 1800 1440 1630 b
120 x 10
I-60 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500
Designing busbars
Fupact GS, ISFT Vertical Linergy LGYE, LGY busbars
Vertical Linergy LGYE busbars

Fupact GS/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGYE 630 650 550 630 510 590 480 550 460 530 440 460 b
Linergy LGYE 800 840 720 800 700 760 660 720 610 680 580 640 b
Linergy LGYE 1000 1040 900 990 870 950 830 900 770 850 730 800 b
Linergy LGYE 1250 1290 1120 1230 1080 1170 1030 1100 970 1050 910 980 b
Linergy LGYE 1600 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 1250 1320 1180 1250 1110 1180 b
Linergy LGYE 2000 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 1520 1620 1420 1520 1320 1420 b
Linergy LGYE 2500 2290 1890 2190 1840 2070 1770 1960 1680 1880 1590 1780 b
Linergy LGYE 3200 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 2500 2640 2360 2500 2220 2360 b
Linergy LGYE 4000 3320 3050 3240 2950 3140 2850 2970 2700 2800 2540 2650 b
Lateral Linergy LGY busbars

Fupact GS/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Linergy LGY 630 680 590 630 550 590 530 550 500 530 460 460 b
Linergy LGY 800 840 760 800 720 760 680 720 640 680 600 640 b
Linergy LGY 1000 1040 950 990 900 950 850 900 800 850 750 800 b
Linergy LGY 1250 1290 1170 1230 1100 1170 1030 1100 970 1050 910 980 b
Linergy LGY 1600 1580 1390 1480 1320 1390 1250 1320 1180 1250 1110 1180 b
Linergy LGY 2000 (2 x 1000) 1900 1720 1820 1620 1720 1520 1620 1420 1520 1320 1420 b
Linergy LGY 2500 (2 x 1250) 2380 2120 2260 2020 2120 1900 2020 1780 1900 1660 1780 b
Linergy LGY 3200 (2 x 1600) 3060 2780 2920 2640 2780 2500 2640 2360 2500 2220 2360 b
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500 TOC I-61
Designing busbars
Fupact GS, ISFT Vertical Linergy BS busbars
Lateral Linergy BS busbars
Fupact GS/ISFT
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 5 800 750 760 700 710 650 660 600 610 550 560 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 5 1000 910 970 860 910 810 860 750 810 700 750 b

25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
1 Linergy BS bar, 50 x 10 1150 1000 1080 930 1000 850 930 760 850 670 760 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 60 x 10 1400 1250 1320 1160 1250 1070 1160 980 1070 880 980 b
1 Linergy BS bar, 80 x 10 1700 1500 1600 1400 1500 1280 1400 1160 1280 1030 1160 b
I-62 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500
Designing connections y 630A

TransferPacT Active Automatic/Automatic/Remote 250A & 630A
Insulated flexible copper bars (1)
TransferPacT 250A & 630A
Insulated flexible copper bars (withstand temperature = 125 °C)
We recommend insulated flexible copper bars for TransferPacT 250A & 630A.
Vertical Mounting < S II
<SI
Front Connection SI
SII
Autom
atic
SII
OF/AUX
atic
Autom
SI
Incoming Top Connection - Cable

504TPE
TA25D4S2 50/60Hz
kA/0.1s
1
14 Ue: AC380-440V
7 16
8
Ie: 250A
10kA/0.5s,15
Icw: 2 6304TPE
9 18
0 20
AC-33B
IEC/EN
60947-6-1 TA63D4S V
50/60Hz
No. 22040301000
10
kA/0.1s
Ue: AC380V-440
10
20 GB/T14048.11
20kA/0.5s,25
Ie: 630A Icw:
30
05
< Load
60
10 AC-33B 60947-6-1
20
12 14
1 1 IEC/EN
No. 2204030100
30 0
10 6 7 16
8
60
84
5
GB/T14048.1
U 9 18
6 3 0 20
) 10
f 4 2 (
5 10
240
Outgoing Bottom Connection - Flexible Busbar

Installation on the left or right LGY/LGYE
Outgoing connection
Flexible Busbar Flat 3 mm (250A) & 8 mm (630A) Thick
25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
Cable Size IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31 IP y 31 IP > 31
TransferPacT 250A Size per phase (mm2) 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3 1b 20X3
I(A) 250 250 250 250 250 240 250 230 240 220 225 208
TransferPacT 630A Size per phase (mm2) 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8 1b 32X8
I(A) 580 545 565 525 545 505 525 490 505 475 490 430
Note: The values indicated above have been validated for PrismaSeT P Active switchboards.
(1) We recommend insulated flexible copper bars instead of copper cable for TransferPacT 250A to 630A outgoing connection.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9500 TOC I-63
Selection of enclosures according to the premises
The IP and IK degrees of protection provided by an enclosure must be specified as a
function of the various external influences defined by standard IEC 30364-5-51, in
particular:
b presence of foreign solid bodies (code AE)
b presence of water (code AD)
b mechanical stress (code not specified)
b capability of persons (code BA)
b ...
PrismaSeT P Active switchboards are designed for indoor installation.
Unless the rules, standards and regulations of a specific country stipulate otherwise,
Schneider Electric recommends the following IP and IK values based on French
guide UTE C 15-103 (March 2004).
Using the table 1 Opposite the relevant premises, read the recommended IP and IK values.
2 The b symbol indicates the enclosure or cubicle satisfying the criteria of the UTE
guide.
Any enclosure or cubicle with a higher degree of protection can also be used.
3 If several degrees of protection are possible (refer to the standard for more
details) and the v and b symbols are indicated (e.g. 24v/25b), enclosures that
correspond to the higher degree of protection (b) are suitable for the lower degree
of protection (v).
Type of premises Enclosure

Cubicle
with fixed frame with door + IP30 with door + gasket with door + IP55
cover + IP30 cover cover
Min. IP/IK IP30/IK07 IP30/IK08 IP31/IK08 IP43/IK08 IP55/IK10
required
IP IK
Domestic or comparable premises or locations
Porch 24 07 b
Bathrooms (see washrooms)
Bicycles, motorcycles, tricycles, etc. 20 07 b
(premises for)
Water, sewer and heating 23 02 b
connections
Laundries 21 02 b
Cellars, garages, furnace rooms 20 02/07 b
Bedrooms 20 02 b
Trash rooms 25 07 b
Halls in cellars 20 07
Courtyards 24/25 02/07 b
Kitchens 20 02 b
Shower rooms (see washrooms)
Indoor stairways and alleys 20 02/07 b
Outdoor stairways and outdoor alleys 24 07
without roofs
Outdoor alleys with roofs 21 02 b
Attics (roof space) 20 02 b
Garden shelters 24/25 02/07 b
Latrines 20 02 b
Dustbin rooms 25 02/07 b
Ironing room 20 02 b
Access ramps to garages 25 07 b
No applicable
I-64 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600
Cubicle
required
IP IK
Washrooms, rooms volume 0 27 02
containing a bathtub or volume 1 24 02 b
shower
volume 2 23 02 b
volume 3 21 02 b
Lounges, living rooms, etc 20 02 b
Drying rooms 21 02 b
Covered terraces 21 02 b
WCs 20 02 b
Verandas 20 02 b
Crawl spaces 23 07
Commercial premises and adjoining areas
Gunsmiths (storage area, workshop) 30 08 b
Laundries (wash room) 24 07 b
Butchers shop 24 07 b
cold room 23 07 b
y -10 °C
Bakers, cake shops (kitchens) 50 07 b
Coffee roasters 21 02 b
Coal, wood, oil 20 08 b
Delicatessen (production) 24 07 b
Sweets (production) 20 02 b
Shoe repair shops 20 02 b
Dairies 24 02 b
Hardware stores (storage areas for 33 07 b
chemicals and paint)
Wood workers 50 07 b
Art galleries 20 02/07 b
Florists 24 07 b
Furriers 20 07 b
Fruit and vegetable merchants 24 07 b
Grain shops 50 07 b
Bookshops, stationers 20 02 b
Motorcycle and bicycle repairs and 20 08 b
accessories
Messenger services 20 08 b
Furniture shops (antiques, 20 07 b
secondhand)
Glass and mirror merchants 20 07 b
(workshop)
Wallpaper shop (storage area) 20 07 b
Cosmetics shop (storage area) 20 02 b
Chemists (storage area) 20 02 b
Photographers (dark room) 23 02 b
Plumbers (storage area)
Fishmongers
20
25
08
07
b
b
I
Dry cleaners 23 02 b
Hardware stores (without paint, 20 07 b
chemicals, etc.)
Locksmiths 20 07v/08b b b
Vintners, spirits 20 07 b
Interior decorator (carding) 50 07 b
Tailors, clothing retailers (storage 20 02 b
area)
Pet care 35 07 b
No applicable
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600 TOC I-65
Cubicle
with fixed frame with door + with door + gasket with door +
IP30 cover + IP30 cover IP55 cover
required
IP IK
Shared premises of storage rooms 20 08 b

buildings open to the packing rooms 20 08 b
general public
archive rooms 20 02 b
film and magnetic 20 02 b
media storage
linen rooms 20 02 b
laundry rooms 24 07 b
misc. shops 21 07/08 b
kitchens (large)
J Reception old and handicapped 20 02 b
people
L Lecture halls, halls 20 02/07 b
meeting rooms, stage areas 20 08 b
auditoriums,
halls used for scenery storage 20 08 b
several purposes rooms
costume rooms 20 07 b
M Retail premises, sales premises 20 08 b

shopping malls areas for storage 20 08 b
and handling of
packing
N Restaurants and cafes 20 08 b

O Hotels and boarding houses 20 02 b
P Dance halls and gaming parlours 20 07 b

R Teaching classrooms 20 02 b b
establishments,
holiday camps dormitories 20 08 b
S Libraries and documentation centres b

20 02 b
T Exhibitions halls and rooms 20 02 b
areas for reception 20 07 b
of equipment
and merchandise
U Healthcare bedrooms 20 02 b
establishments incineration 21 07/08 b
operating rooms 20 07 b
centralised 24 02/07 b
sterilisation
pharmacies and labs 21v/23b 02v/07b b b
with more than 10 l of
inflammable liquids
V Places of worship 20 02 b
W Administrative premises, banks 20 02 b
X Indoor sports halls 20 07v/08b b b
facilities premises containing 21 08 b
refrigeration facilities
Y Museums 20 02 b
PA Covered open air facilities 23v/25b 08v/10b b b
CTS Marquees and tents 44 08 b
SG Inflatable structures 44 08 b
PS Covered parking lots 21 08v/10b b b
I-66 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600
Cubicle
required
IP IK
Technical premises
Battery rooms 23 02/07 b
Lifts (machine rooms and pulley 20 07v/08b b b
rooms)
Electrical rooms 20 07 b
Control rooms 20 02 b
Workshops 21v/23b 07v/08b b b
Laboratories 21v/23b 02v/07b b b
Air conditioning washers 24 07 b
Garages (used exclusively for 21 07 b
parking vehicles) of an area not
exceeding 100 m2
Machine rooms 31 07/08 b
Water pressurisers 23 07/08 b
Boiler houses and adjoining premises (power in excess of 70 kW)
Boiler rooms coal fuel 51v/61b 07v/08b b
other fuel 21 07/08 b
electrical 21 07/08 b
Fuel coal 50v/60b 08 b
storage areas
oil 20 07v/08b b b
liquefied gas 20 07v/08b b b
Cinder tips 50 08 b
Pump rooms 21v/23b 07v/08b b b
Pressure reduction rooms (gas) 20 07v/08b b b
Steam or hot water facilities 21v/23b 07v/08b b b
Expansion vessel room 21 02 b

Garages and car parks of an area exceeding 100 m2
Parking lots 21 07v/10b b b
Carwash areas (inside premises) 25 07 b
Petrol stations inside 21 07 b
outside
Lubrication areas 23 08 b
Battery recharging areas 23 07 b
Workshops 21 08 b
Public building (other than for the general public)
Offices 20 02 b
Libraries 20 02 b
Archives 20 02 b
Computer rooms 20 02 b
Design offices 20 02 b
Rooms containing reprographic 20 02 b
machines
Sorting rooms 20 07 b
I
Refectories in restaurants or 21 07 b
canteens
Large kitchens
Sports rooms 20 07v/08b b b
Barracks 20 07 b
Meeting rooms 20 02 b
Waiting rooms, lounges, halls 20 02 b
Medical consulting rooms, not fitted 20 02 b
with specific equipment
Demonstration and exhibition rooms 20 02/07 b
No applicable
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600 TOC I-67
Cubicle
required
IP IK
Farm premises or locations
Alcohol (storage) 23 07 b
Closed cattle sheds 35 07 b
Laundries 24 07 b
Wood storage rooms 30 10 b
Threshing floors 50 07 b
Distilling cellars 23 07 b
Vat rooms (wine) 23 07 b
Courtyards 35 07 b
Poultry barns 35 07 b
Stables 35 07 b
Fertiliser (storage) 50 07 b
Stables 35 07 b
Manure heaps 24 07 b
Haylofts 50 07 b
Haystacks, forage (storage) 50 07 b
Granaries, barns 50 07 b
Straw (storage) 50 07 b
Greenhouses 23 07 b
Grain silos 50 07 b
Milking rooms 35 07 b
Pig sties 35 07 b
Chicken houses 35 07 b
Miscellaneous installations
Fair facilities 33 08 b
Water treatment facilities 24/25 07/08 b
Thermodynamic installations, air-conditioned rooms and cold rooms
Height from 0 to 1.10 m 25 07 b
above from 1.10 to 2 m 24 07 b
ground
above 2 m under 21 07 b
evaporator or water
drain pipe
ceiling and up to 10 23 07 b
cm underneath
Temperature y -10 °C 23 07 b
Compressor room 21 08 b
integral unit located 34 08
outside or on a terrace
No applicable
I-68 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600
Cubicle
required
IP IK
Industrial facilities
Slaughter houses 55 08 b
Batteries (manufacture) 33 07 b
Acid (manufacture and storage) 33 07 b
Alcohol (manufacture and storage) 33 07 b
Aluminium (manufacture and 51 08 b
storage)
Livestock (raising, fattening and sale) 45 07 b
Asphalt and bitumen storage 53 07 b
Wool beating and carding 50 08 b
Industrial laundry 24/25 07 b
Wood (processing) 50 08 b
Meat packers 24/25 07 b
Bakeries 50 07 b
Breweries 24 07 b
Brickworks 53 08 b
Rubber (production and processing) 54 07 b
Carbide (manufacture and storage) 51 07 b b

Ammunition factories 53 08 b
Carton board (production) 33 07 b
Quarries 55 08 b
Celluloid (manufacture of objects) 30 08 b
Cellulose (manufacture) 34 08 b
Coal (depots) 53 08 b
Pork products 24/25 07 b
Boiler-making works 30 08 b
Lime kilns 50 08 b
Rag (storage) 30 07 b
Chlorine (manufacture and storage) 33 07 b
Chrome-plating 33 07 b
Cement works 50 08 b
Coking plant 53 08 b
Adhesives (production) 33 07
Bottling lines 35 08 b
Liquid fuels (storage) 31v/33b 08 b
Fats (processing) 51 07 b
Leather (tanning and storage) 31 08 b
Copper (ore processing) 31 08 b
Paint stripping 54 08 b b
Detergents (manufacture) 53 07 b b
Distilleries 33 07 b
Electrolysis 33 08 b
Ink manufacturing 31
Fertilisers (manufacture and storage) 53
07
07
b b
b
I
Explosives (manufacture and 55 08 b
storage)
Iron (production and processing) 51 08 b
Spinning mills 50 07 b
Furriers (beating process) 50 07 b
Cheese factories 25 07 b
Gas (production and storage) 31 08 b
Tar (processing) 33 05 b
Seed production 50 07 b
Metal engraving 33 07 b
Oils (extraction) 31 07 b
Petroleum products (manufacture) 33v/34b 08 b b
Printworks 20 08
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600 TOC I-69
PrismaSeT P Active - Selection table www.se.com
Cubicle
required
IP IK
Industrial establishments (continued)
Dairies 25 07 b
Public wash-houses 25 07 b
Liqueurs (production) 21 07 b
Halogenated liquids (use) 21 08 b
Inflammable products 21 08 b
(storage and workshops where they
are used)
Magnesium (production, storage 31 08 b
and use)
Machine rooms 20 08 b
Plastics (production) 51 08 b
Cabinet makers 50 08 b
Metals (processing) 31v/33b 08 b b
Combustion engines (testing of) 30 08 b
Ammunition storage 33 08 b
Nickel (or processing) 33 08 b
Household waste (processing) 54 07 b
Paper (production) 33v/34b 07 b b b
Paper (storage) 31 07 b
Perfume (production and storage) 31 07 b
Pulp mill 34/35 07 b b
Paint (production and storage) 33 08 b
Plaster (processing and storage) 50 07 b
Gunpowder factory 55 08 b
Chemicals (production) 30v/50b 08 b b
Oil refineries 34/35 07 b
Salt preserve factories 33 07 b
Soap (production) 31 07 b
Saw mills 50 08 b
Metalwork shops 30 08 b
Grain or sugar silos 50 07 b
Silk and artificial hair factories 50 08 b
Sodium carbonate (processing and 33 07 b
storage)
Sulphur (processing) 51 07 b
Spirits (storage) 33 07 b
Sugar mills 55 07 b b
Tanners 35 07 b
Dye works 35 07 b
Textile and fabric (production) 51 08 b
Varnish (production and application) 33 08 b
Glass works 33 08 b
Zinc works 31 08 b
No applicable
I-70 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600
www.se.com
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600 TOC I-71
www.se.com
PrismaSeT P Active - Selection table

Fixed MasterPacT / MTZ1 06 to 16

Dedicated cubicle
Connections drawings supplied by Schneider Electric
1 Connection
Connection
Ambient temperature (°C)
Fixed NS, MTZ1/NT 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS 630, Size per b
1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10 1b 50x10
NT 630 phase
& MTZ1 Fixed I
630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
(A)
NS 800, Size per b
NT 800 phase
& MTZ1 Fixed I
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
(A)
NS 1000, Size per b
NT 1000 phase
& MTZ1 Fixed I
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 980 940 960 920 940 900 920
(A)
NS 1250, Size per b
NT 1250 phase
& MTZ1 Fixed I
1250 1240 1080 1200 1050 1160 1020 1125 980 1085 950 1040
(A)
NS 1600, Size per 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 b
NT 1600 phase
& MTZ1 Fixed I
1600 1525 1380 1490 1345 1450 1310 1415 1275 1375 1240 1330
(A)
I-72 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600
PrismaSeT P Active - Selection table www.se.com

Drawout MasterPacT / MTZ1 06 to 16

Drawout ComPacT NS630b to NS1600
Dedicated cubicle
Connections drawings supplied by Schneider Electric
1 Connection
Connection
Ambient temperature (°C)
Drawout NS, MTZ1/NT 25 °C 30 °C 35 °C 40 °C 45 °C 50 °C
NS 630, Size per b
NT 630 phase
&MTZ1 Drawout A
630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630 630
(I)
NS 800, Size per b
NT 800 phase
& MTZ1 Drawout A
800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800 800
(I)
NS 1000, Size per b
NT 1000 phase
& MTZ1 Drawout A
1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 980 940 960 920 940 900 920
(I)
NS 1250, Size per b
NT 1250 phase
& MTZ1 Drawout A
1250 1230 1070 1190 1040 1155 1005 1115 970 1075 935 1030
(I)
NS 1600, Size per 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 2b 50x10 b
NT 1600 phase
& MTZ1 Drawout A
1600 1515 1340 1480 1305 1440 1270 1400 1235 1355 1200 1315
(I)
I
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E9600 TOC I-73
After sales tools
www.se.com
2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10000
PrismaSeT P Active - After sales tools www.se.com
Contents
Practical information
Tools required for mounting and connection J-2
Connection of horizontal to vertical busbars J-3
Installation of the current transformer J-4
Installation of source changeover systems J-6
Storage recommendations J-8
Packing information J-9
Handling on the site J-10
Transport J-12
Cubicle handling and rolling base Lifting reinforcement kit
for combined cubicles J-13
Connection of busbar trunking J-14
Connection of power cables J-15
Maintenance
Preventive maintenance J-18
Corrective maintenance J-20
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10000 TOC J-1
Tools required for mounting and connection
b Vacuum cleaner to clean the switchboards
DD383904.eps
b Ratchet wrench with sockets

b Torque wrench with sockets and ring bits to tighten the electrical connections to
the correct torque (max. torque 50 Nm)
b Open-ended torque wrench
b Open-ended spanners (15 to 27 mm).
b Electrician's knife
b 7, 8, 10, 13, 16, 17 and 19 mm sockets
b Bit holder socket
b 4, 5, 6, 8 and 10 mm hexagonal-head bits
b Pozidriv no. 1, 2 and 3 bits
b Rubber mallet
b Level.
b Measurement and inspection tools and instruments
b Drill
b Semi-circuit nosed pliers
b Cable-tie pliers
b Wire stripper
b Crimping tool
b Diagonal cutter
b Wire cutters
b Flat-nosed pliers
b Bit holder for screwdriver
b Extension
b Electric saw
b Jig saw
b Clamp for cubicle alignment
b Buzzer or tester
b 3, 5, 4, 5.5 and 8 mm flat screwdrivers
b Posidriv no. 2 crosshead screwdriver (to mount handle)
b Hydraulic jacks that can be operated in horizontal position to lift cubicles and move
them sideways if necessary.
b Coloured, indelible and temperature resistant acrylic varnish.
b Electric screwdriver
Note: a Facom brand torque wrench is available with a capacity of 75 Nm and a thin shape. It
is recommended for tightening under difficult access conditions.
Part numbers:
b SP3723 = wrench handle (essential)
b SP3721 = extra-flat ratchet adapter (essential)
b SP3722 = ratchet for ordinary sockets (optional) for mounting on handle SP3723
b SP2709 = extra-flat 13 mm short socket
b SP2709A = extra-flat 13 mm long socket
b SP4370 = extra-flat 16 mm long socket
b SP4372 = extra-flat 19 mm long socket.
J-2 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
Connection of horizontal to vertical busbars
Horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars (Linergy LGY or Linergy BS)
in two ways:
b in a duct (by a direct connection ordered from the Catalog)
b in the rear (with part of the connection to be fabricated by the installer).
5 mm thick horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars using

DD383948.eps
DD383906.eps
connection plate LVS04634 (y 1000 A) or LVS04635 (> 1000 A) after drilling holes in
the horizontal bars.
10 mm thick horizontal busbars can be connected to vertical busbars in
2 ways:
b using connection plate LVS04636 (y 1600 A) or 1600 A < LVS04637 < 2820 A
without drilling holes in the horizontal bars
b or with a screw and socket assembly (LVS04645) designed for assembly on a
busbar that has already been mounted.
Screw + socket
(cat. no. LVS04645). This bolted solution requires:
Connection plate b holes drilled in the bars (Ø16 mm) for diagonal mounting of the sockets and
(cat. no. LVS04635).
screws
b conformity with the following mounting rules:
v respect the overlap length (2.5 to 5 times the bar thickness)
v tighten to a torque of 50 Nm
v fit the recommended number of screws, depending on the bar width as explained
below.
DD385820.eps
10
Ø16 50/60/80/100
100
80
50/60
100 120
60 80 100 60 80
50 50
50/60 x2 50 x2
_ x2 _
80 x3 60
x3 _ _
100 x4 _ _ 80
100
x4 _ _ _
x4 _ _ _
120
In practice, the real contact area is limited to regions in which the pressure is applied effectively.
In a bolted overlap assembly, these areas are made up of the areas adjacent to the bolts, and more precisely under the washers.
Salt spray tests have demonstrated these contact areas. J
The number of screws thus determines the effective cross-sectional area through which the current flows, which corresponds to the area under
the washer (minus the screw hole).
This cross-section area must be close to that of the bar.
Controlled temperature rise
Whatever the connection solution used, the quality and reliability of the contact is guaranteed, in particular with respect to temperature rise, as
long as assembly is carried out according to our recommendations.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100 TOC J-3
Installation of the current transformer
Choice of a CT model depends on the type of installation:
PD391279.eps
b insulated cables
b PrismaSeT P Active vertical busbars
b insulated flexible busbars
b Linergy LGY vertical busbars
b rigid busbars.
When installing a CT, we recommend that you comply with the following mounting
rules:
b install current transformers:
v on an easily dismountable busbars or copper connections
v between 2 connection points, by joints or bolted connection
b place the current transformer so that the identification markings remain readable.
For large current transformers, a staggered installation is recommended to prevent
arcing on fixing screws or excessive spacing between phase conductors.
If they are installed on vertical busbars, secure the current transformers in place to
prevent them from slipping downwards (for example using a bolt or a pin)
b when there are several busbars per phase, fit spacers between the busbars in
order to:
v resist the tightening forces when installing the current transformer
v avoid vibrations that lead to current transformer breakdowns.
Dismountable vertical busbars.

PD391280.eps
PD391281.eps
CT on vertical busbars. Spacers between the bars.
J-4 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
Installation of the current transformer
Our circuit breakers have trip units with a built-in ammeter
(see Micrologic Catalog).
Their use eliminates the need for installing a CT on the busbars.
DD383909.eps
The CT casing is a solution for installation of CTs up to 1600 A.

CTs can be installed in the casing (cat. no. LVS03506).
It is equipped with a frame made up of 2 uprights, adjustable in depth and 2 slotted
cross-members to fix the cables, install CTs or install a busbar support with 75 mm
spacing.
It is secured in the switchgear compartment of a 400 or 600 mm deep cubicle.
The 300 mm duct allows easier mounting of CTs.

To install 2 CTs, downstream from a circuit breaker for example, it is often easier
to use a 300 mm wide duct (cat. no. LVS08403 for 400 mm depth or cat. no.
LVS08603 for 600 mm depth).
PD391282.eps
Sealable CT casing with current transformers on bolted

connections.
CT on circuit breaker downstream connection busbars.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100 TOC J-5
Installation of source changeover systems
Principle of the PrismaSeT P Active solution
PD391283.eps
PrismaSeT P Active simplifies the installation of source changeover systems.

The “source changeover” solution is an integral part of the PrismaSeT P Active
offering and is designed for all installation cases: 2 or 3 devices side by side or 2
superimposed devices.
The page opposite shows a few examples of installation in cubicles:

b 1 normal source/1 replacement source
b 2 normal sources with coupling (priority and non-priority circuits)
b 2 normal sources + 1 replacement source with coupling (priority and non-priority,
circuits).
Note that our configuration software can be used to produce the switchboard front
panel drawings.
Source changeover system in the same cubicle.
For each source changeover configuration, various combinations of normal and
replacement source circuit breakers and switch-disconnectors are possible:
b 1 normal source/1 replacement source:
DD381617.eps
v NS630b to NS1600 / NS630b to NS1600

v NT / NT
v NT / NW
v NW / NT
v NW / NW
b 2 normal sources with coupling:

v NW / NW / NW
v NT / NT / NT
v NW / NW / NW
b 2 normal sources + 1 replacement source with coupling:

NW / NW / NW / NW or NT.
Tables in the Catalog indicate the possible combinations “normal” and “replacement”
devices according to the rating as well as the types of interlocking available for the
different types of devices.
Source changeover system in 2 combined cubicles.
Highly economical vertical configurations are possible even for the largest devices.
In this case, interlocking may be:
b mechanical by cable + motor mechanism
PD391284.eps
b via rotary handles (for NS630b/1600 only).
To define the number of modules required to install superimposed devices, all you
have to do is add up the number of modules required for each device with:
b its connections
b its cover and its partitioning.
J-6 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
Installation of source changeover systems
DD383910.eps
1 normal source
1 replacement source
DD210440.eps
2 normal sources and coupling on busbars

DD210441.eps
2 normal sources
1 replacement source and coupling on busbars
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100 TOC J-7
Storage recommendations
Cubicles must be stored in upright position in a dry and ventilated location, sheltered
from rain, weather, dripping and running water, dust and chemical agents.
Apart from IP55 cubicles, never store enclosures outdoors, even under an awning or
tarp.
The cubicles should if possible be left in their packing until they are installed. In this
way they are protected against all risks that may be encountered on the site
(impacts, splashes, etc.).
Acceptable storage temperatures are -25 °C to +55 °C (or up to +70 °C for short
periods not exceeding 24 hours).
Given their heavy weight, cubicles should be stored on a stable, rigid and flat floor to
avoid any risk of tipping during storage or handling.
J-8 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
Packing information
Receiving the switchboard
On receipt of the equipment and before handling it, check that the cases and packing
materials used for transportation have not been damaged and that all items on the
packing list have been effectively delivered.
b Even if the packing appears to be in good condition, do not hesitate to unpack the
equipment in the presence of an authorised transport agent.
b Check the contents and weights of the shipping units. Thoroughly check the
equipment to make sure that no damage or shocks have occurred that could impair
insulation or operation.
b If necessary, check that the information on the switchboard nameplate, located on
the incoming cubicle, complies with the information indicated on the delivery slip.
b In case of damage or missing parts, inform the transport agent by registered mail.
b After this inspection, refit the plastic protective cover.
PrismaSeT P Active switchboards are generally shipped as separate cubicles or in

DD383911.eps
transport units comprising 2 cubicles side by side. Shipping units may exceptionally
comprise 3 cubicles (see precautions given in the "On-site handling" chapter).
Each shipping unit is marked with:
b project number
b weight
b packing unit information (packing unit number and total quantity)
b position of the centre of gravity
b storage and handling instructions.
Standard packing
The cubicles are protected by a plastic cover in a crate.
The following accessories are attached inside the switchboard:
b installation accessories (lifting/fixing cross-members and external fixing lugs)
b preliminary installation accessories: plinth raisers
b horizontal busbar joints (if required)
b additional nuts and bolts and other mounting hardware
b panels to be fitted after on-site connection: canopies, roof panels, gland plates
b a set of drawings
b device user manuals
DD383912.eps
b a tube of Swiss white varnish.

Large withdrawable or drawout circuit breakers installed at the top of the cubicle
(MasterPacT and ComPacT NSX) are generally delivered separately.
Sea packing
The cubicles are protected by a heat-sealed plastic cover containing desiccant bags
and are installed in a ventilated wooden or plywood crate.
As a rule sea crates do not weigh more than 5 tons.
Sorting
In order to sort the different types of packing material, specific waste recovery bins
are required.
DD383913.eps
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100 TOC J-9
Handling on the site
Final unpacking of the equipment will preferably take place just before the
DD383914.eps
switchboard is installed, as close as possible to its final installation location.
As a general guideline, the weight of an average 3200 A cubicle is around 400 kg.
Cubicles should always be handled in the upright position with care, if possible
by 2 persons. There is a risk of overtipping the cubicle due to the high position of
the centre of gravity.
When moving the cubicles, always turn slowly and smoothly, avoiding all bumps and

jerks. Enclosures moved using a forklift truck must be lifted carefully and held in

position or fastened to the forklift truck using slings during transport.

Handling by the bottom

Wooden beams (or framework stabilizers) are generally attached to the base of the

cubicle framework. This allows the cubicles to be moved using a pallet mover or
forklift truck.
d The forks must be placed symmetrically with respect to the cubicle's axis so as
not to distort the base of the frame.
Dd381333.eps
For cubicles fitted with a plinth, the front and rear base panels must be removed to
allow insertion of the pallet mover forks.
Cubicles must be lifted with care and held in place during transport by strapping
them onto the handling machine, especially for large distances or bumpy terrain.
For a PrismaSeT P Active switchboard with a busbar compartment, lifting points

Framework stabiliser. must be shifted towards the busbars.
DD210573.eps
Cubicle with base.
J-10 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
Handling on the site
Handling by the top
Dd381541.eps
If cranes or overhead hoists are used, only slings that are sufficiently strong
and in good condition should be used.
b The slings must be attached to the 4 cubicle lifting lugs.
b Adjust the length of the slings according to the switchboard dimensions so that the
angle formed does not exceed the angle indicated below depending on the
switchboard weight. When 2 switchgear cubicles are combined, a lifting beam must
be used.
b Never tilt the cubicle during handling.
b Take care to equally distribute the load on the 4 rings.
DD383915.eps
DD210574.eps
Position of lifting rings

The lifting rings can be installed and removed without dismantling the roof.
Even with the lifting rings permanently installed, the switchboard retains its original
degree of protection.
For combined cubicles, only install lifting rings on cubicles with switchgear.
DD383379.eps
Lifting several cubicles packed together

DD383916.eps
In the special case of an assembly with more than 2 cubicles, you must:
b first of all move the assembly in its original packing as close as possible to where
it is to be installed
b use a lifting beam and slings to support the switchboard from underneath.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100 TOC J-11
Transport
The cubicles must be loaded vertically (stacking strongly discouraged).
After loading, check that the equipment is firmly secured in the truck to avoid any risk
of damage during transport.
DD383917.eps
Enclosures supplied as kits should be transported horizontally if possible.

DD383918.eps
J-12 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10100
PrismaSeT P Active- After sales tools www.se.com
Cubicle handling and rolling base Lifting reinforcement kit

for combined cubicles
50 mm high base This type of base is designed to increase the rigidity of cubicle frameworks to avoid
any risk of deformation during transport and handling.
DD383845.eps
Five different Catalog numbers offer 27 width possibilities (1200 to 3050 mm) for 400
50 and 600 mm deep cubicles.
b Two Catalog numbers each include 2 end-pieces for handling bases for 400 and
600 mm deep cubicles respectively and the corresponding mounting hardware.
b Three Catalog numbers each include 2 lengths for the sides of handling bases for
L 1200 to 3050 mm wide cubicles respectively and the corresponding mounting
hardware.
Handling bases can be used for both side-by-side and back-to-back cubicle
LVS08714 combinations.
In this case, the mounting hardware for one of the sets is used.
Designation Cat. no.
DD383849.eps
2 cubicle handling base end-pieces D = 400 mm LVS08714

D = 600 mm LVS08716
2 cubicle handling base side-lengths W = 2000 to 2550 mm LVS08706
DD383840.eps
Combined cubicles equipped with a handling base can be

moved easily and safely on rollers.
LVS08716
DD380652.eps
Side-by-side and back-to-back combination of 4 cubicles equipped with a handling base.
Lifting reinforcement kit b Kit LVS08722 is recommended for lifting combined cubicles and can be used
together with handling base end-pieces LVS08714 for severe transport or handling
DD383838.eps
conditions.
b Catalog number LVS08722 includes 3 reinforcement brackets for 400 or 600 mm
deep cubicles and the corresponding mounting hardware.
Designation Cat. no.
Lifting reinforcement kit for combined cubicles W = 400/600 mm LVS08722
LVS08722 LVS08722 LVS08722

DD383839.eps
650 400 800 800 800 300

A lifting reinforcement kit should be installed every 800 mm.
J
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200 TOC J-13
Connection of busbar trunking
PrismaSeT P switchboards come equipped with a special interface that allows them
to be directly connected to Canalis KT trunking.
The electrical connection between the Canalis KT trunking and the PrismaSeT P
switchboard is just as easy to carry out as jointing between two busbar trunking
sections.
The Canalis KT interface is totally integrated in the PrismaSeT P switchboard
volume.
It comprises a Canalis KT joint block and interface/circuit breaker connection
terminals.
DD383919.eps
Trunking connection via the top

b Dismantle the roof.
b Cut out a passage for the busbar trunking.
b Adjust the guides according to the KT width that will be connected.
b Unscrew the junction block screws.
b Ensure that the busbar trunking length to be connected to the switchboard is
correctly supported and that it is not resting on the interface.
b Lower the element until it is in contact with the interface frame, without bearing on it.
b Tighten the junction torque nuts. When the head breaks, the torque of 60 Nm has
b been reached.
d In certain cases, it is recommended to only tighten the 2 middle nuts to 60 Nm

and the 2 outer nuts to 10 Nm.
b A red plastic washer that is ejected when the head breaks provides visual
evidence that the joint tightening operation has been carried out correctly.
b For dismantling or maintenance operations, a second head is available on the nut
and can be retightened using a conventional torque wrench. The recommended
tightening torque is then 60 Nm.
b Reassemble the roof.
Sealing kit
b In order to retain the original IP index, use the roof sealing kit ordered with the
busbar trunking. This kit guarantees an IP52 degree of protection at the trunking
passage.
b The kit is installed by cutting out the roof of the PrismaSeT P switchboard.
This cut-out, which is the same dimension for all Canalis KT busbar trunking ratings,
is made using the template delivered with the sealing kit.
J-14 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200
Connection of power cables
To ensure protection of persons, first connect the switchboard protective conductor
to the earth electrode.
b Tie the cables as close as possible to the connections to avoid any mechanical
stresses on the device terminals. When not using cable glands, also attach the
cables near to the cubicle entry point.
b Cables must never be in contact with or passed between live conductors.
b Sharp edges of the framework must be protected where cables pass to avoid
b damaging the conductors.
b Comply with a minimum radius of curvature of 6 to 8 times the cable outside
b diameter.
b All power connections must be made with class 8.8 mounting hardware and
b elastic contact washers, tightened to the torque indicated in the table below.
b When connecting aluminium cables to copper terminals, use bimetal lugs or
b interfaces.
b Separate the different types of circuits into separate cable bundles (power, control,
b 48 V, 24 V, DC, AC, etc).
Cable bundles
Cable cross-sectional area Max. number of cables per bundle

(mm² )
CSA y 10 8
16 < CSA y 50 4
CSA u 50 Tie individually
Tying the cable bundles

Type of tie Maximum Icw Distance between ties
(kA/rms 1s) (mm)
Width: 4.5 mm 10 200
Load: 22 kg 15 100
20 50
Width: 9 mm 20 350
Load: 80 kg 25 200
35 100
45 70
For cable sizes of 50 mm² or more, use 9 mm wide fixing ties.
Recommended tightening torque for mechanical and electrical connections with

8.8 class screws.
Diameter of screw Tightening torque (Nm)
(with nut + contact washer)
M3 1.5
M4 3.5
M5 7
M6 13
M8 28
M10 50
M12 75
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200 TOC J-15
Connection via the top
DD383380.eps
b Remove the roof.

b Drill the holes required to install cable glands or grommets.
b Install the cable glands or grommets. They must comply with the switchboard’s
degree of protection (IP).
b Refit the roof.
b Run the cables through the glands or grommets.
b Run the cables in the intended compartments and secure them to cable tie-bars
every 400 mm.
b Crimp the lugs and connect.
b When sealing does not call for cable glands or when sealing is achieved by means
of foam, cables can be routed in a rectangular cut-out in the roof.
The removable cross-member simplifies insertion of cables in the cubicle.
Connection via the bottom
DD210587.eps
Using a 2-part gland plate

b Drilling is not necessary with this type of gland plate.
b The gland plate avoids producing an induced current.
b The cables are protected by a polyurethane foam seal which provides a sealing
function.
Using a 1-part gland plate
b Remove the bottom plate.
b Drill the appropriate holes to assemble the cable glands or grommets (1-part gland
plates should not be drilled within 30 mm of the edges).
b Install the cable glands or grommets. They must comply with the required degree
DD383377.eps
of protection (IP).
b Refit the bottom plate.
b Run the cables through the glands or grommets.
b Run the cables in the intended compartments and secure them to cable tie-bars
every 400 mm.
b If cable glands are not used, it may be easier to prepare the cable terminations
outside the switchboard (e.g. lug crimping) and then to drop them inside the cubicle
having first disassembled the bottom removable cross-member.
Covering an incomer
For MasterPact MTZ2 / MTZ1 /NS1600b-3200 / ComPacT NS630b-1600
b Disassemble the cover plate to access to the device connection terminals.
b Connect the cables, respecting the required electrical clearances.
b Cut out the part of the cover disassembled in order to let the cables pass through
it, while preserving the necessary degree of protection.
J-16 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200
Connecting to terminal extension bars
Dd380794.eps
b Check that the circuit and switchgear identification indications match.

b When connections are made to terminal extensions made up of several bars for
each phase, position the lugs opposite one another and insert copper spacers
between the bars.
b Comply with the minimum required electrical clearances between phases
of 14 mm (conforming with IEC 60439-1).
b Mark all nuts and the terminal extension bars with a dot of varnish after tightening
to the defined torque.
b Remove the top cross-member of the cubicle to simplify connection of the cables
to the bars.
b Tie cables of the same phase together.
Connection directly to device terminals
b When connections are made directly to the switchgear terminals, comply with the
Removable upper cross-member. tightening torque recommended by the device manufacturer.
b Check that the length of the screws delivered with the switchgear is compatible
with the lug thickness.
b Comply with the safety clearances around the switchgear devices, defined
by the manufacturer to ensure correct operation.
b Refit the interphase barriers and terminal shields if applicable after connection
the power cables.
b For the special case of connection with armoured cable, please consult us.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200 TOC J-17
Preventive maintenance
Maintenance
Frequency
b The frequency of preventive maintenance depends primarily on the operating
conditions of the electrical switchboard.
b For operating conditions found in normal environments, the frequency should be
as indicated in the recommended calendar.
b It may be extended if the switchboard is used in a particularly clean environment
and not in an intensive manner.
b It must be reduced if the switchboard is used in a particularly aggressive
environment (dust, humidity, corrosive vapours, heat) or is used intensively.
b Recommended calendar
Type Action Frequency
General inspection Visual checks and general Once a year
cleaning.
Visual check of busbars.
Running tests
Maintenance on functional units Inspection of the connections Every 5 years
Maintenance of ventilation Cleaning of filters Every 6 months
system
Maintenance of devices According to the respective handbooks
General recommendations
Before any intervention on the connections, switch off the functional unit, remove the
protective screens and the partitioning sheets and boxes.
b For interventions on the connections, refer to chapter "Connections", profession
Install.
b When reassembling the connections:
v use new screws, washers, nuts of the same type (class 8.8)
v tighten to the defined torque (refer to the tightening torques table in the chapter
"Connection/Tools required")
v apply varnish.
Method of inspection of the electrical connections
b Connections by lugs or screwed bars: presence of varnish, colour changes of a
copper bar.
b Connections by cage type terminals: if necessary, re-screw to the torque defined
by the manufacturer to compensate for a possible creep.
Please ensure that you consult the "General" chapter section dealing with
safety instructions.
J-18 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200
Preventive maintenance
Maintenance
General inspection
DD382159.eps
Visual checks and general cleaning of the cubicles

b Check the lack of humidity and foreign bodies inside and outside the switchboard.
b Examine the outer finish. If necessary, touch up any paint scratches and replace
any damaged or rusted parts.
b Clean the switchboard, preferably with a vacuum cleaner.
b If necessary, clean the ventilation system and change the filters.
Visual check of busbars
b Connections do not need to be tightened as they was already be tightened to the
tightening torque in worshop and the use of a contact washer compensates for
possible creeps due to overheating. The presence of vernish guaranteeing correct
tightening torque, is intact.
b The control of busbars connections and outgoing cables connections can be
carried when disassembling the protection (out of supply) or if a hot point is detected
(infrared control or thermal sensors). A hot point materialises by a change in the
copper colour.
b In case of hot point see "Corrective maintenance".
b Check the condition of insulating busbars supports.
E20488.eps
Cleaning of panel ventilation filters

Standard or fine filters
b Wash with water (preferably using a high-quality detergent).
b It is also possible to remove the dust by tapping, vacuuming or blowing with
compressed air.
b If there is any oil or grease, change the filter.
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200 TOC J-19
Corrective maintenance
Maintenance
General
General recommendations
b Before any intervention on the connections, switch off the cubicle, remove the
protective screens and the partitioning sheets and boxes.
b When reassembling the connections:
b use new screws, washers, nuts of the same type (class 8.8)
b tighten to the defined torque (refer to the tightening torque table in chapter
"Connection/Connection of power cables")
b apply varnish.
Hot point
Screwed connection
b Identify the cause: generally a loosening connection.
b Dismantle the assembly.
b Clean and rub down surfaces in contact (e.g. sandpaper N° 400).
b Set the connection up.
Maintenance after a fault has occured

The high currents resulting from a fault cause damage to structures, components,
busbars and cables.
Following a fault, contact your local Schneider Electric office.
Troubleshooting and interventions

For any interventions other than those described in this manual, contact your local
Schneider Electric agency.
J-20 TOC
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200
Version : 14 - 15/12/2023
160E10200 TOC J-21
Schneider Electric Industries SAS
35, rue Joseph Monier

CS 30323
92506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex
France
RCS Nanterre 954 503 439

Capital social 896 313 776 €
www.se.com
12-2023
DESW026EN
© 2023 - Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved.

All trademarks are owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. This document has been
Document reference: DESW026EN printed on recycled paper

Files Schnaider 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Files Schnaider 1

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Files Schnaider 1

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

PrismaSeT P

Promotional EcoStruxure™ Facility PowerLogic™

Standards and tested switchboards Enclosure characteristics

Circuit breakers Switch-disconnectors Source-changeover

Enclosures Dimensions Enclosures

Power busbars Distribution blocks Device feeders

After sales tools

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

10395 Comb busbar 4x16mm² 54 mod. G-33 31•••

A-2 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

DZ5CA005 Cable end 0,5 G-41

LGY4230 Plate with rj45 female connector G-35

A-4 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

A-6 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

A-8 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

LVS04004 Linergy FM 4P dist.block 80A G-25

A-10 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

A-12 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

A-14 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

LVS08757D PrismaSeT P Active Green Cover F-18, F-20 N•••

A-16 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

A-18 Version : 14 - 15/12/2023

Index Of Commercial References With Description

Com. no. Description Page Com. no. Description Page

R••• TPSCON54 35 to 300 mm² cable kit for TA63

R9XE110 Caps G-34

PrismaSeT P Active - Reliable, Easily connected B-2